[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 


:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

-  ><>  -  ><>  -   -  <><  -  <><  -



:: 1-10-22 MizzAzz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Operation Extermination–the Plan to Decimate the Human Immune System with a Lab-Generated Pathogen

Posted by Klark Jouss January 10, 2022 Posted in Uncategorized

“If someone wished to kill a significant portion of the world’s population over the next few years, the systems being put in place right now would enable it.” Dr. Mike Yeadon, former Pfizer Vice President

And this is the spirit of the antichrist, of which you have heard is coming; and now is already in the world.”  1 John 4:2–3

Question– Does the Covid-19 vaccine damage the immune sqystem?

Answer– It does. It impairs the body’s ability to fight infection, viruses and disease.

Question– If that’s true, then why haven’t more people died after getting vaccinated?

Answer– I’m not sure what you mean? The vaccine has killed more people than any vaccine in history. “So far, in the United States, the death toll is three times higher than the total of all vaccines in the last 35 years.” That’s simply astonishing. We’ve also seen a steady rise in all-cause mortality and excess deaths in the countries that launched mass vaccination campaigns earlier in the year. Sometimes the increase is as much as 20 percent over the five-year average. That is a massive spike in fatalities, and it’s largely attributable to the vaccine. So, what do you mean when you say, “Why haven’t more people died”? Did you expect to see people clutching their hearts and dropping dead after getting jabbed? That’s a very naive understanding of how the injection works.

During a SHTF situation, pain could become an annoyance for some, but unbearable for others.

If doctors are scarce and medicine becomes even scarcer, this one little weed, found all over North America and similar to morphine, could be a saving grace.

Question– All I’m saying is that the percentage of people that have died is quite small compared to the tens of millions that have been vaccinated.

Answer– And all I’m saying is that if the vaccine is lab-generated pathogen– and I think it is– then it certainly was not designed to kill people on the spot. It was engineered to produce a delayed reaction that gradually but relentlessly erodes the health of the vaccinee. In other words, the full impact of the blood clots, bleeding, autoimmune issues and other vaccine-generated injuries will only be fully felt at a later date via increasing incidents of heart attacks, strokes, vascular illness and even cancer. (Check out the “latest trend of cardiac attendances by Scottish Ambulance Service – this is *excess* above the 2018/19 norm. Huge spike in summer, 500 ambulance calls per week above normal, mainly age 15-64. Was settling, then spike up again since late October.” Scottish Unity – Edinburgh Group)

Answer– The chart above shows why cardiac issues have garnered alot of attention lately, but the damage to the immune system is even more concerning.

Question– Can you explain what you mean without getting too technical?

Answer– I can do better than that. I can give you a short clip from an article that covers the latest research. Check it out:

“A Swedish lab study (titled “SARS–CoV–2 Spike Impairs DNA Damage Repair and Inhibits V(D)J Recombination In Vitro“, NIH) released in mid-October found that the spike protein… enters the nucleus of cells and significantly interferes with DNA damage-repair functions compromising a person’s adaptive immunity and perhaps encouraging the formation of cancer cells….

“Mechanistically, we found that the spike protein localizes in the nucleus and inhibits DNA damage repair,” they wrote. “Our findings reveal a potential molecular mechanism by which the spike protein might impede adaptive immunity and underscore the potential side effects of full-length spike-based vaccines.” (“Spike protein in COVID virus and shots weakens immune system, may be linked with cancer: Swedish study“, Lifesite News)

What the researchers found is that the spike protein blocks production of the enzymes that are needed to repair broken DNA which, in turn, prevents the “proliferation” of B and T cells that are needed to fight infection.

Question– Can you explain that in plain English?

Answer– Sure. It means the vaccine short-circuits your immune system which clears the way for infection, disease and an early death. Maybe, you think you can have a long and happy life with a dysfunctional immune system, but I think you’re wrong. The immune system is the shield that protects you from all-manner of potentially-lethal viruses, bacteria and infections. It is not just the first-line of defense, it’s the only line of defense. Absent the full protection of B and T cells to fight-off foreign intruders, the prospects for survival are miniscule at best.

In order to underscore that point, check out this video of British Funeral Director, John O’ Looney, who has provided regular updates on what he is seeing on the ground 10 months following the vaccination rollout. It’s a disturbing account of the catastrophe that is now unfolding before our eyes:

(30 second mark) “So what we’re seeing is an unnaturally large number of deaths due to heart attack, stroke, aneurism; and these are all the result of thrombosis … Embolisms in the lungs the legs, various places that are causing these deaths that are well documented by the local coroners and well-documented across the country. And no one seems to be concerned about the alarming rise of (blood clots) I’ve seen more in this year than in the last 14 years….

That’s one kind of death we’re seeing, the other kind is the people that are getting sick now as their immune systems finally give up. So, they’ve had the jabs maybe 6 or 8 months ago, and it’s been eating away at their immune system, and now they’re struggling to fight off things like the common cold. So, we’re in winter and there are colds and flus around and these people can’t fight them off. The government are very quick to label it “Omicron”but they are sick with the common cold. Their immune systems are decimated. It’s much like a cancer patient, who goes through chemotherapy and it decimates their immune system. And they have to be very careful because the common cold or flu can kill them. And this is what we’re seeing now…

We’re nearly 12 months since the first jabs began, so their immune systems are falling apart; that is the reality and that’s what I’m seeing... and they can’t cope with a cold anymore. … When I went to the meeting in Westminster in September, the scientist predicted that this is what would happen and, lo-and-behold, that’s what happening. The people are getting sick and dying….. It’s frightening.” (“Omicron is ‘vaccine injury’; it’s nothing more than that.” John Looney, Rumble)

Is he right? Is the uptick in fatalities NOT another wave of Covid but the knock-on effects of a cytotoxic injection that targets the immune system leaving millions of people defenseless against routine infections and disease?

It sounds feasible and it certainly fits with the depopulation agenda which requires a hybrid biologic that doesn’t kill its target outright but basically dismantles the critical defense systems that make human survival possible. By disguising a “killer protein”

as a harmless antigen, our pandemic managers have been able to access the bloodstreams of millions of people allowing them to insert a ticking time-bomb that ravages crucial T and B-cell populations leaving victims vulnerable to whatever bug happens to be circulating in the population. As Looney notes, scientists warned of this very outcome when mass vaccination was first proposed. Naturally, opposing views were ignored and censored. Here’s more from a pre-print research paper on the medRxiv server. It helps to explain the vaccine’s impact on the immune system:

“Researchers in The Netherlands and Germany have warned that Pfizer-BioNTech’s … (COVID-19) vaccine induces complex reprogramming of innate immune responses that should be considered in the development and use of mRNA-based vaccines…. Following vaccination, innate immune cells had a reduced response to toll-like receptor 4 (TLR4), TLR7 and TLR8 – all ligands that play an important role in the immune response to viral infection….

Multiple studies have shown that long-term innate immune responses can be either increased (trained immunity) or down-regulated (innate immune tolerance) after certain vaccines or infections.”…

These results collectively demonstrate that the effects of the BNT162b2 vaccine go beyond the adaptive immune system.. The BNT162b2 vaccine induces reprogramming of innate immune responses as well, and this needs to be taken into account.”…(“Research suggests Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine reprograms innate immune responses”, New-Medical net)

How many people would have gotten vaccinated if they’d known it would reprogram their immune system?

Probably, no one, which is why our public health officials never broach the topic. Anything that veers even slightly from the “vaccines are good for you” narrative is omitted from mainstream coverage and erased on social media. But aren’t people entitled to know what’s going on, what is being injected into their bodies, and what impact it will have on their lives and health? Isn’t that what is meant by “informed consent” or is that another casualty of the rush to inoculate all 7 people on planet earth? Here’s a clip from a short interview with pathologist, Dr. Ryan Cole:

When we give these shots, we can see the types of white blood cells in the body… and you have a broad array of immune cells that work together to fight off viruses and keep cancers in check. We’re already seeing the signals in the laboratory of decreases in critically important T-cells you need… in your innate immune system. These are the Marines in your body; fighting off viruses fighting cancer…. But what we’re seeing in the laboratory after people get these shots, we’re seeing a very concerning locked-in, low profile of these important killer T-cells that you want in your body. (CD8 cells) And what they do, is keep all other viruses in check.

What am I seeing in the laboratory? I’m seeing an uptick of Herpes family viruses, I’m seeing Shingles, I’m seeing Mono, I’m seeing a huge uptick in human papilloma virus… We are literally weakening the immune systems of these individuals.

Most concerning of all, is there’s a pattern of these types of immune cells in the body that keep cancer in check. Since, January 1, (in the laboratory) I’ve seen a 20X increase of endometrial cancer over what I see on an annual basis.” (“Pathologist Ryan N Cole of the Mayo Clinic on What We Are Seeing In Lab Results”, Rumble; 2 minutes)

Herpes, Shingles, Mono, and even cancer!” What the heck is going on? This can’t be true, can it?

Yes, it is true; immuno-suppression leads to all kinds of terrible health outcomes. Some readers might recall how Canadian vaccinologist Dr Byram Bridle made similar claims in an interview just a few weeks ago. Here’s what he said:

“What I’ve seen way too much of is people who had cancers that were in remission, or that were being well controlled; their cancers have gone completely out of control after getting this vaccine. And we know the vaccine causes a drop in T-cell numbers, and those T-cells are part of our immune system and they are part of the critical weapons our immune system has to fight off cancer cells; so there’s a potential mechanism there. All I can say, is I’ve had way too many people contact me with these reports for me to feel comfortable. I would say that is my newest major safety concern, and it’s also the one that’s going to be the most under-reported in the adverse data base, because if someone has had cancer before the vaccine, there’s no way public health officials will ever link it to the vaccine.” (“Dr Byram Bridle speaks”, Bitchute, :55 second-mark)

Once again, how many people would have decided to get vaccinated if they knew that it could trigger a flare-up of dormant viruses or cancers in remission? Who would take that risk?

But they don’t know they’re taking a risk, do they, because they haven’t been told the truth. And the reason they haven’t been told the truth is because they are a target in a war of extermination that is being waged on them. Sometimes it’s very hard for people to admit to what they know to be the truth, but the truth is plain to see. Our pandemic managers and their foot-soldiers in the media, public health and government want to do us harm, want to inject us with a mysterious substance that will wreak havoc on our immune systems and shorten our lives. This isn’t just a struggle for personal freedom or bodily autonomy, it’s a battle for survival. We are defending our right to live. Here’s more from Viral Immunologist Dr. Jessica Rose:

There are studies coming out now, and there are ample signs in the adverse events data, that these products (Covid vaccines) are not only immuno-modulating the immune system and causing hyper inflammation; there are signs now that they are very negatively effecting CD8 T-cell populations. For those who don’t know, this is extremely bad news. It’s only on a few people so far, but the data does not look good so far. These T-cells are the so-called “killer cells”. Their job…is to kill virally infected cells that are showing foreign markers on their surface. So, if these populations are depleted, then that is very bad news, because we don’t have a population of cells in the acquired immune system to remove virally-infected cells.…

There are clear signs that are starting to emerge, that there is an “immunity deficiency syndrome” coming about as a result of these products (vaccines) As a result of hyper-stimulation…T-cells being (diminished), and the ever-presence of repeated injections of a cytotoxic proteinI would never, ever recommend that someone who is immuno-compromised to ever go near these things, because I can almost guarantee you, that your condition is going to get worse. Another thing we’re seeing in VAERS is cancers coming out of remission and alot of doctors are reporting this on the ground. And–by the way– this has never happened before, not on this scale; not even close… So, there’s something going on here that warrants further investigation, and it doesn’t look good.” (“Viral Immunologist Dr. Jessica Rose explains the concerning information emerging about the compromised immunity of the vaccinated“, Odysee)

Can you see the pattern yet? Can you see how they’re all saying the same thing? Why is that, do you think?

It’s because it’s the truth, the pure, unvarnished truth.

The point we’re trying to make cannot be overstated: The vaccine is a man-made, lab-generated bioweapon that disables the body’s critical defense system which increases one’s susceptibility to disease by many orders of magnitude. With each additional injection, one is less capable of mounting a sufficient response to routine infections, flus or viruses. That’s going to lead to a tsunami of sickness that will likely overwhelm our public health system and plunge the country deeper into crisis. Is that the plan? Is that what our globalist overlords have in store for us?

We’ll see. Now check out this last clip from video by vaccinologist, Geert Vanden Bossche:

The first thing I would like to highlight is that Covid-19 is not a disease of healthy people. People who are in good health have a healthy innate immune system that can deal with a number of respiratory viruses without any problem. These people are not only protected against the disease but can even–in many cases– prevent infection. These are people who can contribute to sterilizing immunity and to herd immunity which is very, very important. So, listen: Never, ever allow anyone or anything to interfere or suppress your innate immune system. You can do a bad job yourself by leading an unhealthy life, that is going to suppress your innate immunity, but even worse, is vaccine-induced antibodies that do suppress your innate immunity. And these vaccinal antibodies cannot substitute for it because they lose their efficacy against the virus, and become less and less effective. In contrast to the innate antibodies, they cannot prevent infection, they cannot sterilize the virus. Therefore, they do contribute to herd immunity….

If we suppress these innate antibodies in children, it could lead to autoimmune diseases. This is an absolute “No go” We cannot vaccinate our children with these vaccines. The suppression of innate immunity is already a problem among vaccinees, and they are, indeed, going to have a difficult time controlling a number of diseases, not just Covid-19, but other diseases too …and it will require a very dramatic change in the strategies to help the vaccinees–and my heart goes out to them–because they will need extensive treatment in many cases...

Boosting them–which means giving them a third dose– is absolutely insane, because what it will do, is increase the immune pressure of the vaccinal antibodies, on their innate immunity. So boosting is absolute nonsense; it is dangerous and should not be done….

So, what does the science tell us? It tells us that it’s innate immunity that will protect us, not the vaccine.” (“Geert Vanden Bossche on Vaccines and the suppression of innate immunity”, Rumble)

So, we now know that– along with the blood clots, the bleeding, the heart attacks, the strokes, the vascular and neurological diseases– the vaccine is also designed to eviscerate the system that protects us from illness and death, the immune system. How steeped in denial one must be not to see the evil that is now among us.

On December 6th President Trump’s words shook the world.

For the first time in over 2000 years, Jerusalem was recognized as the capital of Israel.

Whether he knows it or not, President Trump fulfilled his part in a frightening biblical prophecy exactly as the scriptures predicted.

Only the top church leaders and Bible scholars know the real meaning behind this great and terrible moment, yet no one is saying a thing about it…

So pay chose attention because this video will change your life forever for the good!   

:: 1-13-22 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Omicron nightmare: ‘Quarantine in metal boxes, midnight evacuation’ under zero-COVID policy


Jan 13, 2022

Hindustan Times

3.83M subscribers

Under its 'Zero COVID Policy', China has enforced stricter rules on its citizens and put millions of people under quarantine. Several videos of metal boxes used to keep suspected COVID-19 patients and lines of buses transporting individuals to quarantine facilities have surfaced on social media. This comes as China prepares to host the Winter Olympics next month. Watch for more details. 

:: 1--22 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Demonizes Russia, China, Iran, and Its Own White Majority Population while Democrats Enforce Covid Tyranny

Guest Post by Paul Craig Roberts

Florida has a large Cuban population, but it also has a large Jewish population, people who made their money and retired in a sunny land without freezing temperatures. Most of the Jews understand the benefits of Florida’s openness under Governor DeSantis, but, Jews tend to be mutually supportive. They support one another more than do gentiles, sometimes to their worst judgment.

In the next election for governor, DeSantis’ Democrat opponent is likely to be a Jew, Nikki Fried. Fried regards DeSantis as an “authoritarian dictator who is borderline fascist” (  ). Currently she is Florida commissioner of agriculture and the unmarried partner of Jake Bergmann, a Jew who is a marijuana entrepreneur in Florida, which raises an unaddressed problem of a conflict of interest as Bergmann’s business often results in dealings with Fried’s office.

No stink will be raised about this, because it would be “anti-semitic” and, therefore, “hate speech” if not a “hate crime.” Indeed, anything critical of anything Jewish has been labeled a hate crime. Any serious issue that is raised is met with: “shut up you Nazi.”

It is wonderful to be protected against all criticisms, legitimate ones as well as false ones. But DeSantis doesn’t have the same protection. Neither does Florida’s freedom as a state without coercive Covid mandates. A change in administration could bring Floridians life under the same Gestapo boot that New Yorkers exist under.

All of the people who have come to Florida in search of a refuge from the Covid totalitarianism of the Democrat states, including the Jewish refugees from New York, need to understand that their refuge is shaky, because the medical establishment which serves Big Pharma, not public health, the US media that has positioned itself out on a limb of lies in its support of official narratives, the Democrats who prefer their authoritarianism to democracy and accountable government, and the tendency of Jews to vote Jewish over gentile place the freedom and independence of Florida in jeopardy.

If Nikki Fried wins, the Florida successful model will be deep-sixed.

Americans are also badly positioned abroad where the neoconservatives have lined up the US against Russia backed by China.

The Western world, in its delusional arrogance and extraordinary stupidity, could easily end up in the trash bin of history. Indeed, it could happen sooner than we think. In addition to the Russian and Chinese opposition to American unilateralism, the Western liberal-progressive-left is destroying the enculturation process that sustained Western civilization, thereby replacing nations with towers of babel. Our internal enemies are a larger threat than our alleged external ones.

Democrats and their protected “woke,” “BLM,” “Antifa,” and Critical Race Theory echelons are destroying the monuments and our memory of America’s Founding Fathers. They are destroying the First Amendment and the entirety of the US Constitution. They are teaching in the public schools and universities that all white people are racists and white supremacists who must be overthrown. How are such a divided people and a demonized white majority going to stand up to countries like Russia, China, and Iran that are sick and tired of American exceptionalism?

The Department of Homeland Security and FBI have demonized Trump voters — half or more of the voting US population — as “domestic extremists” and are trying several hundred on the ridiculous charge that they–all several hundred of them–tried to overthrow the Government of the United States in the alleged “Trump Insurrection.A country in danger of being overthrown by 600 unarmed Trump supporters is far too weak to be picking fights with Russia and China. If the Washington morons think that 600 people can overthrow the government, what strength does Washington have to stand up to Russia, China, Iran?

Obviously, none whatsoever.

Try to imagine a country, whose government demonizes its own majority white population as oppressors not only of “people of color” but also of women, trying to get away with demonizing other countries and assigning all blame to them. Washington projects its sins to others, and assumes that Washington, a collection of well-paid whores, is “exceptional” and “indispensable.”

Never before in human history has such mindless pretense been manifest.

Washington is the Naked Emperor. Here is the Russophobe Nuland with a few thousand NATO troops threatening Russia and China with their millions of troops: 

God help us.


The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal 

:: 1-16-22 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Second Eruption - MUCH MUCH WORSE - At Hunga-Tonga Volcano. Tsunami again?????

World NewsDesk 16 January 2022 Hits: 53108

A second eruption is now taking place at the Hunga-Tonga volcano in the South Pacific ocean and this one is MUCH MUCH worse than the explosive eruption that took place yesterday; at least double or triple the strength!

Reports are coming in from Tonga that the volcano "exploded" with such ferocious power, "the entire volcanic island has disappeared in pyroclastic flows."

Video of tonight's eruption has come in and is shown below:

It is as yet unknown if todays explosive eruption will also trigger a Pacific-wide Tsunami as yesterday's did. Awaiting analysis by the National Tsunami Warning Center, as well as initial reports from Pacific Tsunami Buoys. This story will be updated if/when that info comes in.


TSUNAMI BUOYS are still in "Event Mode" from yesterday's Tsunami . . . so fresh reporting is going to require technicians at the Tsunami Warning Center to read these Buoys MANUALLY before any new reports can come out. This being a Sunday night, the possibility of technicians doing that suddenly seems slim to none. We'll keep checking.

Meanwhile, official news media in Japan are now reporting this second huge eruption.

Japan did see actual Tsunami waves yesterday, so they are especially in-tune with this second event and are closely monitoring it. 

:: 1-16-22 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID And The Globalists Response Has Clearly Defined Who The Tyrants Are While Separating The Wheat From The Chaff And The Purebloods From The 'Walking Brain Dead'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 16, 2022

As the 2020 election exposed massive loopholes to fair and free elections, and Donald Trump brought the "fake news" from the so-called mainstream media into clear focus, the Covid "scamdemic" has separated the wheat from the chaff, and the tyrants from the freedom fighters aka "purebloods."

Over the course of the last two years, we have reported extensively on the lockdowns, the overreaching and power-hungry politicians declaring what businesses they deemed as "essential," and which ones they considered "non-essential," and shut down, throwing millions into unemployment.

We have seen liberal state and/or city leaders literally threaten constituents with penalties if they dared have a dinner party, in their own home, with more than what those same tyrannical leaders decided was allowable.

We have seen denials that the "show me your papers" phase was coming, something ANP warned of back in 2020, as those speaking of what was coming were labeled conspiracy theorists..... until liberal state leaders ordered businesses demand customers "show their papers" to prove they were vaccinated, and now boosted, and whatever comes next.

I could go on and on and on, but the point here is the amount of things we have seen that most Americans would have said "could never happen here," back in 2019, that has happened here in the past two years, is unprecedented in American history.

Not only has the whole Covid issue exposed the liberal leaders that have dictatorial tendencies that Covid -19 has afforded them, but we note the extreme differences in the reactions and actions of the populace, which has separated the slaves from the free people, the gullible from the aware, the sheep from the individual thinkers........the purebloods from the walking brain dead.


We have lost count of how many times the CDC, and the fascist Fauci have moved the goal posts. First the "vaccination would protect you!" Then, "well we will need a booster, to be fully vaccinated." Then "we might have multiple boosters."

They even went as far as to change the definition of fully vaccinated to include the "booster!"

Now, we see they no longer even claim that the fully vaxxed are protected, just that if they catch Covid, the symptoms may be milder.

Through it all, liberals, the media, Hollywood's so-called celebrities, have all mimicked every word, every argument, without mention of the changes, the moving goal posts or the outright Covid lies the media, the CDC and Fauci himself have publicly pushed onto the public for two solid years.

If that isn't brain dead, or seriously mentally handicapped, what is?

Those that continue to think the media is trying to "inform" or "help" by pushing misinformation, even after witnessing proof and documentation of the the media pushing "fake news" for more than four years (Example: Russian Collusion hoax), appear to have no individual thought, or they are just so gullible they are incapable of questioning their own "heroes."

Where is outrage over the lies, the common sense questions about the constant moving goalposts, and the simple ability to think for ourselves?

(ANP FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running a fundraising drive until we catch up on expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)


There is a famous quote, trust but verify.

These days, after all the documented lies, fake news, false and/or changing narratives, edited videos to hide context, just to name a few egregious examples, it should not be "trust but verify," but rather "doubt until verified."

The media and liberal state/city leaders claim that questioning the "science" (of the day) is casting doubt on the "experts."

It is. We should. The so-called experts have failed miserably throughout the entire Covid response.

They claim questioning the media's preferred narrative, which always seems to treat the so-called experts as infallible, is either conspiracy theorists, or those questions are actually pushing misinformation, which is truly projection because the reason for the questions is because the media has pushing disinformation.

The "doubt until verified" mindset shouldn't just be for the MSM and politicians, but for any news sources, including Independent Media.

We at ANP have said that since we started. Never just believe because so-and-so said it, research, use the information as a basis of research, but never, ever just "believe" without thinking and questioning everything for yourself.

At ANP we try to link to all our assertions, especially when data is involved, we try to offer embedded documents when available, we use multiple sources from different political ideologies to make out points, which allows readers to verify, or to use those as stepping stones for their own research.

These days, especially these days, doubt but verify should be the standard for news consumers.


The complete "do not comply" movement has stemmed from fighting back against mandates, force, threats and tyranny, which is why it is perhaps one of the most important movements in recent history.

Should one choose to take certain steps because of personal reasons or circumstances, that is their choice, but those that allow the media, the Fake Fauci's of this world to intimidate or use fear to force you to comply, or Biden mandates to force compliance, are shutting off their own brains and handing their very lives over to strangers they have never even met.

Who, other than the brain dead would do that?

Yet half the nation is doing that.

Covid has given America the unique opportunity to separate the wheat from the chaff, the free from the enslaved, the thinkers from the followers, and the tyrants from the freedom fighters.

Do. Not. Comply. 

:: 8-12-21 EZ Diet The Ezekiel Files :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5G Apocalypse


Posted on Sep 12, 2021 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight.  They are not afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean War.  Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your own ways, for the old ways never did work etc    

:: 1-16-22 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


World NewsDesk 16 January 2022 Hits: 24125

An elected member of the Russian Duma, their equivalent of the US Congress, publicly states Russia should launch a hypersonic nuclear bomb against the USA, without our consent, to detonate at the Nevada Test Site (minimize casualties) as a display of Russia's seriousness over NATO.

A "warning strike" with a Russian nuclear weapon on a U.S. test site in Nevada has been proposed by state Duma Deputy Yevgeney Fyodorov. He made the proposal on the air of a Youtube channel "National Course."

"Maybe . . . well, I'm fantasizing right now . . . the launch of our rocket at the state of Nevada, even a nuclear explosion there, at the test site, to demonstrate our determination, without the consent of the Americans, but warning them of course, so they do not rush in response." Fyodorov said.

Such a scenario, according to Fyodorov, will lead "to the formation among Americans, based on their mentality, of a reason to negotiate with Russia."

"This will prove to American citizens that the threat of Russian retaliation against US and NATO actions, is not a bluff. and will force them to influence the authorities from within the country." he continued.

He noted there are no civilians at the test site, and if the United States is warned about the impact by 2 or 3 days, then "this will be a good action to demonstrate the seriousness of intentions." he said.

Hal Turner Editorial Opinion

Never in my 59 years upon this earth, have I EVER heard an elected government official of _any_ nation, make such a statement in seriousness. This is completely without precedent.

Frankly, I don't know whether to laugh or to cry at the unimaginable level of intellect necessary for an elected official to make such a remark publicly.

THIS is the state of the world right now, and THIS is the degree to which the Biden regime has blundered its way to the literal cliff of starting World War 3.

The fact that an elected public official in the second most powerful nation on earth, publicly said this in seriousness, is . . . is . . . . I'm actually apoplectic!

With people in Russia saying things like this, and their counterparts here in America continuing to pursue policies which are explicitly designed to intentionally harm Russia, I fear we're all doomed.

The American people need to step up, right now, get on the phone, fax, email, and tell our public servants in Washington that we do NOT approve of how they're trying to police the world, and in particular, police Russia, and we will not sit idly-by while they orchestrate World War 3 for their own egos.

Their "power" comes from us. Without us, THEY are nothing.

We will not permit them to create a situation where WE get killed because THEY misuse the power we lend them.

If we don't step up right now and take back control of our clearly out of control federal government, there may not be an America left to live in.


We have the video! Below, in its original Russian language, is Deputy of the Russian Duma, Yevgeney Fyodorov, saying Russia should fire a hypersonic nuke at the US Nevada test site, to prove Russia is serious about retaliating against the US over NATO.

Apparently, Fyodorov believes that the US cannot defend against such a Russian hypersonic weapon, and only by seeing in real life that we cannot defeat their missiles, will we come to our senses and stop threatening Russia with NATO expansion around their country, and pointing NATO missiles at Russia.

Sadly, he may be right, but his proposed solution is utter madness!

Here is the actual video. Russian media outlets are also starting to cover this story as shown HERE 

:: 1-16-22 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COMING STORM Russian invasion of Ukraine is ‘inevitable and imminent’ warns MP as Kiev blames Putin for cyber attack amid WW3 fears

Henry Holloway

9:49 ET, Jan 16 2022Updated: 9:51 ET, Jan 16 2022

A RUSSIA invasion of Ukraine is feared to be "inevitable and imminent" as Kiev blamed Vladimir Putin for a massive cyber attack.

House of Commons Defence Committee chairman Tobias Ellwood MP issued the warning as fears of a new war loom over Eastern Europe.

The eyes of the world are on Ukraine as Putin has massed nearly 100,000 troops along with an arsenal of artillery and tanks in the region.

It is feared Vlad could launch a full scale invasion in a matter of weeks - or even days - to seize territory given up by Russia in the fall of the Soviet Union.

Mr Ellwood described the potential invasion as "inevitable and imminent" after a cyber attack left much of the country without heat, light and access to cash.

And today Ukraine pointed the finger at Russia over the hack which is feared to act as a prelude to an invasion.

Russia has denied it was behind the attack.

"I am afraid an invasion by Russian forces is inevitable and imminent and we have allowed this to happen," Mr Ellwood told The Daily Mail.

"We had the opportunity to place sufficient military hardware and personnel in Ukraine to make president Putin think twice about invading but we failed to do so."

He added: "Only president Putin knows what he is going to do next, but next week would seem pivotal.

"He has negotiated himself into a corner and after Nato refused to bow to his threats seemingly only one option remains."

In a subsequent tweet, Mr Ellwood wrote: "RUSSIA is on the brink of an invasion. And once again will try to re-draw the map of Eastern Europe. History will ask - why did we not learn from history?"

Putin is believed to want to reclaim many territories lost at the fall of the Soviet Union.

And he first made inroads into Ukraine back in 2014 when Russian troops illegally annexed the Crimea peninsula - sparking international condemnation.

Conflict has raged in Eastern Ukraine ever since as Putin backed-rebels fight against the government in the disputed Donbas region.

Ukraine said on Sunday that Russia is believed to have been behind the cyber attack last week.

All evidence indicates that Russia is behind the cyberattack. Moscow continues to wage a hybrid war and is actively building up its forces in the information and cyberspaces, the ministry statement said.

On Saturday, Foreign Secretary Liz Truss condemned Russia's military build-up on the Ukraine border and called on Moscow to "halt its aggression".

She tweeted: "Russia is waging a disinformation campaign intended to destabilise and justify an invasion of its sovereign neighbour Ukraine.

"Russia must halt its aggression, deescalate and engage in meaningful talks."

An invasion by Russia into Ukraine would violate the "most basic freedoms and sovereignty", the Defence Secretary said last week following a visit to Scandinavia.

Issuing his second warning in a week to Moscow, Ben Wallace said there would be "consequences" of any Russian aggression towards Ukraine.

Tensions on the Ukrainian border continue to be fraught, with the US suggesting Moscow is preparing for a "false-flag operation" in order to spark an incursion into neighbouring territory.

Mr Wallace met Nordic partners last week to discuss Russia's continued aggression and military build-up on Ukraine's border, with some 100,000 troops amassed at the divide.

The Defence Secretary said: "The UK and our Nordic partners are united in our approach to upholding European security.

"My discussions this week have been directly about deepening bilateral relations, shared security and the consequences of Russian aggression towards Ukraine.

"Our discussions were clear that a Russian invasion of Ukraine would be a strategic mistake, violating the most basic freedoms and sovereignty.

"Britain and the Nordic countries have a long and shared history.

"Our European neighbours and allies remain vital partners as we work together to defend our common values, counter shared threats and build resilience in our neighbourhood, the UK will always stand with them." 

[ :: 4-15-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.  

:: 1-16-22 Popular Mechanics :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pentagon Document Confirms Existence of Russian Doomsday Torpedo

Kanyon is designed to wipe out the enemy’s coastlines and make them unlivable for generations.

By Kyle Mizokami Jan 16, 2018

A key U.S. nuclear weapons document confirms that the Russian government is developing the most powerful nuclear weapon in more than a half century. A leaked copy of the Pentagon’s Nuclear Posture Review states that Russia is developing a “new intercontinental, nuclear-armed undersea autonomous torpedo.”

The existence of the weapon, known as Kanyon to the Pentagon and "Ocean Multipurpose System Status-6" to Russia, was first leaked by Russian television in November 2015. A test involving the Sarov-class submarine mothership was leaked in December 2016. The Nuclear Posture Review report, dated January 2018, lists the weapon as part of Russia’s underwater nuclear arsenal. Here’s a screen capture, with Kanyon circled in red:

Kanyon is reportedly a very long range autonomous underwater vehicle that has a range 6,200 miles, a maximum depth of 3,280 feet, and a speed of 100 knots according to claims in leaked Russian documents.

But what really makes Kanyon nightmare fuel is the drone torpedo's payload: a 100-megaton thermonuclear weapon. By way of comparison, the atomic bomb dropped on Hiroshima was 16 kilotons, or the equivalent of 16,000 tons of TNT. Kanyon’s nuke would be the equivalent of 100,000,000 tons of TNT. That’s twice as powerful as Tsar Bomba, the most powerful thermonuclear weapon ever tested. Dropped on New York City, a 100-megaton bomb would kill 8 million people outright and injure 6 million more.

Kanyon is designed to attack coastal areas, destroying cities, naval bases, and ports. The mega-bomb would also generate an artificial tsunami that would surge inland, spreading radioactive contamination with the advancing water. To make matters worse there are reports the warhead is “salted” with the radioactive isotope Cobalt-60. Contaminated areas would be off-limits to humanity for up to 100 years.

Kanyon is designed to get around American ballistic missile defenses, primarily the Ground-Based Interceptor missiles based in Alaska and California. Although GBI is meant to counter small numbers of intercontinental ballistic missiles from rogue countries such as Iran and North Korea, Russia wants to make it abundantly clear that it could still penetrate U.S. defenses even if they were scaled up to deal with larger, more powerful nuclear arsenals.

Kanyon’s range and payload makes it much larger than existing torpedoes. According to submarine expert H.I. Sutton, Kanyon is 5.5 feet wide and 79 feet long, making it twice as large as a Bulava submarine launched ballistic missile. Sutton also believes the torpedo is nuclear powered.

The Russian Navy is testing Kanyon from a Sarov-class Russian Navy submarine. The unique, one-of-a-kind Sarov does not have any torpedo tubes of her own, but instead carries the nuclear-armed AUV externally attached to the pressure hull.

Kyle Mizokami Writer on Defense and Security issues, lives in San Francisco. 

:: 2-25-21 USNI News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Details of Russian Belgorod ‘Doomsday’ Submarine Revealed

By: H I Sutton February 25, 2021 3:26 PM

Russia’s latest super-sized submarine, Belgorod, has been a conundrum for interested observers. While its existence is far from secret, Moscow has gone to great pains to keep certain key details out of the public domain. While navies traditionally hide the screw, or propeller, from the cameras, in Belgorod’s case the reverse was true: the screws were on display at the 2019 launch ceremony, but no photographs of the forward section were ever published.

Belgorod’s secret is its arrangement of the primary weapon system: a new class of nuclear-tipped torpedos. Russian state media Izvestia reported on Feb. 11 that Belgorod is being prepared for tests with the new weapon called Poseidon, a massive nuclear torpedo which is shot forward out of the front of the submarine.

The Izvestia article’s timing matches fresh satellite imagery of the submarine in the northern Russian submarine base in Severodvinsk, which may show part of the tests.

In the absence of official photographs, commercial satellite imagery has become a primary source of information. Though the long Arctic nights and thick clouds have limited access to new imagery for many months, now as the Arctic winter is waning, commercial imagery satellites are once again more active over Severodvinsk.

On Feb. 10, an Airbus satellite took a high-resolution image of the harbor. Moored next to the quay is Belgorod with its torpedo tube doors appearing to be open. These tubes are not for ordinary torpedoes but rather the Poseidon nuclear-powered, nuclear-armed torpedo. It is one of Russian President Vladimir Putin’s so-called wonder weapons, together with hypersonic missiles and a nuclear-powered cruise missile.

The satellite imagery clearly shows two large openings in the bow. Each opening is roughly six feet (two meters) across, approximately three times the diameter of the openings for regular 21-inch (533mm) torpedoes. This is because the Poseidon weapon is about 20 to 30 times the size of a traditional heavyweight torpedo.

Revealed in 2015, the school-bus sized torpedo is a strategic weapon that is designed to slip under the U.S. ballistic missile defense network. The weapon is designed to “destroy important economic installations of the enemy in coastal areas and cause guaranteed devastating damage to the country’s territory by creating wide areas of radioactive contamination, rendering them unusable for military, economic or other activity for a long time,” according to a 2015 translation of the initial document by the BBC.

Previous reports indicate that Belgorod will be armed with six Poseidons. Being so large and nuclear powered, these are likely carried externally to the main pressure hull, so it is unclear whether all six tubes will have their own shutter doors or if they will be able to cycle through the two shutters seen in the satellite images.

One takeaway from the images is Belgorod probably has a forward hull between the two open shutter doors. This could allow regular torpedo tubes to be mounted in the bow, shooting over top of the sonar.

Although some reporting on the Poseidon implies Belgorod will be conducting test launches imminently, this is unlikely. It’s unclear if the submarine has ever conducted submergence testing, and just today the TASS Russian news agency reported the submarine is preparing to sail to sea for the first time.

The tests that the Izvestia article referenced are likely in-port mating and mechanical checks between the submarine and the weapon, which matches the satellite imagery showing the outer shutters open. This would likely be conducted with inert surrogate rounds where possible, given the safety implications of testing a nuclear-powered weapon with what is likely a minimally shielded reactor at the pier.

While the public image of Belgorod is becoming clearer, the particulars of the new Russian boat are still shrouded in mystery. 

:: 1--22 Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The real purpose of Russia's 100-megaton underwater nuclear doomsday device

Alex Lockie

The aftermath of a small nuclear detonation underwater using the equivalent of 20,000 tons of TNT. Russia's Poseidon could pack 2 million tons of TNT.

Russia is said to have built a new 100-megaton underwater nuclear doomsday device, and it has threatened the US with it.

The device goes beyond traditional ideas of nuclear warfighting and poses a direct threat to the future of humanity or life on Earth.

Nobody has ever built a weapon like this before, because there's almost no military utility in so badly destroying the world.

But an expert on nuclear strategy told Business Insider the weapon might have a larger role in helping Russian President Vladimir Putin break down NATO with the threat of nuclear destruction.

Since 2015, when images of a Russian nuclear torpedo first leaked on state television, the world has asked itself why Moscow would build a weapon that could end all life on Earth.

While all nuclear weapons can kill thousands in the blink of an eye and leave radiation poisoning the environment for years to come, Russia's new doomsday device, called "Poseidon," takes steps to maximize this effect.

If the US fired one of its Minutemen III nuclear weapons at a target, it would detonate in the air above the target and rely on the blast's incredible downward pressure to crush it. The fireball from the nuke may not even touch the ground, and the only radiation would come from the bomb itself and any dust particles swept up in the explosion, Stephen Schwartz, the author of "Atomic Audit," previously told Business Insider.

But Russia's Poseidon is said to use a warhead many times as strong, perhaps even as strong as the largest bomb ever detonated. Additionally, it's designed to come into direct contact with water, marine animals, and the ocean floor, kicking up a radioactive tsunami that could spread deadly radiation over hundreds of thousands of miles of land and sea and render it uninhabitable for decades.

In short, while most nuclear weapons can end a city, Russia's Poseidon could end a continent.

Read more: Why Putin's new 'doomsday' device is so much more deadly and horrific than a regular nuke

Even in the mania at the height of the Cold War, nobody took seriously the idea of building such a world-ender, Malcolm Davis, a senior analyst at the Australian Strategic Policy Institute, told Business Insider.

So why build one now?

A NATO-ender

Davis called the Poseidon a "third-strike vengeance weapon"meaning Russia would attack a NATO member, the US would respond, and a devastated Russia would flip the switch on a hidden nuke that would lay waste to an entire US seaboard.

According to Davis, the Poseidon would give Russia a "coercive power" to discourage a NATO response to a Russian first strike.

Russia here would seek to not only reoccupy Eastern Europe "but coerce NATO to not act upon an Article 5 declaration and thus lose credibility," he said, referring to the alliance's key clause that guarantees a collective response to an attack on a member state.

Russian President Vladimir Putin "has made it clear he seeks the collapse of NATO," Davis continued. "If NATO doesn't come to the aid of a member state, it's pretty much finished as a defense alliance."

Essentially, Russia could use the Poseidon as an insurance policy while it picks apart NATO. The US, for fear that its coastlines could become irradiated for decades by a stealthy underwater torpedo it has no defenses against, might seriously question how badly it needs to save Estonia from Moscow's clutches.

"Putin may calculate that NATO will blink first rather than risk escalation to a nuclear exchange," Davis said. "Poseidon accentuates the risks to NATO in responding to any Russian threat greatly, dramatically increasing Russia's coercive power."

Davis also suggested the Poseidon would make a capable but heavy-handed naval weapon, which he said could most likely take out an entire carrier strike group in one shot.

Russia's new nuclear ferocity

Russia has recently signaled its willingness to use nuclear weapons to coerce the West with its violation of the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces Treaty, Davis said. These missiles are purpose-built for taking out European capitals from the Russian mainland.

Read more: How the US's nuclear weapons compare to Russia's

But Russia has frequently engaged in nuclear saber-rattling when it feels encircled by NATO forces, and so far it has steered clear of confronting NATO with kinetic forces.

"Whether that will involve actual use or just the threat of use is the uncertainty," Davis said.

While it's hard to imagine a good reason for laying the kind of destruction the Poseidon promises, Davis warned that we shouldn't assume the Russians think about nuclear warfare the same way the US does. 

[ :: 6-27-21 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For there is not as much time left as you believe that there is, for Russia is knocking on the door right now for war, China is knocking on the door right now for war, they’re pushing for a war between the blacks and the whites. Do you not hear it, do you not recognize it, do you not realize it, etc

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

:: 1--22 Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia is planning to deploy a nuclear-powered missile to the Arctic next summer that's designed to detonate off the coastlines of enemy countries, CNN reported.

Satellite images provided this week to CNN by Maxar, a satellite company, indicated that Russia is testing weapons in the region and building significant military infrastructure in the Arctic — which is increasingly free of ice because of climate change.

CNN reported that Russia would deploy the Poseidon 2M39 missile to its Arctic region next summer. The missile has been referred to in reports as a "doomsday" device because of its devastating power.

The device — images of which first surfaced on Russian state television in 2015 — is an underwater nuclear torpedo designed to hit the ocean floor, kicking up a radioactive tsunami that could spread deadly radiation over thousands of miles of land, rendering it uninhabitable.

Russian President Vladimir Putin requested an update on a "key stage" of the tests in February from his defense minister, and more tests are expected later this year, the Times of London reported.

Russia and NATO countries with a presence in the Arctic region have been increasing their activity there in recent years as rising sea temperatures make it more accessible, Insider's Christopher Woody reported.

Russia has the world's longest Arctic coastline and derives about a quarter of its GDP from the region, and the Northern Sea Route is a valuable shipping corridor for Moscow.

The Pentagon on Monday said it was watching reports of Russian military activities and infrastructure build-ups in the Arctic "very closely."

"Without getting into specific intelligence assessments, obviously we're monitoring it very closely," said Pentagon press secretary John F. Kirby at a briefing Monday.

"Obviously we're watching this, and, as I said before, we have national-security interests there that we know ... we need to protect and defend," Kirby said.

"And as I said, nobody's interested in seeing the Arctic become militarized." 

:: 12-28-21 Harbingers Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Gender Is Seen As The New Rebellion’: TikTok Is Enticing Kids Towards Trans Surgeries, Cross-Sex Hormones

World News



Berean Review


MoralityChildren in the CrosshairsLGBT+ AgendaTop Story

‘Gender Is Seen As The New Rebellion’: TikTok Is Enticing Kids Towards Trans Surgeries, Cross-Sex Hormones


By Source + HD Editor’s Note December 28, 2021

Child advocates opposed to trans-ideology have warned about the risks of allowing children to use TikTok, particularly as evidence mounts that youth are being enticed to take experimental puberty blockers and undergo elective surgeries to remove essential body parts.

According to an analysis by the Daily Mail on Sunday, TikTok videos with the hashtag #Trans have been viewed over 26 billion times. Such videos often feature young people documenting in a fun, light-hearted way the various stages of undergoing experimental hormones and irreversible, body-altering surgeries to appear more as the opposite sex. The popular social networking service was reportedly the most downloaded app in the U.K. last year.

Parents in the U.K. are increasingly concerned that the app is fueling a contagion, luring vulnerable young people into identifying as the opposite sex and potentially a lifetime of harmful repercussions. TikTok’s own figures reveal that over 25% of TikTok users ages 15 to 25, and children between the ages of 4 to 15 use the service for 69 minutes per day on average.

Groups critical of transgenderism say that the proliferation of the ideology on social media puts young people at serious risk, given how it’s promoted as the latest trend.

Stephanie Davies-Arai of Transgender Trend said TikTok is “hugely influential and it’s full of videos that portray medical transition as cool and edgy.”

“Gender is seen as the new rebellion,” Davies-Arai said.

She added, “These social media platforms that promote medical transition should be made to include a warning on such material.”

In an email to The Christian Post on Monday, investigative blogger Jennifer Bilek, who writes at The 11th Hour and has extensively documented how intricately tethered transgender activism is with the medical-industrial complex, said it’s vital for the public to realize how much technology has grown. She stressed that technology has the power to influence everyone, especially children, in ways they are not even aware.

Internet marketers are using that power to sell us dissatisfaction with ourselves and then the cures for that dissatisfaction. Children are less equipped than adults to realize what is happening to them, especially when the marketing is happening on their own social media channels. We cannot control children’s access to all mainstream media, but it is our responsibility as adults to protect them from predatory marketers on their tech platforms,” Bilek explained.

“That children could be exposed to such a thing as sex mutilating surgeries 26 billion times is unfathomable. That it is being marketed as cool via ‘trans’ models, surgeons, and make-up, on their social media is unconscionable. Parents and caregivers have to step in and become the tech police of what their children are exposed to because transition surgeries are being marketed to them and they are buying the illusion as a panacea for all their adolescent angst,” she added.

Similarly, Kate Harris of the LGB Alliance — a group of dissident lesbian, gay and bisexual people, which was formed in part because of opposition to trans ideology and activism in the LGBT group Stonewall’s policies — expressed concern over millions of impressionable children watching these videos.

It’s no coincidence that the growth of TikTok coincides exactly with the exponential growth of children presenting with gender dysphoria,” Harris said, noting that some of the videos on the platform are “deeply frightening.”

The message is so often, ‘Don’t involve your parents,’” she said.

“What these videos would lead a generation of children to believe is that it is easy to change sex and that it is the answer to all of your problems.”

It was recently announced that the video platform was formally partnering with Stonewall, the most prominent LGBT rights group in the country, in order to promote transgender-themed material.

A spokesperson for TikTok told the Daily Mail: “We are honored that the LGBTQ+ community has embraced TikTok from our very early days, as a platform for self-expression, education, community-building and joy.”

Similarly, a spokesperson for Stonewall commented that content “allows young LGBTQ+ people to know that they are not alone in their experiences.”

The Daily Mail’s analysis of the data about the normalization of taking experimental drugs and undergoing trans surgery comes on the heels of a prominent publication showcasing the most radically invasive transgender surgical procedures.

In its most recent edition, New York magazine featured as its cover story an article about the journey of journalist Gabriel Mac, a woman who has openly recounted her extensive psychological struggles as she underwent a phalloplasty, an operation that removed layers of tissue and fat from her thigh to construct a fake penis.

Mac was photographed wearing nothing but Calvin Klein underwear with the surgical scar on her leg clearly visible. The article, titledMy Penis, Myself” detailed the operation as a necessary step for her to feel complete in her chosen identity.

Until recent years, gender dysphoria diagnoses were extremely rare and seen almost exclusively in pre-pubescent boys. Today, post-puberty teenage girls are the predominant demographic, and the kind of gender dysphoria they report experiencing is not traditional but is, according to public health researcher Lisa Littman, the result of a largely internet-fueled peer contagion.

The phrase “rapid-onset gender dysphoria (ROGD)” emerged from Littman’s groundbreaking study in 2018 to describe the phenomenon many young people were experiencing. This medical mystery was subsequently explored in greater depth in the book, Irreversible Damage: The Transgender Craze Seducing Our Daughters, by Abigail Shrier.

It is often children and teens that take the brunt of the most disturbing deception and indoctrination. Kids are impressionable and more easily swayed; this is especially worsened when a wedge is driven between them and their parent’s protection.

Gender is seen as the new rebellion, as author Stephanie Davies-Arai states in the above article. However, this rebellion is not against “societal norms” and “our repressive anti-progressive culture” as many youths are taught. This rebellion is against God and His standard of morality.

The apostle Paul writing to the Christians in Rome best explained this rebellion (read Romans 1:18-32). He described a people who “did not like to retain God in their knowledge,” who professed “themselves to be wise,” were “inventors of evil things,” “disobedient to parents”, and filled with pride.

Furthermore, the description in Romans chapter one explains that these people distorted God’s design for men and women turning to “that which is against nature” being driven with homosexual lust.

These sins placed them in rebellion against God and they were fully aware of that fact. They took pleasure in being in opposition to God, and they took pleasure in all of those who joined them in this rebellion, the Scriptures state.

Just as prophecy in the Bible describes will occur before Christ’s return, our society has taken part in this on a massive scale. And what’s worse, we have also placed stumbling blocks in front of children deceiving them and promoting their participation in this dangerous and sinful lifestyle. 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 1-16-22 The Blaze :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top GOP lawmaker discloses 'something more' to hostage crisis at Texas synagogue; investigation goes global

News Chris Enloe January 16, 2022

A top House Republican revealed Sunday the investigation into the man who took four people hostage at a Texas synagogue on Saturday has gone international.

What are the details?

Rep. Michael McCaul (R-Texas), the ranking member on the House Foreign Affairs Committee, told CNN host Jake Tapper on "State of the Union" there is "something more" to the case than a lone actor.

In fact, McCaul disclosed that the FBI's investigation now extends to London and Tel Aviv.

"I know the FBI has now fanned their investigation out to London and Tel Aviv. So this has now turned into an international investigation. So there’s something more here," McCaul said. "And the fact he’s calling for Lady al Qaeda’s release from prison has been, as you said, in the jihadist world kind of a cause celebre."

"And so I think we’re going to find out a lot more in the next 24, 48 hours. He is British. I wouldn’t be surprised if he’s Pakistani, just like Siddiqui. And we need to get to the bottom of this," he added. "We haven’t seen one of these radicalized attacks in a few years now, and it is disturbing to see it raise its ugly head again."

Law enforcement identified 44-year-old Malik Faisal Akram as the perpetrator, and said he traveled to the U.S. approximately five weeks ago. The motive has not been officially determined, although his choice of attacking a synagogue on a Saturday during the middle of a Sabbath service strongly suggests religious motivations.

The suspect reportedly demanded the release of convicted terrorist Aafia Siddiqui, who is known as "Lady Al Qaeda." Siddiqui is serving an 86-year prison sentence after being convicted in 2010 of attempted murder and armed assault of U.S. military personnel. Siddiqui is incarcerated at a federal prison not far from the Congregation Beth Israel synagogue that was attacked.

"This is a disturbing case that demonstrates that anti-Semitism is unfortunately alive and well," McCaul said. "I think they chose this synagogue because she, Siddiqui, the Lady al Qaeda, they call her, is being detained in a Fort Worth prison facility."

Anything else?

After the FBI attempted to downplay the role religion played in hostage crisis at the synagogue, President Joe Biden condemned the incident as an act of terrorism.

"This was an act of terror," Biden said.

National security adviser Jake Sullivan also condemned the incident as an "act of terrorism" and an "act of anti-Semitism." 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 1-17-22 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Empty Store Shelf Photos From ANP Readers Paint A Much Different Picture From What Biden's Ministry Of Truth Is Telling Us: They Are Using Food As A Weapon

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 17, 2022

Dating well back into 2021 following the arrival of Joe Biden in the White House, ANP has been keeping track of growing numbers of empty store shelves all across America, featuring within our stories photographs emailed to ANP by our readers of empty shelves where food products previously sat.

While Joe Biden's White House put out a statement claiming such photographs, seen also in social media images across America, were 'disinformation' and actually contained photos taken during President Trump's time in office, you know it has gotten really, really, really bad for Biden and Democrats when even Reuters recently put out this story titled "U.S. grocery shortages deepen as pandemic dries supplies".

And while linking to that story on his website Saturday morning, Steve Quayle warned the story was a "False narrative", as globalists it's become increasingly obviously they've "begun the accelerated starvation against the US population", the mere fact that the msm is finally reporting upon what the independent news has been warning about for quite some time is another sign of things to come.

Because with ANP and other independent news websites long warning about the globalists depopulation agenda, also long-called 'conspiracy theory' by the msm, what if Steve Quayle is correct in his warning of an 'accelerated starvation' campaign being waged against the US population? Think they wouldn't do such a thing? History proves Steve correct.

As ANP and other independent media websites have long warned via a quote from none other than globalist stooge Henry Kissinger, "Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control people." Think they wouldn't try to use food as a weapon in 2022 in an attempt to get people to 'comply' and take the 'clot shot' or simply to 'eliminate' those they love to call the 'useless eaters'? They're already doing it with people's jobs! From this 2011 story by the Activist Post.:

Hungry people will do anything for food, which means that those who have control over food can use it as leverage. In 1974, Henry Kissinger suggested using food as a weapon to induce targeted population reduction in a previously classified 200-page report, National Security Study Memorandum 200: Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests. The primary tactic to be applied is that food aid would be withheld from developing nations until they submitted to birth control policies:

There is also some established precedent for taking account of family planning performance in appraisal of assistance requirements by AID [U.S. Agency for International Development] and consultative groups. Since population growth is a major determinant of increases in food demand, allocation of scarce PL 480 resources should take account of what steps a country is taking in population control as well as food production. In these sensitive relations, however, it is important in style as well as substance to avoid the appearance of coercion.

So as you'll see at the top of this story and below, ANP has recently been emailed new images from our readers in various locations across the country, the images above and directly below from both a Walmart and Meijer in Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan while the image further down in this story comes from just a portion of the empty juice sections at a Safeway in Towson, MD.

That reader also shared images of the frozen food sections that were bare as well. So if you are out and about in the coming days and notice empty store shelves in your areas where there used to be food, please email them to and we'll feature them in a future ANP story.

(ANP FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we're now running a fundraising drive. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

January 17, 2022

New Empty Store Shelf Photos From ANP Readers Paint A Much Different Picture From What Biden's Ministry Of Truth Is Telling Us: They Are Using Food As A Weapon

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

Dating well back into 2021 following the arrival of Joe Biden in the White House, ANP has been keeping track of growing numbers of empty store shelves all across America, featuring within our stories photographs emailed to ANP by our readers of empty shelves where food products previously sat.

While Joe Biden's White House put out a statement claiming such photographs, seen also in social media images across America, were 'disinformation' and actually contained photos taken during President Trump's time in office, you know it has gotten really, really, really bad for Biden and Democrats when even Reuters recently put out this story titled "U.S. grocery shortages deepen as pandemic dries supplies".

And while linking to that story on his website Saturday morning, Steve Quayle warned the story was a "False narrative", as globalists it's become increasingly obviously they've "begun the accelerated starvation against the US population", the mere fact that the msm is finally reporting upon what the independent news has been warning about for quite some time is another sign of things to come.

Because with ANP and other independent news websites long warning about the globalists depopulation agenda, also long-called 'conspiracy theory' by the msm, what if Steve Quayle is correct in his warning of an 'accelerated starvation' campaign being waged against the US population? Think they wouldn't do such a thing? History proves Steve correct.

As ANP and other independent media websites have long warned via a quote from none other than globalist stooge Henry Kissinger, "Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control people." Think they wouldn't try to use food as a weapon in 2022 in an attempt to get people to 'comply' and take the 'clot shot' or simply to 'eliminate' those they love to call the 'useless eaters'? They're already doing it with people's jobs! From this 2011 story by the Activist Post.:

Hungry people will do anything for food, which means that those who have control over food can use it as leverage. In 1974, Henry Kissinger suggested using food as a weapon to induce targeted population reduction in a previously classified 200-page report, National Security Study Memorandum 200: Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests. The primary tactic to be applied is that food aid would be withheld from developing nations until they submitted to birth control policies:

There is also some established precedent for taking account of family planning performance in appraisal of assistance requirements by AID [U.S. Agency for International Development] and consultative groups. Since population growth is a major determinant of increases in food demand, allocation of scarce PL 480 resources should take account of what steps a country is taking in population control as well as food production. In these sensitive relations, however, it is important in style as well as substance to avoid the appearance of coercion.

So as you'll see at the top of this story and below, ANP has recently been emailed new images from our readers in various locations across the country, the images above and directly below from both a Walmart and Meijer in Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan while the image further down in this story comes from just a portion of the empty juice sections at a Safeway in Towson, MD.

That reader also shared images of the frozen food sections that were bare as well. So if you are out and about in the coming days and notice empty store shelves in your areas where there used to be food, please email them to and we'll feature them in a future ANP story.

(ANP FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we're now running a fundraising drive. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

With ANP long keeping track of shortages at our own local grocery store via conversations with store employees who we've gotten to know over nearly a decade of using their store as our primary shopping location, as we've reported previously, we've been told 3 different times by 3 different employees that they'd heard from their own suppliers/truckers/management that 'things were going to get worse'.

With one store manager amongst those 3 employees I'd spoken with telling me that they'd only gotten in roughly 30% of their most recent order, as this previously mentioned Reuters story also published at Yahoo News pointed out, what they're calling a 'high demand for groceries', added to 'soaring freight costs' and 'Omicron-related labor shortages,' were responsible for 'empty supermarket shelves at major retailers across the United States'. All intentionally caused Steve Quayle and many others have warned.

Because with everything that is happening now surrounding the food shortages, high demand for food, soaring food prices, soaring freight costs and labor shortages DIRECTLY TIED to COVID, all of this warned of many within the independent media a year ago, and much longer ago in the case of Steve Quayle who has been warning his readers to prepare for the kind of times America is now going through decades ago.

And we can't help but keep coming back to Henry Kissinger's warning and looking at the American people as the 'masses' he was speaking of in 2022 who 'war' is being waged against. Would you put it past the globalists? Check out these excerpts from this story.

High demand for groceries combined with soaring freight costs and Omicron-related labor shortages are creating a new round of backlogs at processed food and fresh produce companies, leading to empty supermarket shelves at major retailers across the United States.

Growers of perishable produce across the West Coast are paying nearly triple pre-pandemic trucking rates to ship things like lettuce and berries before they spoil. Shay Myers, CEO of Owyhee Produce, which grows onions, watermelons and asparagus along the border of Idaho and Oregon, said he has been holding off shipping onions to retail distributors until freight costs go down.

Myers said transportation disruptions in the last three weeks, caused by a lack of truck drivers and recent highway-blocking storms, have led to a doubling of freight costs for fruit and vegetable producers, on top of already-elevated pandemic prices. "We typically will ship, East Coast to West Coast – we used to do it for about $7,000," he said. "Today it’s somewhere between $18,000 and $22,000." (ANP: Think about how many of those 'transportation disruptions' are being caused by truckers getting out of the field rather than submitting to 'the vax'!)

Birds Eye frozen vegetables maker Conagra Brands' CEO Sean Connolly told investors last week that supplies from its U.S. plants could be constrained for at least the next month due to Omicron-related absences. Earlier this week, Albertsons CEO Vivek Sankaran said he expects the supermarket chain to confront more supply chain challenges over the next four to six weeks as Omicron has put a dent in its efforts to plug supply chain gaps.

Shoppers on social media complained of empty pasta and meat aisles at some Walmart stores; a Meijer store in Indianapolis was swept bare of chicken; a Publix in Palm Beach, Florida was out of bath tissue and home hygiene products while Costco reinstated purchase limits on toilet paper at some stores in Washington state.

The situation is not expected to abate for at least a few more weeks, Katie Denis, vice president of communications and research at the Consumer Brands Association said, blaming the shortages on a scarcity of labor. (ANP: And once again, how much of that 'labor shortage' is due to people saying 'no way' to 'the vax'?)

Also warning within that story that 'rationing' of various products was being instituted at some stores already, with toilet paper once again one of the things that Americans are stocking up on, just check out the damage that has been done to America's supply chain and labor work force due to COVID and the decisions surrounding it, straight from that story.:

The consumer-packaged goods industry is missing around 120,000 workers out of which only 1,500 jobs were added last month, she said, while the National Grocer’s Association said that many of its grocery store members were operating with less than 50% of their workforce capacity.

U.S. retailers are now facing roughly 12% out of stock levels on food, beverages, household cleaning and personal hygiene products compared to 7-10% in regular times. The problem is more acute with food products where out of stock levels are running at 15%, the Consumer Brands Association said.

SpartanNash, a U.S. grocery distributor, last week said it has become harder to get supplies from food manufacturers, especially processed items like cereal and soup. Consumers have continued to stock up on groceries as they hunker down at home to curb the spread of the Omicron-variant.

In the U.S., recent snow and ice storms that snared traffic for hours along the East Coast also hampered food deliveries bound for grocery stores and distribution hubs. Those delays rippled across the country, delaying shipment on fruit and vegetables with a limited shelf life.

So we'll be taking a look within the final section of this story below at preparing for dark times ahead, with words of wisdom long ago shared with us that one can never have 'too much' of the 'right foods', especially once the SHTF and the globalists succeed in transforming America into a 3rd world nation that has the same kind of food problems as Venezuela recently, where people were quite literally hunting down pets and zoo animals for food during their descent into socialism.

According to survival experts, in a SHTF scenario, only 9 missed meals will turn a civilized society into all out anarchy. And while we'd argue that it would be many fewer meals than 9 once 'the masses' realized that the food wasn't coming back and the grocery store shelves were already bare, as we'd warned back on January 8th in this ANP story, it is then that 'population density' quite often becomes the difference between life and death.

If we ever reach the point in time when thousands and thousands of people have to fight over the remaining scraps of food as we saw in Venezuela after they waged war upon their people and turned into a socialist tyranny, no food is something that instantly turns a once civilized society into 'death game 2022'. So at the moment, all of the following food products are still available and as close by as a delivery to your own home.


Fully Cooked Bacon, Ready to Eat, 80 Slices Per Pack / Case, 10 Year Shelf Life, Superior to Canned, Real Thick Cut, 2+ Pounds, No Refrigeration Needed

Kansas City Sampler Steak Set - 2 Filet Mignon and 2 Strip Steaks

Aged Angus Filet Mignon Top Sirloin NY Strip Ribeye and Premium Ground Beef by Nebraska Star Beef - All Natural Hand Cut and Trimmed - Steak Gift Packages Delivered to Your Door

Bison Burgers & Steaks Combo Pack: 100% All-Natural, Grass-Fed and Grain Finished North American Bison Meat with no Growth Hormones or Antibiotics - USDA Tested - 14 Piece of Tender, Flavorful Meat

H.F.'s Outstanding All Natural Skinless Boneless Chicken Breast, 40 Ounce

Porter & York, Prime Beef Bone In Ribeye Steaks 20oz 4-pack

Porter & York Brand Meats - Prime Beef Boneless Ribeye Steak 16oz 4-pack

T-Bone Steaks, 6 count 16 oz each from Kansas City Steaks

Angus Wagyu Ground Beef Patties By Nebraska Star Beef - The Ultra Premium Package for Family Grilling Events

Freeze Dried Foods:

Wise Company Long Term Emergency Freeze-Dried Food Supply, Breakfast and Entree Variety

MRE Meals - 124-Serving Freeze Dried Emergency Food Supply

Wise Company ReadyWise, Emergency Food Supply, Emergency Freeze Dried Fruit Bucket, 120 Servings

Wise Company Emergency Food Supply, Freeze Dried Meat Variety, 15-Year Shelf Life, 60 Servings

Wise Company Emergency Food Supply, Variety Pack, 25-Year Shelf Life, 104 Servings

Wise Company ReadyWise, Emergency Food Supply, Freeze Dried Vegetables, 120 Servings

Mountain House Classic Bucket | Freeze Dried Backpacking & Camping Food | 24 Servings

Mountain House Cooked Diced Chicken #10 Can

Augason Farms Lunch and Dinner Variety Pail Emergency Food Supply 4-Gallon Pail

PB2 Original Powdered Peanut Butter - [2 Lb/32oz Jar]

Augason Farms Vegetable Stew Blend 2 lbs 0.5 oz No. 10 Can

Augason Farms 5-90158 Scrambled Egg Mix, 2 lbs, 4 oz. No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Dried Whole Egg Product 2 lbs 1 oz No. 10 Can

Hoosier Hill Farm All American Dairy Whole Milk Powder 1 lb

Hoosier Hill Farm Heavy Cream Powder Jar, 1 Pound

Hoosier Hill Farm Real Butter powder, Gluten and, 2 lbs

Augason Farms Dehydrated Chopped Onions 1 lb 7 oz No. 10 Can

Nutristore Freeze Dried Mozzarella Cheese Shredded Premium Quality

Canned/Packaged Goods:

Wellsley Farms White Premium Chunk Chicken Breast in Water, 12.5 Ounce, 6 Count

Keystone Meats All Natural Canned Chicken, 28 Ounce by Keystone Meats

Swanson Chicken á la King Made with White and Dark Meat Chicken, 10.5 Ounce Can (Pack of 12)

Dinty Moore Beef Stew with Fresh Potatoes & Carrots 20 oz (Pack of 12)

Armour Star Classic Homestyle Beef Stew, 20 oz. (Pack of 12)

Keystone Meats All Natural Canned Beef, 28 Ounce

SAMPCO Shredded Beef 3lb.

Kirkland Signature Chicken Breast (Chicken Breast -6 Count)

Keystone Meats All Natural Canned Pork, 28 Ounce

Armour Star Banner Sausage, Easy Open Can, 10.5 oz. (Pack of 12)

Wild Planet Skipjack Wild Tuna, Sea Salt, Keto and Paleo, 3rd Party Mercury Tested, 5 Ounce (Pack of 12)

Armour Star Luncheon Meat, 12 oz. (Pack of 12)

Canned Vegetables Variety Of Options

Canned Fruits Variety Of Options




If you need a little more convincing that now would be a great time to be prepared, see also:

Global Economy Heading For ‘Mother of All’ Supply Chain Shocks

“It’s Like A Soviet Store”: Americans Are Absolutely Horrified By Empty Shelves From Coast To Coast

Supermarkets Slash Hours As Workers Call Out Sick; Store Shelves Remain Bare

Communist Takeover: Without Firing a Shot, China Seizes Control of America's Farmlands

Labor Shortage And Surging Shipping Costs Are Biggest Drivers Of US Food Inflation 

:: 1--22 Hostage Living Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


The winds of war are now blowing around the world. One day we will look back on these days with longing as one would look back on the gentle breezes of summer as the hurricane blows outside.

The winter season of the fourth turning is increasing with intensity as most people are fooled into believing that summer is just a few days off. When the winds become deadly and the snow begins to pile up, many will not be prepared to care for themselves. They will find themselves helpless and unprepared for this new weather system. Many will die and many more will suffer as they are cut off from the supplies and materials they depend on for normal living. They will become immobile and have little communication to tell them what to do. When the weather has them at their most vulnerable, the wolves will begin to show up at their door.

It cannot be over emphasized as to the amount of danger America is facing. We are being systematically cut off and separated from our allies and will eventually stand alone to face the fury of the hurricane that approaches. We are currently being set up to take a fall that some hope will be the end of this nation as we know it. The treason and treachery being perpetrated on this nation is a result of the mutation of the population from ants to grasshoppers. We are about to get exactly what we voted for and most people do not understand what that means.

Here’s The Harsh Reality: Today, The Biggest Risk For Global Catastrophe Isn’t What It Was 50 Years Ago…

This presentation PROOVES WITHOUT DOUBT that America is in for a major fight that will put you and your family in the firing line, literally… So make sure you watch this presentation while it’s still online…

Our birthright has been sold for a hand full of magic beans that will turn out to be rancid leftovers from someone’s failed business adventures. The wealth this nation has amassed over the decades is rapidly dwindling and will suddenly disappear in its entirety as the nation sleeps one night in the near future. The masses will awake one morning in a strange new land that holds no future for them or their children. They will be dumbstruck as to how they got there. The warnings will have been dismissed as insane talk by delusional people that don’t conform to societies norms.

It will be these few delusional, insane people that will determine the future of the once great nation. They will be the only ones that understand the dangers and are prepared to deal with the deadly winter weather. When the snow piles up they will have supplies and heat. When the wolves appear at the door they will have the weapons to fight them off. When the winds blow away the shelters of society the few will be safe in their structures reinforced to handle the tempest.

Those that deny the coming weather will be laid naked before it and will pay the price. No amount of facts or pleading will change the mind of most of these grasshoppers until it is too late.

There is a storm approaching and measures must be taken before it is too late to prepare. Just as you would prepare for a hurricane, the population must lay in stores of food and supplies to maintain their standard of living for the duration of the destruction. They must make sure they are in a safe location that will not get brown away or inundated with water from the storm surge. They must have the means to provide heat and cook food when the power system goes down. They must be able to protect themselves from any wolves that appear in any form. They must be prepared to rebuild after the storm passes. They must be prepared to weather this storm for 10 to 20 years until it blows itself out.

War is being fomented and when it comes the U.S. will be hard pressed to survive it. Our military is being downsized, weapons systems are being reduced and many senior commanders are being fired for dubious reasons at best. The civil population is being systematically impoverished while government operatives tell them the nation is strong and getting stronger. Our manufacturing base has been dismantled and over 17% of our food is imported today. We have bankers that are stealing hard assets with fiat funny money and plan to steal peoples savings with new government regulations and laws. We are on the verge of losing reserve currency status and our banking system as we know it.

We are being inundated by foreigners that seek government entitlements and refuse to assimilate the American culture or language further dividing the civil population into domestic tribes hostile to one another. We have terrorist training camps within our borders and a lack of border control. We have members of the Muslim Brotherhood in the highest levels of our government and leaders that are ignorant at best and treasonous at worst.

In 1996 Thomas Chittum wrote a book called Civil War Two where he describes the breakup of America into ethnic regions. Many of the things he wrote about are evident today in society and spell doom for this nation as it is, even if we were not threatened with world war we would be headed for balkanization. The increasingly dysfunctional nature of this nation as it is will provide its citizens with many difficulties to overcome in the coming years.

War is coming to the world and to America on many levels and it cannot be stopped. The best anyone can do is to prepare and try to stay out of the way of the most serious fighting and bide their time until they can get the upper hand in their locality. The world is about to change in a very radical way and many are not prepared for it either physically or mentally. The forecast has been given and the storm flags are up.

I highly recommend this book: The Home DoctorPractical Medicine for Every Household – is a 304 page doctor written and approved guide on how to manage most health situations when help is not on the way.

If you want to see what happens when things go south, all you have to do is look at Venezuela: no electricity, no running water, no law, no antibiotics, no painkillers, no anesthetics, no insulin or other important things.

But if you want to find out how you can still manage in a situation like this, you must also look to Venezuela and learn the ingenious ways they developed to cope.

This book is a unique guide for the layman that you can use when help is not on the way or to manage common ailments that don’t require seeing a doctor.

Let me show you just some of the things you’ll find inside the Home Doctor: 

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

:: 1-16-22 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive shockwave from Tonga volcano was felt around the world as it circled the globe at 830mph (1340 km/h) – Sonic boom heard in Canada and Alaska

Jan 16, 2022

The incredible power of the eruption of the Tonga volcano on January 15, 2022, reverberated around the world.

Satellites in space captured the action even before the eruption started, showing the island sinking and then later the mushroom cloud and pressure waves expanding outward.

Approximately 200,000 lightning events struck near Tonga in the first hour of the eruption.

People as far away as Australia and across the ocean in Alaska and Canada heard the sonic boom. That’s the audio of this bang:

Barometers around the world recorded the pressure wave from the South Pacific explosion. Below from Switzerland:

And tsunami waves affected shores all the way on the west coast of the United States.

Tsunami waves in Oregon and California

The Tonga volcano and ensuing tsunami were felt around the world. The January 15, 2022, event affected the shores of places as far away as Oregon while the pressure wave moved across the globe. [EarthSky]

Scribe note: Click on the link below and view the multiple videos and Twitter remarks 

:: 1-17-22 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Perfect Storm: Supply Chain Battered by Chinese Port Closures, Trains, Trucks, and Workers

Aden Tate January 17, 2022 18 Comments

The supply chain crisis isn’t just coming, it’s already here.

As Americans face empty shelves across the country, skyrocketing prices on everything, and a constant worker shortage, it’s impossible to ignore – the supply chain crunch is here. And it isn’t getting any better as a perfect storm gathers to decimate our inventory of goods.

Consider this: China is the world’s biggest trading nation. Anything they do market-wise reverberates throughout the world. Who is America’s largest trade partner? China. What happens when China decides to shut down some of its ports? Americans feel the crunch.

This is what has just happened, as China has shut down the busiest port in the world by shipping volume – the city of Ningbo. In addition, the port of Tianjin has also been locked down, with many people being completely barred from leaving their homes at all.

These aren’t the only cities in China which have been locked down – Xi’an has as well (where there’s recently been an outbreak of hemorrhagic fever) – but they are both major ports.

Currently, sailing schedules within China are delayed by a week, and cargo ships are being forced to divert to Shanghai with hopes of loading and offloading their cargo. We’ve discussed before here at TOP how there have been serious cargo ship holdups off of the Pacific Coast here in America. And this is most certainly a major problem. Cargo ships carry massive amounts of goods.

And then there are the trains.

Not only can we not get products into or out of these United States. Now, we’re having a difficult time transporting it about our own land as well.

This past October, 2021, one of America’s largest railroads, Union Pacific, began a legal battle with its union workers over Biden’s jab mandate. The CEO of Union Pacific wanted to force this mandate upon his workers, and in return, they threatened to strike.

It was then on October 15, 2021, that Union Pacific filed a lawsuit against the International Association of Sheet Metal, Air, Railroad, and Transportation Workers (SMART) – Transportation Division. Union Pacific asked the federal judge presiding over the case to find SMART guilty of violating federal labor law.

As of January 13, these workers, as well as others from other train-related unions have begun steps to go on strike. A recent attendance policy change has proven to be the final straw, and now, The Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen, which contains 17,000 members, and the BNSF have also joined the fray, with threats of strike.

According to President Ferguson and Pierce of the BNSF, “This new attendance policy may be the tipping point for what may be the ‘great railroad resignation.’”

BNSF pointed out that this movement is a trend as well. They stated, “As is the growing trend among all major rail carriers, the working conditions at BNSF have deteriorated to the point that there are many tenured employees leaving the railroad industry because they can no longer tolerate the treatment that they must endure on a daily basis.” [source]

The supply chain crunch extends to the trucks.

Not only do we have a container ship problem, but logistics workers are leaving their jobs. But perhaps we can rely on the truckers? Well, it appears that this industry currently has its own set of problems.

As of October 2021, there was an estimated 80,000 trucking positions that needed to be filled within America, a record high. Trucking companies are not able to find the drivers they need, and the product isn’t getting shipped quickly as a result.

This is even affecting the packages which should show up at your doorstep. USPS has pointed out that there is a shortage of mail carriers nationwide.

FedEx has seen similar staffing shortages, to the extent that they recently experienced a $470 million dollar loss. Things have actually gotten so bad for FedEx that they’re forced to reroute approximately 600,000 packages a day due to their labor shortage.

When cargo ships can’t unload at port, when trains aren’t showing up to the station, when there’s nobody to drive the trucks or deliver the packages, can we say anything other than that the supply chain crunch is already here?

And it’s not just logistics. It’s shop workers as well.

What happens if you own a small grocery store but can’t find anybody to put your produce on the shelves in time? What happens if your ground beef is left too long out of refrigeration because you were too busy stacking lettuce? You’ve likely felt the end-results of these staffing shortages at restaurants of late. Has the service recently grown incomparable to how it was even a year ago?

People are quitting in record droves. Washington recently lost 3% of its state labor force within a single day. America now has two consecutive months of record high quitting rates. From March to September 2021, we saw quits increase by 24.3%. Colorado recently broke its record for most number of employees quitting.

(It appears people hate tyranny.)

This supply chain crunch is going to affect your daily life on a very personal level.

You need to get your preps in order now. This is a downward spiral.

If your business needs product that comes from overseas, do you have plenty of it in stock? If the medicines you need come from far away, have you built up your supplies to outride any “buffering” time? Do you have enough food to keep your family fed until you can get more?

It’s currently impossible to get chicken wings at any of the restaurants in my area. Gas is high, and food prices are rising. Have you prepared for this? Have you built your American Free Market Network?

The world is going the way of John Galt and things are getting crazy.

Please, get your preps in order. You’re going to need them.

Check out our free QUICKSTART Guide on where to begin. Then, read this book.

Are you prepared for the supply chain disaster?

How are you preparing for the perfect storm surrounding the supply chain? Do you have any tips to share with other readers? Let’s discuss it in the comments.

About Aden

Aden Tate has a master’s in public health and is a regular contributor to,,,,,,, and Along with being a freelance writer, he also works part-time as a locksmith. Aden has an LLC for his micro-farm where he raises dairy goats, a pig, honeybees, meat chickens, laying chickens, tomatoes, mushrooms, and greens. Aden has two published books, The Faithful Prepper and Zombie Choices. You can find his podcast The Last American on Preppers’ Broadcasting Network. 

:: 1-10-22 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coldest ARCTIC BLAST of the season sets the Northeast and Upper Midwest in a DEEP FREEZE – Extremely dangerous driving conditions

Jan 10, 2022

Frigid conditions are on their way to the northeastern United States this week after a powerful cold front sweeps through the region. Bitter cold and high pressure are likely to arrive in the North Central states on Monday, with forecast temperatures in the middle teens in Chicago. This time of year the Windy City usually has afternoon temperatures just around freezing.

Cities up north, like Duluth, Minnesota and Grand Forks, North Dakota, won’t have temperatures rise above 0 F all day on Monday. Daily temperature departures across the Upper Midwest could be easily 10-20 degrees Fahrenheit below normal on Monday, and gusty winds will allow conditions to feel even colder. With gusty winds also sweeping through the area, it will be feeling even colder than the actual air temperature. AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperatures are forecast to be below zero across northeastern Iowa, northern Illinois and central Michigan on northward to the Canadian Border.

The cold air rushing over the warmer lakes will allow allow for lake-effect snow showers to expand south and east of the Great Lakes through Monday night as winds shift direction. Towns like Grand Marais and Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, as well as Pulaski and Highmarket, New York, could have significant snowfall on Monday. Some places could even have a foot or two of snow with an AccuWeather Local StormMax™ of 60 inches in New York.

This frigid air could also help increase ice coverage across the Great Lakes. As of Saturday, ice cover in the Great Lakes was below average, and this dip in temperatures could replenish some of the ice that’s missing.

“Our only concern is with how windy it will be over the next few days,” said AccuWeather Meteorologist Matt Benz, explaining that this can help hinder ice buildup by mixing the water.

Forecasters don’t expect ice buildup to hinder lake-effect snow production, but smaller bays could freeze up to help end more local impacts, like around Green Bay, Wisconsin.

As the week continues, the core of cold will shift eastward, shocking the East Coast with shiver-worthy temperatures.

“The coldest air of the season thus far will arrive for a majority of the Northeast and portions of the mid-Atlantic by Tuesday as Arctic air plunges into the northern U.S.,” said AccuWeather Meteorologist Mary Gilbert.

After the region was blasted by a quick-moving snowstorm last week and then impacted by an ice storm over the weekend, residents should get ready to bundle up as temperatures plummet and bitterly cold air settles in.

“In New York City, the lowest low temperature recorded so far in 2022 was 19 degrees Fahrenheit back on Jan 4,” said Gilbert, adding that on Tuesday, the high temperature will struggle to even reach 18.

High temperatures on Tuesday in Boston are anticipated to barely rise into the lower teens, which is over 20 degrees below the average in the upper 30s. In Albany, New York, temperatures aren’t forecast to rise above 10 F. Typically, the city has temperatures in the lower 30s in January. Temperatures will be largely 20-30 degrees above average across the Northeast.

Some locations, like Caribou, Maine, are forecast to never rise above the 0 F degree mark at all on Tuesday. The last time the temperature in Caribou failed to surpass 0 F in a single day was on March 11, 2017.

“With AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperatures expected to be 5-10 degrees lower than the actual air temperature across the region on Tuesday, anyone headed outdoors will certainly want to layer up,” warned Gilbert.

Those on the road should prep their vehicles with an emergency cold weather kit in case of breakdowns on the road. Homeowners are recommended to take extra care to avoid pipes bursting as temperatures drop and heating demands rise.

“By Wednesday, the coldest air is expected to make its journey out of much of the Northeast, but high temperatures in many locations will still be 8-10 degrees below normal,” said Gilbert.

The Big Apple will have high temperatures around freezing on Wednesday, below the average of around 40 F this time of year, while Boston is expected to rebound into the lower to middle 30s.

AccuWeather forecasters are also keeping an eye on a clipper system that could dive out of Canada and bring some light snow to the Great Lakes and Northeast during the second half of the week. Accumulations are anticipated to be light overall.

Extremely dangerous travel conditions ahead, so be very cautious while driving! Before leaving, check the weather forecast and tell loved ones where you’re going. If you become stuck in your car during a storm, being able to keep warm, signal distress, and stay safe, energized and nourished are top priorities.

For such purposes, you should pack the following items:


• Nonperishable, high-energy foods such as nuts, granola bars, dried fruit or beef jerky

• Extra bottled water (Using an insulated bottle can help prevent freezing.)

• Cup or makeshift cup in which you can melt snow — using waterproof matches — for drinking water

• First aid kit including adhesive bandages, medical tape, antiseptic wipes, gauze pads, antiseptic cream, medical wrap and pocketknife

• Rags and hand cleaner (such as baby wipes)

• Medications

• Books, games or DVDs for occupying children, if applicable


• Hats, wool socks, coat, hand and feet warmers, gloves, scarves, and blankets (which you can use to both cover up with and insulate your car by putting them in your windows)

• Hiking boots (especially important if you must leave your car)

• Sleeping bag

• Rain poncho

Tools, distress signals and navigation

• Battery-powered flashlight, extra batteries and flares

• A brightly colored cloth, which you could tie to your vehicle’s antenna or secure atop your rolled-up

window to ensure you are visible

• A cell phone (which you should fully charge beforehand) and portable cell phone charger

• Jumper cables, booster cables with fully charged battery or an external battery charger to start your car if the battery dies

• Basic tool kit

• Battery-powered radio with extra batteries

• Small fire extinguisher (5-pound, Class B or Class C type) in case of car fire

• Tire gauge to check pressure

• Canned compressed air with sealant for emergency tire repair

• Tire or tow chains

• Glass scraper for clearing windows

• Small, collapsible shovel to clear snow from exhaust pipe, since a blocked exhaust pipe can cause sickening or deadly carbon monoxide gas to leak into the vehicle while the engine is running

• Sand or cat litter for gaining traction

• Road salt

• Anti-gelling fuel additive if your vehicle runs on diesel

• Extra winter windshield wiper and antifreeze

• General car emergency kit, which you should have on hand during any season: local and regional road maps, garbage bags, toilet paper, paper towels, and gas can.

• Jack and lug wrench to change tires

• Duct tape

• Foam tire sealant for minor tire punctures

• Scissors and string or cord

• Spare change and cash

• Compass 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 1-10-22 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US is hit by fresh winter weather warnings of -40F weather that can cause frostbite in MINUTES, up to a foot of snow in the Northeast, and fresh tornado warnings for millions in the south

A powerful cold front is tearing through the eastern US and is expected to bring -40 degree weather

About 10 million people were already under wind chill advisories in the Midwest on Sunday, where wind chills are expected to plummet to -25 to -40 degrees on Monday

By Tuesday, the National Weather Service predicts parts of the Northeast and New England could face below zero temperatures

It is warning residents that wind chills as low as 35 below zero could cause 'frostbite on exposed skin in as little as 10 minutes'

The cold front is expected to move out of the area by Wednesday

Meanwhile, a cold front tearing into mild, humid air from the Gulf of Mexico led to several tornadoes in the southern United States over the weekend

Five tornadoes were confirmed to have touched down in southeast Texas on Saturday

Another tornado was confirmed to have hit northern Alabama and a possible tornado hit rural Louisiana

By Melissa Koenig For Dailymail.Com

Published: 00:53 EST, 10 January 2022 | Updated: 02:51 EST, 10 January 2022

A powerful cold front is tearing through the eastern US and is expected to bring -40 degree weather to the northeast in the coming days.

About 10 million people were already under wind chill advisories in the Midwest on Sunday, where wind chills are expected to plummet to -25 to -40 degrees on Monday, and by Tuesday, the National Weather Service predicts interior parts of the Northeast and New England could face below zero temperatures.

The Service warns that parts of northern New York and New England could see wind chills of between 35 and 40 below zero between 7pm Monday to 3pm on Tuesday that could cause 'frostbite on exposed skin in as little as 10 minutes.'

The bitter cold is expected to arrive in the North Central states on Monday, with temperatures in Chicago expected to remain in the mid teens, according to AccuWeather. The Windy City usually has temperatures right around the freezing mark at this time of the year.

Cities further up north, like Duluth, Minnesota and Grand Forks, North Dakota, won't have their temperatures rise above zero degrees all day on Monday, AccuWeather forecasters predict. But according to AccuWeather Meteorologist Mary Gilbert, 'the coldest air of the season thus far will arrive for a majority of the Northeast and portions of the mid-Atlantic by Tuesday as arctic air plunges into the northern US.'

The coldest wind chill values will likely occur between 2am and 11am on Tuesday, the National Weather Service predicts.

Temperatures on Tuesday are not expected to even reach the 20 degree mark for Boston and New York, with AccuWeather reporting that high temperatures will struggle to reach even 18 degrees in New York City on Tuesday, and high temperatures in Boston are expected to barely rise into the lower teens - more than 20-degrees below the average for this time of the year.

In Albany, New York, temperatures are not forecasted to rise above 10 degrees on Tuesday.

'With AccuWeather Real Feel Temperatures expected to be five to 10 degrees lower than the actual air temperature across the region on Tuesday, anyone headed outdoors will certainly want to layer up,' Gilbert said.

Those on the roads should also prep their vehicles with an emergency cold weather kit in case of a breakdown and homeowners are urged to protect their pipes.

The brutally cold air and fierce winds will also lead to heavy lake effect snow downwind of Lake Superior and Lake Ontario, and by Tuesday morning, parts of Michigan's Upper Peninsula and the Tug Hill Plateau of New York could have more than a foot of snow on the ground.

But the brunt of the cold weather is expected to move out of the area on Wednesday, AccuWeather reports, with temperatures in the Big Apple expected to be around the freezing mark, while Boston will see temperatures rebound into the lower to middle 30-degrees.

Meteorologists are also keeping an eye on a clipper system that could come out of Canada and bring some light snow to the Great Lakes and the Northeast in the second half of the week, but accumulations are expected to be light.

Much of the northeast has already been blasted by a quick-moving snowstorm last week and an ice storm over the weekend, with parts of New York and Pennsylvania hammered with freezing rain and sleet on Sunday as parts of the Midwest were getting walloped with snow.

Parts of New England were also expected to get anywhere between a frosting to a quarter inch of ice on Sunday, as people in Pennsylvania were already urged to avoid driving unless necessary.

The National Weather Service warned residents: 'If you must travel, keep an extra flashlight, food and water in your vehicle in case of an emergency.'

New York City-area airports had already canceled 10 flights according to FlightAware, a website that tracks delays and cancelations at airports throughout the country, and in Washington DC, five flights have been canceled.

Newark International Airport has also canceled 21 of its incoming flights for Monday, while LaGuardia Airport canceled 14 of its incoming flights.

Meanwhile, a cold front tearing into mild, humid air from the Gulf of Mexico led to several tornadoes in the southern United States over the weekend, with five tornadoes confirmed to have touched down in southeast Texas on Saturday.

Damage was reported for multiple buildings in the Humble area on Sunday, and at least one tornado was confirmed to have touched down late Sunday afternoon in northern Alabama, near McKenzie. There have been no reports of significant damage or injuries associated with the tornado, according to FOX 10 News.

Another possible tornado brought damage to a mobile home and injured five people in rural Louisiana, affecting 15 homes and numerous sheds and vehicles in the Pearson community.

A tornado watch remained in effect through parts of Mississippi and Alabama through Sunday night, as gusty winds continued to destroy barns and bring down powerlines and trees across Alabama and Georgia.

Some areas of the south are also expected to get two to three inches of rain.

Heavy rainfall had already deluged much of southeastern Texas Saturday afternoon and into early Sunday, promoting the National Weather Service to issue a flash flood warning for the area.

By 8am, AccuWeather reports, Houston Intercontinental Airport recorded 6.3 inches of rain.

But despite the nationwide gloomy weather, no widespread power outages had been reported as of early Monday morning, with fewer than 5,000 outages reported in some of the hardest-hit states.

Louisiana saw 4,124 outages according to, a website that monitors outages throughout the country, Texas saw 4,010 outages and Michigan saw 3,575 outages. 

:: 1-9-22  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tales from out there

US Navy And NASA Have A Fully Operational Space Fleet


When Gary McKinnon managed to hack the Pentagon’s most secret files the mainstream media focused on his dramatic fight against extradition to the United States.

Most of these newspapers and television stations didn’t seem particularly interested in what details about the United States military uncovered by the Scottish hacker.

Excel spreadsheet reveals ‘non-terrestrial officers’

This sustained wall of silence seems fairly suspicious given that McKinnon has made several extraordinary claims about the information he accessed in the top secret military database.

According to McKinnon, the most unusual he came across was an Excel spreadsheet listing the details of ‘non-terrestrial officers’.

While McKinnon said that the phrasing of this title could be interpreted in a number of ways one thing was certain – these officers are not based on planet Earth.

In addition to this unusual roster of names, McKinnon also found listings for a ‘secret space fleet’, around ten warships all pre-fixed with the title ‘USS’.

It is McKinnon’s belief that this flotilla of secret space ships are being operated by the United States government and are fully staffed with military personnel.

“I found a found an Excel spreadsheet which said ‘non-terrestrial officers’ and I thought ‘oh my god that’s incredible.” – Gary McKinnon

Fully operational colonies on both Mars and the Moon

Some people have been very quick to dismiss McKinnon’s claims as lies or delusions, but his words match up with claims made by numerous other individuals including those who have worked at the inner heart of NASA itself.

For example, a retired aerospace engineer named William Tompkins has previously publicly stated that NASA is in possession of a highly secretive space fleet.

He claims that the staff on board these vessels are ordinary soldiers who have signed up for twenty-year tours of duty.

According to Tompkins, these soldiers are charged with maintaining the fully operational colonies on both Mars and the Moon.

Corey Goode, a former employee of the ‘Secret Space Program’ who became a whistleblower, has echoed these claims.

According to Goode, Mars was first visited by the Germans in the 1930s and was colonized by the Americans in the 1970s.

Goode claims that an operation called Project Solar Warden actively seeks out planets that are ripe for colonization by human beings.

The biggest cover-up of all time

While many people may still dismiss McKinnon’s claims about the United States’ space program, it is certainly unusual that his story is so consistent with the claims made by other individuals.

Perhaps McKinnon really has discovered the proof for the biggest cover-up of all time. 

:: 1-7-22 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FedEx warns of shipment delays as Omicron leads to staffing shortage

Fri, January 7, 2022, 3:58 PM·1 min read

(Reuters) - FedEx Corp warned on Friday that rising cases of Omicron variant has caused staff shortage and delay in shipments transported on aircraft.

"The explosive surge of the COVID-19 Omicron variant has caused a temporary shortage of available crew members and operational staff," the company said.

The delivery firm said severe winter storms around the country, including at its main air hub in Memphis, Tennessee, are posing challenges and it is implementing contingency plans and adjusting operations to minimize disruptions.

Severe winter weather and the rapid spread of the highly transmissible Omicron variant have led to a sharp rise in infections, forcing several U.S. airlines to cancel flights as pilots and crew quarantine.

Inadequate staffing and other issues had on Thursday forced the U.S. Postal Service, one of the largest civilian U.S. employers, to seek for its 650,000 employees a temporary relief from the Biden administration's new vaccine or testing requirements covering large businesses.

U.S. coronavirus deaths have risen by at least 2,133 on Thursday to 836,901 total versus 834,768 the previous day, according to a Reuters tally.

(Reporting by Kannaki Deka in Bengaluru) 

:: 1-8-22 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why are Caucasians Vanishing in TV Commercials?

By Jacob Fraden January 8, 2022

Commercials take up 27% of commercial television screen time and are the main source of income for TV and radio stations. In most cases, advertisements on all channels appear simultaneously, so don't try to change the channel, there will be commercials elsewhere, too. Nowadays they have also taken over the Internet. For financial support, websites have to run ads on their pages, the largest share supplied and controlled by Google. Ads pry into your eyes, unceremoniously interfere with text, and on YouTube, in the most inappropriate places, they cut into the action of films, lectures, and concerts, tearing apart musical performances. There's no escaping commercials, we've grown accustomed to them, and they become almost as much a part of our lives as food, toilets, and sleep.

In the United States today, the White population (not including Hispanics) is 57.8%. In real life, Caucasians are still in the majority, but now on TV and the Internet, they are swept under the rug like trash. Blacks comprise 14% of the U.S. population but appear in 50% of commercials. White actors now appear to promote health insurance, gold, loans, and some medicines. Moreover, if a White person appears in a commercial, he/she is usually old, sick, a freak, or at the very least, an appendage to a Black partner. If there's a doctor on the screen, he's usually Black, while the patient is usually White. Caucasian young men appear in only 4% of the commercials! If some aliens began to study the population of Planet Earth through our TV commercials they would have a somewhat distorted picture of Americans, to put it mildly.

Rocket Mortgage 2021 Super Bowl commercial

So why do advertisers ignore the long-standing rules of marketing, and to the detriment of their own financial interests, fill the media space with content that displaces and degrades its biggest market segment? The answer is simple. At the heart of this nonsense is political correctness in a form even an Orwell could not have foreseen. Business executives go out of their way to publicly show their conformity with the universal “diversity” and "critical racial theory" (CRT), demanding that the White man be blamed for all the sins one can imagine. Replacing ancient, long-vanished oppression of Blacks with real oppression of Whites, overcompensating and planting racism-in-reverse.

Why does the White population, which is still in the majority in the U.S., accept the banishing and belittling obediently and silently? Why is there no public criticism, much less resistance to the idiocy? Why don’t people don’t tell political correctness to go to hell? After all, the U.S. is not Stalin's USSR, and anyone who disagrees with the party is not yet sent to a camp or shot. Why is there such stifling conformity among the American people, formerly known for their independence and freedom of speech? The answer is simple and sad: the reason is fear, albeit on a more vegetarian level than it was under Soviet rule.

Ordinary people keep their mouths shut for fear of losing their jobs, not getting a holiday bonus, not getting promoted, or being socially ostracized This is understandable, and I wouldn't blame them, although I wouldn't respect them either. But what are people of higher position afraid of — the heads and owners of businesses? What is threatening them? Indeed, nobody is going to drive them out of their positions or take their business, though fear of boycotts can be realistic. They are afraid of various inconveniences: negative articles in the leftist press, social shunning, frivolous lawsuits, loss of state and federal licenses, government contracts, unexpected audits by the IRS, fines for alleged violations of minorities’ rights, and the like small and large troubles.

People think that if they keep quiet, then the pendulum will swing back and everything will sort itself out. But comfort kills the will to resist and produces conformism, which inevitably leads to stagnation, degradation of society, reduction of living standards and, finally, to loss of that very comfort.

So what are we to do? I am not calling anyone to the barricades but only ask: Don't live by lies. The least any of us can do today is not participate in lies of the CRT and other political correctness: not watch their movies, not read their newspapers, not vote for the conformist candidates, not support them financially, and certainly never buy anything that in a politically correct manner is singing and dancing on a TV or computer screen. 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 1-10-22 Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Robert F, Kennedy Jr.: Fauci “Routinely Falsified Science, Deceived The Public & Physicians, & Lied About Safety & Efficacy” Throughout His Career

Written by: Marianne Perez Published on: January 10, 2022

Recently, Mr. Kennedy, chairman of Children’s Defense Organization, made arrangements to have his publisher, Skyhorse forward me a copy of his best-selling book referenced above for me to write a review. The task at first was daunting until I came to the realization that people needed common sense information as regards Fauci and his “flip flopping” medical advice on surviving a scary pandemic — and I am a common sense person. People also needed to not have their eyes “wide shut” by the politics involved in the pandemic and the disregard for lives when profits take precedent. I encourage everyone to read Mr. Kennedy’s book and open their eyes — wide.

In citing interesting information in quotes from Kennedy’s book and his facts, I will provide a “common sense” point of view in some instances everyone should be mulling over regarding the pandemic and Fauci:

We cannot dismiss the accusations that his lockdowns proved more deadly than the contagion.” Common Sense Thinking – Why are therapeutics not suggested in building up the immune system such as Vitamin D and Zinc? Anyone hearing Fauci encourage life changes to lessen the chances of becoming an ever mounting statistic in the pandemic? Something as simple as eating habits, weight loss and exercise could be just what the doctor ordered.

“The lockdown disintegrated vital food chains, dramatically increased rates of child abuse, suicide, addiction, alcoholism, obesity, mental illness, as well as debilitating developmental delays, isolation, depression, and severe educational deficits in young children. One-third of teens and young adults reported worsening mental health during the pandemic.”

Common Sense Thinking – As far as the emotional toll taken on people (especially children) with isolation and mask wearing, why does the Fauci hypothesis receive merit? If people are being coerced into wearing masks to prevent transmittal of a virus — even while outside where fresh air and sunshine build the immune system — where are the bio hazardous bins to dispose of the virus ridden masks to prevent further transmission? Will Fauci with his ties to the pharmaceutical industry manage to fast track an FDA approved medication to deal with the emotional issues experienced by children?

Readers of these pages will learn how in exalting patented medicine Dr. Fauci has, throughout his long career, routinely falsified science, deceived the public and physicians, and lied about safety and efficacy.”

Common Sense Thinking – When I first began writing about the onset of the pandemic, there was a demand for ventilators in hospitals and my “common sense” was peaked. I therefore wrote this article for publication. 

This book will show you that Tony Fauci does not do public health; he is a businessman, who has used his office to enrich his pharmaceutical partners and expand the reach of influence that has made him the most powerful –and despotic doctor in human history.”

Dr. Fauci’s strategy for managing the COVID-19 pandemic was to suppress viral spread by mandatory masking, social distancing, quarantining the healthy (also known as lockdowns), while instructing COVID patients to return home and do nothingreceived no treatment whatsoever–until difficulties breathing sent them back to the hospital to submit to intravenous remdesivir and ventilation.”

Dr. Fauci was clearly aware that his mask decrees were contrary to overwhelming science.”

Common Sense Thinking – This past week, Scott Gottlieb, former FDA commissioner and currently the vaccine producer, Pfizer’s board member, announced that cloth masks are not going to provide a lot of protection against COVID-19 at this stage in the pandemic. He further stressed how scientists now understand just how much the coronavirus spreads through airborne transmission, which cloth face coverings are not very effective against stopping, versus droplet transmission.

“In a February 5, 2020 email, for example, he (Fauci) advised his putative former boss, President Obama’s Health and Human Services Secretary, Sylvia Burwell, on the futility of masking the healthy.”

“In September 2021, former FDA Commissioner Dr. Scott Gottleib admitted that the six-foot distancing rule that Dr. Fauci and his HHS colleagues imposed upon Americans was “arbitrary,” and not, after all science backed. The process for making that policy choice, Gotleib continued, “Is a perfect example of the lack of rigor around how CDC made recommendations.”

“At the outset of the pandemic, Dr. Fauci used wildly inaccurate modeling that overestimated US deaths by 525%. Scammer and pandemic fabricator Neal Ferguson of Imperial College London was their author, with funding from the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) of $148.8 million. Dr. Fauci used this model as justification for his lockdowns.”

Common Sense Thinking – How many reported cases of COVID deaths are attributable to people dying “of” COVID or “with” COVID due to a pre-existing medical condition?

“In May 2020, a Chinese expert consensus group recommended doctors use chloroquine routinely for mild, moderate, and severe cases of COVID-19 pneumonia. When President Trump later suggested that Dr. Fauci was not being truthful about hydroxychloroquine, social media responded by removing the posts.”

Common Sense Thinking – Why do we have something called “fact checkers” on social media such as Facebook for anyone posting information on the pandemic and Fauci? Who exactly are “fact checkers?” This from an article in “The New York Post” from December 2021: “The fact-check industry is funded by liberal moguls such as George Soros, government-funded nonprofits and the tech giants themselves. The checkers are not the unbiased arbiters of truth; they are useful distractions, groups Facebook can use to absolve itself of responsibility. Free speech be damned.”

(Bill) Gates went on to promote Gilead’s remdesivir as the best alternative, despite its lackluster track record compared to HCQ. He didn’t mention having a large stake in Gilead, which stood to make billions if Dr. Fauci was able to run remdesivir thrugh the regulatory traps.”

“Cracking Down on HCQ to Keep Case Fatalities High” — (an eye-opening section of Mr. Kennedy’s book).

Ivermectin – By the summer of 2020, front-line physicians had discovered another COVID remedy that equalled HCQ in its staggering, life-saving efficacy. In prophylaxis studies, Ivermectin repeatedly demonstrated far greater efficacy against COVID than vaccines at a fraction of the cost. In December 2020, Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC) President and Chief Medical Officer, Dr. Pierre Kory, a pulmonary and critical care specialist, testified to the benefits of Ivermectin before a number of COVID-19 panels, including the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs. COVID resulted in -6 million hospitalizations and 700,000+ deaths in America says Dr. Kory. If HCQ and IVM had been widely used instead of systematically suppressed, we could have prevented 75 percent, or at least 500,000 deaths, and 80 percent of hospitalizations, or 4.8 million. We could have spared the states hundreds of billions of dollars.”

“How CDC Hid the Wave of Vaccine Deaths”

Vaccinating Children Is Unethical – A recent Lancet study shows that a healthy child has zero risk for COVID, suggesting that most of these kids are dying unnecessarily. Some 86 percent of children suffered an adverse reaction to the Pfizer COVID vaccine in clinical trial.”

How big is Dr. Fauci’s drug development enterprise? Since Dr. Fauci arrived at National Institute of Health (NIH), the agency has spent approximately $856.90 billion. Between 2010 and 2016, every single drug that won approval from the FDA — 210 different pharmaceuticals — originated, at least in part, from research funded by the NIH.”

Common Sense Thinking – At some point will the U.S. consider “crimes against humanity” for certain acts that are purposefully committed as part of a widespread or systematic policy, directed against Americans? Because if we continue living the Fauci “new normal”, we are in deep trouble — as medical care could potentially become a killing field and following the science could potentially be lost in the deep pockets of Fauci and pharma. 

:: 1-9-22 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

They Claimed None Of These Things Could Happen In America, Called Them 'Conspiracies' And 'Unreliable And Harmful Claims', Yet They Have All Come True In The Past Year

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 9, 2022

For the past two years Independent Media has dealt with false claims of pushing "conspiracy," having ads disabled on pages because of "unreliable and harmful" claims, when we offered timely warnings about what we saw coming.

Media Martial Law: In 2020 we were told that was a bunch of cow manure, no way would "medical martial law" be implemented in of the free. Then the lockdowns began, curfews, state governor decrees banning their citizens from visiting neighbors, cancel holiday gatherings with others, and others dictating how many people were allowed to visit the private homes of Americans in their cities.

The law appears to now legalize such small gatherings as indoor house parties or outdoor barbecues, picnics and even mini-protests, so long as no more than ten people are sharing in the activity — and they all stay six feet apart while doing so.

Independent Media reported on Medical Martial Law because we saw it happening elsewhere, so offered warnings of what could come to America.

But it couldn't happen here we were told! Yet, it did.

Vaccine Passports: Labeled a conspiracy theory when we warned they were coming back in 2020, and now they are here and the media acts like it is perfectly normal for people to be forced to "show their papers" in order to dine out, visit sports venues and/or concerts.

CNN creepily reported in August 2021:

Vaccination against Covid-19 is increasingly becoming a ticket of entry into restaurants, gyms and indoor performances -- or all of the above, if you're a New York City resident.

Rather than misplace your vaccination card, you can log your vaccination status on your phone to use as proof as you reenter public spaces. You've got a few options for confirming you've been vaccinated, from scannable QR codes to scanned documents that live among your digital files, versions of "vaccine passports" that can get you in venues that only allow vaccinated patrons.

Mandated Vaccinations: Like the issues listed above, when Independent Media warned that states and/or the Biden regime would start mandating vaccines, attempting to take the choice away from Americans as to what they put in their bodies, we were told....that is right.... it can't happen here!

LeadingAge has started to track the vaccine mandate trends in each state; as of today’s date, we find that 25 states have vaccine mandates; 13 states (so far) have vaccine mandate bans. Sixteen of the states with mandates have language specific to healthcare settings or long term care. Some states’ mandates are strictly ‘vaccinate or terminate;’ others have a ‘vaccinate or weekly testing’ dichotomy. This article will be subject to change and updated as there are new developments.

We are still watching lawsuits across the country after Joe Biden decided to arbitrarily create rules that would mandate health care workers, government contractors and companies with over 100 employees, be vaccinated at the risk of termination, or ordered to take weekly tests that the victim of these mandates would have to pay for.

Many judges have ruled against Biden's overreach and now two of those cases are being argued in the Supreme Court.

But remember, this could never happen in America, right?

Louisiana federal judge blocks Biden’s Head Start vaccine mandate

US Judge Blocks Biden's Federal Vaccine Mandate, Rules It's 'beyond President's Authority'

U.S. judge blocks last remaining Biden admin COVID-19 vaccine rule

COVID Camps aka Internment Camps: On May 25, 2021, Stefan Stanford published an article warnings about door-to-door vax squads and the coming "COVID camps." Stefan highlighted the news reports that "in Orange County, Florida, a door-to-door vaccination effort was also underway." Many may remember that Joe Biden also floated the idea, publicly, about "door-to-door" vax and testing squads.

(ANP FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running a fundraising drive until we catch up on expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

Stefan warned:

And while 'Covid camps' in America might seem like a far-off, radical 'conspiracy theory', China has already been building massive 'quarantine camps' for their people as we see in the photograph above. And as Florida governor Ron DeSantis recently hinted in addressing Joe Biden, America not be too far behind them if we continue along the road we're now on.

Liberals scoffed. Conspiracy theorist was screeched at anyone who dared warned we might not be far behind China.

An ad service demonetized that article, with the following claim:

Today we see that a proposed bill in Washington State, if passed, would allow officials to forcefully detain and quarantine individuals or groups, including family units.

Here is a link to the actual proposal.

Gateway Pundit describes the order, which direct quotes from the proposal in the following manner:

Health officers are required to provide documentation proving unvaccinated residents subject to detention have denied “requests for medical examination, testing, treatment, counseling, vaccination, decontamination of persons or animals, isolation, quarantine and inspection and closure of facilities” prior to involuntarily confinement in quarantine facilities, the resolution states.

• According to W 246-100-040, “a local health officer may invoke the powers of police officers, sheriffs, constables, and all other officers and employees of any political subdivisions within the jurisdiction of the health department to enforce immediately orders given to effectuate the purposes of this section in accordance with the provisions of RCW 43.20.050(4) and 70.05.120.”

• The “emergency detention order” legalizes the isolation and detainment of American citizens who fail to voluntarily comply with Covid gene therapy shots “for a period not to exceed ten days.”

If the people detained still have refused to get vaccinated, then a judge can expand that time limit.

Certainly sounds like a COVID or Internment camp proposal to me, but nooooooo, it can't happen again here in America, right?


[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 1-8-22 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NEVER 'Comply' With Totalitarian Government! Govt Must Be Put Back In Its Place As Servants To The American People, Not Dictators! This Look Back In History Gives America A Wake Up Call

'It is seldom that liberty of any kind is lost all at once' - David Hume

By Bob Shillingstad for All News Pipeline January 8, 2022

We often think as we embark on a new year that each year will be similar to the year before and we make our plans accordingly. Obviously the last two years have taught us that this is not always true and yet we say to ourselves after the 2022 and 2024 elections we will get back on track. Will we? Will we get back to normal and will our freedoms not be hindered? We believe that our Constitution and the American traditions of faith and freedom will save us. Maybe it is time to look back in history for a wake up call.

Sir John Glubb was a British author and lecturer and a decorated officer in the British army. His famous and succinct essay, “The Fate of Empires and Search For Survival” looks at the lifespan of empires from their origins to their eventual decline. Glubb estimates that most empires do not last longer than roughly 250 years, with many of them lasting much shorter. periods of time.

For example Persia ruled from 538-330 B.C. for only 208 years. Greece 231 years (Alexander and his successors) from 331-100 B.C. The Roman Republic was 233 years and the Roman Empire 207 years. Most recently Britain ruled from 1700 to 1950 and it ended after 250 years. America from 1776 to today is 246 years and from many indicators we are nearing an end of empire and leader of the free world.

Many historians including Gibbon (The Decline and Fall of The Roman Empire) and others have given us the stages an empire goes through from beginning to end. Alexander Tyler of the University of Edinburg noted eight stages that articulate well what history discloses.

1) From bondage to spiritual growth

2) From Spiritual growth to great courage

3) From courage to liberty

4) From liberty to abundance

5) From abundance to complacency

6) From complacency to apathy

7) From apathy to dependence

8) From dependence back to bondage.

People in bondage no longer have the virtues necessary to fight.

We often think that this is a slow process over decades, which has an element of truth, however when the crumbling of freedom begins it can happen quickly. Our own experience since March of 2020 is a wake up call to all of us. Studying the rise of Hitler is eerily similar to our own situation. Anticipating an election in March 1933 that he knew he could not win, he chose to create a crisis.

On February 27, 1933, the Reichstag Building (the capital) was in flames. Hitler blamed the arson on a communist conspiracy and induced Paul von Hindenburg (the aged German president) to sign a decree that suspended individual liberties. The National Socialists (Nazis) could search homes without a warrant, confiscate property, and outlaw the meetings of groups that might oppose them. How similar the situation where it is easier to obey than to accept the dangers of freedom.

A more recent example is Venezuela that in 2001 was the 3rd richest country in the Western Hemisphere and the world’s leader in oil reserves. In 2001 the people voted for a Socialist President to address “income inequality”. In 2012 Bernie Sanders said “Venezuelans are living the American dream better than Americans”.

Now the economy is in shambles, citizens pick through garbage looking for scraps of food, vital medicines are in short supply and more than three million people have fled the socialist destination of Chavez’s policies. The currency has collapsed and now they import oil. How quickly a nation can go from freedom to tyranny.

Our country and freedom are undoubtedly under attack and yet we stand out as a beacon and a savior of western civilization compared to Europe, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. It is if these countries have gone mad in their attacks on free speech, freedom of religion and our self autonomy.

Rod Dreher wrote an insightful book a few years ago entitled Live Not By Lies that is so important in our culture today. Recently Rod made a five minute video for Prager University entitled “Totalitarianism: Can it Happen in America?”. This is an important video for all to see. (ANP: 1st video at the bottom of this story!)

Francis Schaeffer in his landmark book How Shall We Then Live? said “The danger in regard to the rise of authoritarian government is that Christians will be still as long as their own religious activities, evangelism, and life-styles are not disturbed.

We are not excused from speaking, just because the culture and society no longer rest as much as they once did on Christian thinking. Moreover, Christians do not need to be in a majority in order to influence society.” Will churches and Christians speak out?

I will end this column with a quote from Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

1.) Once government acquires a power, it never lets it go voluntarily.

2.) Every power that government acquires, using this pandemic as a pretense, it will ultimately abuse to the maximum effect possible. This is a rule that is as certain as gravity.

3.) Nobody has ever complied their way out of totalitarianism. Every time you comply the demands will get greater and greater. 

:: 1--22 The Great Recession Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Want to Know Where Your Money Goes? Sex, lies and the United States Navy — Meet “Fat Leonard”

Leonard Glenn Francis is a Malaysian businessman who infiltrated the greatest power on the high seas and built a billion-dollar empire by providing officers with orgies, Dom Pérignon champagne and security paid for by the USA. And, now he’s squealing like a … rat.

Manilla, 2007. The chauffeured Mercedes crawled south for half an hour in the interminable traffic – the turbid waters of Manilla Bay on the right. The middle-aged men packed inside the cars were in an exuberant mood…. Leonard Glenn Francis was taking out the senior commanders of the US 7th Fleet. These were the most powerful navy officers in Asia, and they controlled the movements of around sixty ships and submarines, 150 aircraft, and 20,000 sailors in a huge operational area, stretching from Hawaii to India….

“The men moved quickly through an air-conditioned lobby and through a curtain at the back. On the other side, Filipino women – many just students – sat in rows in a kind of fish bowl, identifiable not by their names but by the numbers attached to their skimpy outfits…. Always the…big boss or Lion King to these navy officers, Leonard dominated the action….

“The afterparty was in the $4,000-a-night McArthur Suite at the Manilla Hotel…. It was General Douglas McArthur’s home and operational command during World War II. The men piled into the Spanish-Mission-style room with wooden ceiling beams, marble tiles, an ornate chandelier and heavily draped curtains. Leonard … stocked the suite with $10,000 bottles of Dom Perignon…. The two-bedroom suite was filled with McArthur memorabilia. In the suite’s study, two ornately carved wooden chairs – the only objects to survive the Battle of Manilla, stood in front of a desk…. One of the men, quite drunk by now, opened a case on the desk containing a replica of McArthur’s famous corn-cob pipe and grabbed a woman.

Fat Leonard, as he came to be known, recalls the scene as follows: “Being warriors, they had been at sea for such a long time – the aviators, your nukes … they’re, uh, captains of ships. They’ve got this inner side of them that is a beast that needs to come out…. We went there and picked up a bunch of karaoke girls and booked them out and brought them back. They are like rockstars. They are living their life – living their dreams – things that they will never ever, ever again do in their lifetime. Nobody would give them that kind of party that I do…. You know, they just started stripping and having sex right there…. The pipe was used as a dildo on the hooker, making a mockery of General McArthur’s memorabilia … they totally desecrated and insulted,” says Fat Leonard, laughing.”

It was a mass orgy…. That’s how deep we were with the navy…. The entire command — the chain of command – had to be in your pocket. And that’s what happened. Everybody was in my pocket…. I had them in my palm and was just rolling them around.”

As he says in the trailer to the interview, “I had the navy by their balls…. I turned my guns against them because they betrayed me.”

Fat Leonard was a Malaysian businessman who bribed numerous officers and others in the US navy until he was arrested. He paid for prostitutes and orgies for naval officers, ranking all the way up to admiral. He threw lavish parties and $30,000 dinners, sent gifts for the officer’s wives – little things like Chanel and Gucci handbags, Cohiba Cigars – the nice stuff that no officer or his wife should have to live without.

In return, the officers he corrupted made sure their ships docked at ports across Asia that Fat Leonard controlled. Since the 1980s, Leonard made bank by provisioning the navy at extortionate rates for fuel, food, even security by providing what he called the “ring of steel” around the ships – as if the US navy should need help defending itself. The ring of steel was nothing but a line of barges tied up around the military ships to prevent an assault like the one that happened in 2000 in Yemen’s harbor when two al-Qaida operatives rammed a boat full of explosives into the side of the USS Cole, a guided-missile destroyer, killing seventeen sailors and injuring another thirty-seven.

2001 became a very good year for Leonard after 9/11 for the “husbanding” monopoly of his provisioning company called “Glenn Defense Marine Asia.” You might say Leonard got fat off his contracts with the US government from that period on, living in a $130-million mansion in Singapore where he kept 20 cars, including Rolls-Royces and militarized Hummers, all proceeds from his US Navy contracts.

Fat Leonard was a larger-than-life character in more than just weight (where he took the scales up to 160 kilograms — a whopping 352 pounds on his six-foot-three-inches frame). He wore Stars-and-Stripes ties, had Lee Greenwood’s “God Bless The USA” as his ringtone, ate sloppy joes and rooted for US baseball teams so the people he served really liked him. And he liked the USA because it was very good to him … without most people in government knowing it was being very good to him. Fat Leonard loved to contract with the US military.

But now Fat Leonard is mad. It’s not just that his money-making empire came crashing down around his feet in 2013 when he was arrested. He pled guilty in 2015 to all that and is still awaiting sentencing under house arrest in San Diego. No, Fat Leonard is mad because some of the people in his pocket – the highest higher-ups who took his bribes – didn’t get taken down with him, though none of what he did could have happened without them. They remain at large while the legal system shows no apparent interest in them, and that made the usually jolly Leonard, who sounds drunk with power in his interviews, mad enough to speak out publicly.

Oh, sure, the corruption scandal led to various naval officers being charged, jailed for a while and demoted, and to broken-up marriages, the usual falderal that comes with such scandals. But Leonard wants to know where is the prison time for the high brass that Leonard, himself, is now facing?

Now that advanced kidney cancer has left him with not much to lose, Fat Leonard is crying out publicly. Journalist Tom Wright recently interviewed him, and even Wright admits that, during the first interviews, Leonard’s natural charm conned him into feeling sympathetic toward his tale of a tough childhood and a man who made good by taking care of the US navy’s most urgent “needs.”

“I did like him at one point,” says Wright, “but then…there was some personal cruelties to women in his life…. The misogyny that runs through this whole story is shocking…. At the very end of our interaction…I challenged him on a lot of these things…. That was the last time we talked…and his reactions to it is very, very telling.”

At one point in that final episode, Leonard said to Wright in apparent surprise, “I don’t know why you’re so worried about hookers,” and the hooker they were talking about was the mother of his children. Wright ties his concerns about the misogyny to the kinds of things that happened in the Tail Hook scandal back in the 90’s as becoming endemic in the armed forces back then because women were new in the US military, and some male soldiers apparently did not know how to comport themselves around them as colleagues in war.

It’s not a salacious connection for Wright to make because the big key to Leonard’s success with the navy was orchestrating orgies. Leonard’s long success story wasn’t just about the great job he did in providing the “ring of steel.” He also did an enthusiastic job of running sex rings for soldiers – a ring of beds, as it were. It didn’t matter that he charged exorbitant fees for providing these illegal services because those buying were using US government money, not their own, and their participation in such services virtually guaranteed they’d never squeal on Leonard.

Leonard got a taste of his own treatment of women when he was arrested for his crimes. He was stripped, chained, hand-cuffed, and made to squat.

“Here you are treated like an animal once inside,” he complained.

They stripped away the dignity of a man who claims he had enjoyed the power of steering $20-billion ships to ports of his own choosing, boasting that he could effectively position the US navy as a civilian by choosing where he’d offer particular services. He was also charged with obtaining classified information from those he corrupted.

Leonard says the real scandal is that some top admirals who benefited from his provisioning remain free, some of them having been allowed to retire honorably, even though he had submitted evidence that incriminated them.

“I feel completely betrayed,” says Leonard.They asked me to name all those involved or face 50 years in jail and I spilled the beans….. I gave them about 40 names. I told basically how deep the bribery was in the US Navy. It basically shook the foundation of the navy…. I felt very upset because just look at what I am going through…. My entire life has been destroyed. My businesses, my family, everything is gone, you know, being hit like a tsunami…. [Yet,] One four-star admiral I named was let off scot-free just because he was appointed by the president and the senate. There is no way they are going to embarrass the government by indicting him. It would have been a humiliation.”

Alas, the good times did not last forever. Fat Leonard’s empire has collapsed, and he is palpably angry because the Epstein-like secrets that he held on military brass did him no good. The protection he thought he had wrapped around himself like a ring of steel failed to hold together.

I had over 2,800 staff working for me in over 30 countries and everything folded. So many innocent people lost their jobs, many families were destroyed. This was deliberate financial ruin brought upon me.”

It may be the sound of a squealing rat; but now that Leonard has gone public, perhaps those captains and an admirals whose secrets he guarded over the years will go down with their sinking ships.

Leonard’s crimes and those who joined in them were reported to the NCIS (Naval Criminal Investigative Service) by a navy wife who was physically mistreated, yet for years nothing was done about anything that was reported because Leonard had, via his secrets, essentially bought everyone off while people were still enjoying his services. According to Wright, Leonard even managed to corrupt one of the top NCIS officers in the world – “corrupt” usually meaning, in stories like this, to bring such a person into partaking of these sexual services, thereby assuring Leonard’s protection from the top of the NCIS, lest the officer in question incriminate himself.

As Leonard put it in the initial interview, “Everybody has their needs. And I gave them that sense of confidence, and I also provided them what they wanted…and they could trust me…. I played professional. I played sexual – whatever you needed – anything.

It worked like a well-lubricated machine, concealing its own misdoings… until one day it didn’t. 

:: 1-10-22 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What the Democrats Cannot Hide Is Their Intention to Commit Genocide-The 8 Stages of Genocide

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, January 10, 2022 - 14:31.

Is America on a path to genocide with the creation of Covid concentration camps and mandatory taking of the kill shots? It would appear so, however, let's acquiesce to the experts to more fully answer this question. One of these experts is Greg Stanton. I have discussed Stanton in the past. However, recent developments make it necessary to update the analysis as it has changed significantly.

Gregory H. Stanton, President of Genocide Watch, wrote the most salient paper on the topic of Democide, that is by definition, genocide by government against its people. In his analysis, Stanton identified 8 key stages related to the process of genocide? Classification Symbolization Dehumanization Organization Polarization Preparation, Extermination and Denial.

Stanton defines genocide as “A process that develops in eight stages that are predictable but not inexorable. At each stage, preventive measures can stop it. The process is not linear. Logically, later stages must be preceded by earlier stages. But all stages continue to operate throughout the process. In other words, the processes and stages overlap and this is precisely what we see in modern day America.

In this article, I will review the 8 stages and comment with modern day examples of how these stages are being enacted, today.

At the end of the analysis, I will present the results of a correlation analysis that I performed on the relative strength of each stage in present day America, culminating with an over-all assigning of a summative correlation score.

In case your keeping score, stage 6 of the 8 Stanton stages have been fully achieved. The last two stages are clearly being acted upon by the Biden administration and its confederate allies that run so-called Blue states.

The 8 Stages With Comment

"CLASSIFICATION: All cultures have categories to distinguish people into “us and them” by ethnicity, race, religion, or nationality: German and Jew, Hutu and Tutsi. Bipolar societies that lack mixed categories, such as Rwanda and Burundi, are the most likely to have genocide."

If you are white and a nationalist, you are labeled a white nationalistor, or more commonly, today, a white supremacist (see below). All this term means is that a Caucasians put America first, they like the Constitution, and roots for America to win in America to win in the Olympics.

Today, this term has been bootstrapped to mean white supremacist. When Tucker Carson said white supremacy is a myth, Fox suspended him. The NYT admits, from leaked documents that they have shifted their strategy from Russia-Trump to racism-Trump. And of course anyone who supports Trump is also a racist. This has evolved into a mantra that is totally devoid of logic. If one supports the rule of law and the Constitution and decries the criminal behavior of Democratic Party forces (eg Antifa's/BLM 574 riots in calendar year 2021), then one is a racist and there is no punishment to great. The Leftist logic breaks down when Larry Elder and Candace Owens (both Black) are labled as "white supremacists" for espousing views related to l the support of aw and order.

The lockdowns have also provided a means to discriminate against Christians. It is no secret that the globalists are Satanists. As such, they fear Christ. Therefore they do not miss an opportunity to discriminate against Christians. In lockdowns, it was common to see strip clubs open, but not churches. White, nationalist, gun owner, constitutionalist, anti-abortion and Christian are the identifiable traits which will will the modern day death camps.

"SYMBOLIZATION: We give names or other symbols to the classifications. We name people “Jews” or “Gypsies”, or distinguish them by colors or dress; and apply the symbols to members of groups. Classification and symbolization are universally human and do not necessarily result in genocide unless they lead to the next stage, dehumanization. When combined with hatred, symbols may be forced upon unwilling members of pariah groups: the yellow star for Jews under Nazi rule, the blue scarf for people from the Eastern Zone in Khmer Rouge Cambodia." And now we can add the Marxist organizations of BLM, Antifa and the Democratic Party.

Today, the new KKK hoods are anything that promotes America’s greatness or support of Trump. This includes all MAGA clothing. If one wants to get beat up today, just wear a MAGA hat in public, or show political support for Trump. Increasingly, all gun owners are mass murderers. If one wants to be branded a racists, wear something that says "Make America Great Again".

This observation also holds true for the Democrats

DEHUMANIZATION: "One group denies the humanity of the other group. Members of it are equated with animals, vermin, insects or diseases. Dehumanization overcomes the normal human revulsion against murder. At this stage, hate propaganda in print and on hate radios is used to vilify the victim group. In combating this dehumanization, incitement to genocide should not be confused with protected speech."

The Left’s hatred of MAGA and anyone who supports Trump moves from simple symbolizing one as a racist to one who wants to exterminate Blacks (eg MSNBC). How many times has a professor, or an actor called for the killing of whites, particularly white males? Even Rep. Omar said that the problem with America was “dangerous white men”. White males, and Christians are being stigmatized from every angle to the point that these “MAGA” supporters are attacked in public. At the recent Portland riots, I watched video of a man and his 10 year old daughter being attacked by the domestic terror group, ANTIFA. One has to really dehumanize an individual when they attack a 10 year old girl. Throw journalist Andy Ngo into the mix, we have clear examples of symbolization and dehumanization.

ORGANIZATION: "Genocide is always organized, usually by the state, often using militias to provide deniability of state responsibility (the Janjaweed in Darfur.) Sometimes organization is informal (Hindu mobs led by local RSS militants) or decentralized (terrorist groups.) Special army units or militias are often trained and armed."

The Democrats are in the midst of a communist revolution and have successfully executed a coup. Every action taken by the Democrats in the House and Senate was designed to remove Donald Trump from power. The Wuhan Flu was designed to bring about changes in our election system (eg ballot harvesting, untrackable fake absentee ballots, etc) brought about the biggest case of election fraud in world history. From there, they will have smooth sailing to a complete governmental takeover. The Democrats are already using militias and paramilitary groups to carry out their dirty work. America will soon hear a lot about Obama's OFS. They will make Antifa look like law-abiding citizens. They are as brutal as the cartels. This strategy, being enacted by the Left is exemplified, but not limited to ANTIFA, Black Lives Matter, Open Society, etc., all George Soros groups. One should take note that that ANTIFA, like Hitler’s Brown Shirts, are now uniformed and are very well trained courtesy of the Communist Chinese, who also control a sizeable segment of Congress as well as local and state officials.

After stealing the 2020 election, the Democrats are not leaving Trump supporters alone. There is a stepped level of dangerous level of threats being leveled against non compliant people.

POLARIZATION: "Extremists drive the groups apart. Hate groups broadcast polarizing propaganda. Extremist terrorism targets moderates, intimidating and silencing the center. Moderates from the perpetrators’ own group are most able to stop genocide, so are the first to be arrested and killed."

Google and social media’s censorship and deplatforming of conservatives and in particular conservative Christians and even more pronounced, white conservatives, are being targeted. Jobs are being lost for being conservative and personal safety is in question. Senator Rand Paul was beaten and has required 2 surgeries related to the beating. Later Rand Paul and his wife, along with 4 DC policemen were chased to Rand Paul's hotel. Police officers are being attacked for carrying out the arrests of extreme Leftists as they are doused in water and urine with plastic bottles while the Democratic mayors of these cities do nothing. The ICE building in Portland was firebombed. Representative Maxine Waters, and others like her, have called for violence against Trump, as has Madonna and several others.

This concept of genocide is developing and evolving right before our eyes. Soon, nobody will be safe. Biden just declared war on 80-100 million Americans when he said that "Trump supporters are the dagger in the throat of Democracy." The unspoken meaning is apparent. A threat of this magnitude cannot be left unatttended.

There is an extreme polarization of justice that cannot go unmentioned. Illegal immigrants have to neither wear masks or bee vaccinated and the companies that are firing their employees for not being vaccinated will hire these people right off the streets. In the greatest act of polarization, the same hospitals that are firing your doctors and nurses will treat these unvaccinated hordes without question.

Here is the frightening aspect of this stage: The hatred and prejudice against Trump supporters has grown to another group, the unvaccinated. Even though the opposite is true, the vaccinated are accused of "killing" the vaccinated because of their non-compliance. The ability to put food on one's table is being compromised if one does not submit to multile kill shots. SEVERAL STATES ARE NOW PREPARING CONCENTRATION CAMPS, UNDER THE GUISE OF MEDICAL INTERVENTION, IN ORDER TO HOUSE DISSIDENTS WHO ARE FALSELY ACCUSED OF BEING A PUBLIC HEALTH THREAT.

PREPARATION: "Victims are identified and separated out because of their ethnic or religious identity. Death lists are drawn up. Members of victim groups are forced to wear identifying symbols. Their property is expropriated. They are often segregated into ghettoes, deported into concentration camps, or confined to a famine-struck region and starved.?

As Steve Quayle has repeatedly pointed out, there are Red Lists, etc., that will be used one day to lessen the number of Americans among us.

Don't forget that Michelle Obama, Kamala Harris, AOC and other democrats have threatened to place all conservatives on lists and make certain that the populist movement ever starts again.

The Social Credit System in China is an example of this process, where one’s right to housing, travel, employment and food is taken away for wrongful participation on the internet. That Google-designed system is now appearing in both Google and other social media algorithms being enacted against American conservatives. Dr. Malone, the ex-CEO of Pfizer and well known for his anti-vax status has been removed from Twitter, Facebook and Linkedin. As a sitting President, Trump was removed from social media as has a sitting Congresswoman, Majorie Taylor Greene.

False flag attacks add to the cause of preparation to exterminate. Look at January 6h, and as Doug Thornton has expressed, is the modern day Reichstag Fire. As Hitler used the Reichstag Fire false flag event to take over the government and eliminate all political opposition, the Democrats led by the Mafia Princess, Nancy Pelosi, is seeking to ban as many GOP from running for office, including Trump, for and remote connection to the J6 riots, which clearly was not a revolution or an insurrection. It was a false flag attack led by Nancy Pelosi organized forces who encouraged and let people into congressional buidlings. This is why she won't release thousands of hours of video, because the false flag event would be exposed. We already have proof, from video played on Fox News, that Ray Epps, who encouraged all on January 5th to storm the Congressional building the next day as the aware patriots chanted "Fed" at Epps. Want proof of the this false flag, Epps has not been prosecuted.

The Common Sense Show just made Google’s Black List of dangerous website as did Mike Adams’s site. The NSA has constructed, according to my insider sources, a “naughty and nice” list from their incessant surveillance. From Alexa to Google products, our entire lives are being stalked and profiled. The correlation in this variable, is not a perfect 1.0, but everything is in process. For example, under Obama we saw the development of the NDAA, arrests without due process for very undefined reasons. Also, we saw the leaking of FM 39.4, which is the organizational manual for FEMA Camps. So it is easy to conclude that when the Left had control of the government they are putting their “preparation stamp” upon America. To use a baseball term, Obama was the 8th inning set-up pitcher and Hillary was to be the 9th inning closer, but along came the rise of populism and Donald Trump. In all likelihood, Trump is just a speed bump that is slowing down the process.

Ask yourself why we have admitted members of MS-13. They are the hit men for the drug cartels. This fact, alone, legitimizes points #5 and #6.

The first 6 stages have been realized. As Hitler targeted the Jews, Gypsies, Homosexuals and homeless, this generation of genocidal maniacs have their targets and they are Unvaccinated who will not bend to the will of tyrants, Whites, Christians and people who support law and order. If you fit into one of these groups, you better begin to prepare to evade detection and arrest because when you go to the covid extermination camps, you are not coming out!

"EXTERMINATION begins, and quickly becomes the mass killing legally called “genocide.” It is “extermination” to the killers because they do not believe their victims to be fully human. When it is sponsored by the state, the armed forces often work with militias to do the killing. Sometimes the genocide results in revenge killings by groups against each other, creating the downward whirlpool-like cycle of bilateral genocide (as in Burundi). At this stage, only rapid and overwhelming armed intervention can stop genocide."

There are elements of this concept in evidence. Have you ever asked yourself the question as to why school shootings and mass public shooting are practically unique to the United States? Narratives, like the El Paso shooting do not hold up to forensic scrutiny. This was clearly a false flag that was designed to force Congress to enact gun legislation that will prevent the populace from being able to effectively defend themselves against a tyrannical and deadly takeover.

According to the University of Hawaii Democide Project, there were 16 genocides in the 20th century. Everyone of them was preceded by first enacting gun registration and later confiscation. There were no exceptions. This combined with Obama’s Executive Order 13603 which calls for labor camps, confiscation of any and all resources, etc, speaks to the fact that extermination is the goal that is being pursued by the extreme Left. For some of the readers of the CSS, the light just went on and there was just a collective awareness realized by readers who now know why I am exposing FEMA camps and genocidal legislation in recent writings. It is coming America, you better wake the hell up!

When one includes, vaccines, GMO’s, chemtrails, and the still ongoing radiation from Fukushima, etc., it is clear that the slow-kill genocide is already underway. The vaccines and the camps will complete the task.

According to Stanton, if America is to survive, an armed counter-revolution is the only answer once the process has gone this far.

8. "DENIAL is the eighth stage that always follows a genocide. It is among the surest indicators of further genocidal massacres. The perpetrators of genocide dig up the mass graves, burn the bodies, try to cover up the evidence and intimidate the witnesses. They deny that they committed any crimes, and often blame what happened on the victims. They block investigations of the crimes, and continue to govern until driven from power by force, when they flee into exile. There they remain with impunity,

The movie “The Hunt” is an example of this process of advocating for genocide. Epstein’s exploits in alliance with the participation of many of our elected elite and not elected elite speaks to how far the lawlessness has gone. Children were murdered in great numbers so that these groups could more fully enjoy the fruits of their murderous and perverted pleasures. This is the beginning of genocide against children, particularly blond-haired and blue-eyed children."

There are complete media cover-ups of the soft kill genocides being taken against our people. Chemtrails and GMO’s for example, are never discussed in the MSM, despite ample scientific evidence. Weather wars are being perpetrated against the people and are on the verge of creating mass starvation (eg Midwest). Vaccine deaths are covered up and as the Frontline Doctors have stated through their attorney, Tom Renz, the variants, which cannot be accurately tested for, are being used to coverup vaccine deaths.

I previously predicted that when a regime change would take place in 2020, these soft kill strategies will give way to roundups and FEMA camp exterminations.

Data Analysis

I will not bore the reader with the extreme details of operationalizing variables and chi-square and the like, but I would like to share my data results of where America is at today with regard to these 8 stages of genocide. Last year, I ran a data analysis using my old SPSS statistical program

In my academic career, I have written two courses on statistics I also spent nearly 5 years over-seeing dissertation construction for some masters-degree students. Therefore, I have the academic expertise and experience to devise and calculate and draw research inferences from data sets that I designed. Here is what I found.

In correlation research, any correlation ranging from .7-1.0 is very strong . A 1.0 correlation is a perfect correlation. The results were stunning.

In correlation research, any correlation ranging from .7-1.0 is very strong. A 1.0 correlation is a perfect correlation. One has to remember that correlation does not show causation, it shows a degree of relationship (ie factors that would go together).

I constructed a list of factors related to genocide using Stalin, Hitler and Mao

Here is what I found:

1. The likelihood of genocide in America is nearly guaranteed with a .95 correlation. THE ONLY FACTOR NOT IN COMMON WITH THESE 3 REGIMES WAS HIGH UNEMPLOYMENT AT THE TIME I RAN THE NUMBERS. NOW, WE HAVE HIGH UNEMPLOYMENT. This leads me to believe that the chances of an economic collapse is coming is very high because the Left needs pissed off people in the streets like ANTIFA, in large numbers, in multiple cities, to get the killing started. When the coup is successful, the roundups and exterminations will begin in earnest by the new government. The lockdowns certainly have fulfilled this aspect.

2 . The likelihood of genocide against identified groups like Christian's, Is harder to calculate. But with the best data possible, the correlation is .84 which is still quite high

3. Racial targeting of whites is trickier to calculate for a variety of reasons. The calculation is .86. If one were to include the increasing disappearance of Whites from TV commericans, the number would be much higher.

Here are further resutls...

Comparative Correlation to the Stanton Stages:

Nazi Germany: 1.0

China: .97

Soviet Union: .96

In other words, Stanton’s eight stages are excellent predictors of genocide and the United States numbers are equivalent in this regard.


There are clear limitations to my data approach. But they are clearly indictive of the fact that previously identified segments of the American people are in grave danger. A better, and a much more time consuming approach would be to enact the use of multiple regression analysis. This would help to better account for the analysis of the overlap of the 8 factors that Stanton mentioned. However, even this elementary analysis, this analysis clearly demonstrates that America is very close to becoming the next Nazi Germany.

In summary, the United States is not quite to the point of these three genocidal societies from a statistical standpoint. However, it strongly appears that the US will match if not exceed these genocidal regimes, on the present course we have embarked upon. Further, if one considers the vaccines to be distinct threat to longevity, one would be able to successfully argue that the genocide has already started and the state-sponsored covid detention camps will finish the job.

Can we turn this back at the ballot box? Stanton would argue that we cannot. Hodges would say no as well. As long as there are Dominion voting machines and absentee balloting, there will never be another free election which is another hallmark trait of a genocidal communist regime. Remember, it was the great genocidal promoting Stalin that once said "I do not care who votes, I only can who counts the votes."The recent 2020 election theft had speaks clearly to this point. There may never be another free election again.

What if the people miraculously stand up to this tyranny, I believe that, under the Kigali Principles, the United Nations would attack the United States with member states. Remember, the United States, thanks to Obama is a signatory to the Kigali Principals which allows the UN to enter a country, based on its own say so and take over that country by any means possible. In a case of civil disobedience or rebellion, there are 28 nations that would the US to end the rebellion. Either way, it appears that Stanton is likely correct, a genocide is in our future in a worst case scenario. And in a best case scenario, civil war or World War III, or both, represents the best case scenario. And people think I am crazy when I talk about the importance of guns, ammo, gold, food, water, medicine and tools as well as neighborhood alliances.

So where is America at? The data is clear, we have completed Stage 6 and Stages 7 and 8 are developing. America is so close to genocide, but there are none so blind than those who refuse to see. I do not have a time frame. But with the rapidity of the events, this could all be over this year and most Americans will never know what hit them. The Covid lockdowns and subsequent Covid extermination camps, where euthanasia will soon be applied just like in New Zealand, have created a sense of martial law which is an excellent springboard to more nefarious agendas. The question is no longer if we can save our nation, but whether or not, individual survival is still possible. Have you tried praying to Jesus for salvation? 

:: 1-10-22 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jim Jordan Warns Americans: Jan 6 'Investigation' Is Not a 'Legitimate Inquiry'

Congressman slams Democrats' anti-Trump House Select Committee

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 10th January 2022 @ 3.00pm

Republican Rep. Jim Jordan (R-OH) has issued a warning to the American people, asserting that the Democrats' anti-Trump House Select Committee "investigation" into Jan. 6 is not a "legitimate inquiry."

Rep. Jordan put the partisan Committee on notice with a public statement, in which he denounces the "investigations" as a "political charade."

Jordan issued a formal reply to the Committee calling on him to appear before them for questioning.

He rejected the request and declared it to be “outside the bounds of any legitimate inquiry.”

Jordan gave his reply in a letter addressed to committee chair Rep. Bennie Thompson (D-MS).

The Ohio lawmaker replied to the request on Sunday after weeks of reviewing the Committee’s demand, which was made December 22.

This request is far outside the bounds of any legitimate inquiry, violates core Constitutional principles, and would serve to further erode legislative norms,” Jordan wrote.

The January 6 committee, created by House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-CA), has targeted President Donald Trump and his allies as it "investigates" the “facts, circumstances, and causes” of the riot that occurred January 6 at the U.S. Capitol.

TRENDING: Man Who Threatened to Murder Trump and Stand Up to Fascism Is Charged

Committee members have been vocal in their belief that Trump and those in his orbit are to blame for provoking the incident, as well as not doing enough to stop it once it had started.

The Committee has gone so far as to issue dozens of subpoenas to allies of Trump, but it has not subpoenaed members of Congress.

The closest it has come to such a move is to send official letters to both Jordan and Rep. Scott Perry (R-PA), the chair of the House Freedom Caucus, to request meetings with the pair.

In its letter to Jordan, the Committee requested the Ohio Republican’s “voluntary cooperation” with the investigation, stating it knew of “at least one and possibly multiple communications” Jordan had with Trump on the day of the riot.

Jordan has consistently maintained he has “nothing to hide” regarding January 6, and his response to the committee also says as much.

"I have no relevant information that would assist the Select Committee in advancing any legitimate legislative purpose,” Jordan wrote.

"I cannot speak to Speaker Pelosi’s failure to ensure the appropriate security posture at the Capitol complex in advance of well-publicized protests on January 6, 2021,” he added, zoning in on a point he and his Republican colleagues have been making that they believe Pelosi shares blame for the riot, considering elements of Capitol security ultimately fall under her purview.

Jordan has also condemned the Committee overall as a “partisan political charade” after Pelosi denied both Jordan and Rep. Jim Banks (R-IN) a seat on the committee.

The move prompted House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy (R-CA) to withdraw his participation from it.

The originally proposed 13-member committee became nine Pelosi-appointed members, seven Democrats, and two fervent Never Trump Republicans.

The Committee's main goal is to prevent Trump and any of his allies from running for office again.

“Democrats violated the most fundamental and longstanding safeguard for fairness in House proceedings in standing up the Select Committee,” Jordan wrote of Pelosi’s rejections of him and Banks.

Speaker Pelosi also failed to consult with Leader McCarthy about the appointment of Republican Members, in direct violation of the requirement in the resolution establishing the Select Committee that she do so,” he continued.

“As a result, and without any Republican Members selected by the Republican Leader, the Select Committee has no effective measure of balance or objectivity.”

Thompson, who wrote the committee’s meeting request to Jordan, had proposed the meeting happen January 3 or 4 or the week of January 10, but Thompson did not specify a hard deadline for Jordan to respond, and in Jordan’s reply letter, the congressman did not explicitly provide an answer to the meeting request.

Perry, for his part, outright rejected the committee’s request on December 21, immediately after the committee contacted him.

Thompson indicated a week ago during an appearance on NBC’s Meet the Press that he is exploring whether the committee can legally subpoena sitting members of Congress.

"I think there are some questions of whether we have the authority to do it,” Thompson said.

"We’re looking at it.

"If the authorities are there, there’ll be no reluctance on our part.” 

:: 1-10-22 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nazi archive of Freemasonry at Polish university library containing 80,000 items amassed by Heinrich Himmler could shed light on the secret society, researchers say

The archive in an old university library in Poland has items from the 17th century

Much of it remains unexamined, with researchers saying it 'still holds mysteries'

Nazis banned Freemasonry and promoted conspiracy theories about the group

By Jack Newman For Mailonline

Published: 19:30 EST, 9 January 2022 | Updated: 07:57 EST, 10 January 2022

A historic archive of Freemasonry amassed by the Nazis in their wartime purge could still reveal secrets about the society, researchers say.

From insight into women's Masonic lodges to the musical scores used in closed ceremonies, the trove - housed in an old university library in western Poland - has already shed light on a little known history.

But more work remains to be done to fully examine all the 80,000 items that date from the 17th century to the pre-World War II period.

'It is one of the biggest Masonic archives in Europe,' said curator Iuliana Grazynska, who has just started working on dozens of boxes of papers within it that have not yet been properly categorised.

'It still holds mysteries,' she told AFP, of the collection which curators began going through decades ago and is held at the UAM library in the city of Poznan.

Initially tolerated by the Nazis, Freemasons became the subject of regime conspiracy theories in the 1930s, seen as liberal intellectuals whose secretive circles could become centres of opposition.

Lodges were broken up and their members imprisoned and killed both in Germany and elsewhere as Nazi troops advanced during WWII.

The collection was put together under the orders of top Nazi henchman and SS chief Heinrich Himmler and is composed of many smaller archives from European Masonic lodges that were seized by the Nazis.

It is seen by researchers as a precious repository of the history of the day-to-day activities of lodges across Europe, ranging from the menus for celebrations to educational texts.

Fine prints, copies of speeches and membership lists of Masonic lodges in Germany and beyond feature in the archive. Some documents still bear Nazi stamps.

'The Nazis hated the Freemasons,' Andrzej Karpowicz, who managed the collection for three decades, told AFP.

Nazi ideology, he said, was inherently 'anti-Masonic' because of its anti-intellectual, anti-elite tendencies.

The library puts some select items on show, including the first edition of the earliest Masonic constitution written in 1723, six years after the first lodge was created in England.

'It's one of our proudest possessions,' Grazynska said.

The oldest documents in the collection are prints from the 17th century relating to the Rosicrucians - an esoteric spiritual movement seen as a precursor to the Freemasons whose symbol was a crucifix with a rose at its centre.

During the war as Allied bombing intensified, the collection was moved from Germany for safekeeping and broken up into three parts - two were taken to what is now Poland and one to the Czech Republic.

The section left in the town of Slawa Slaska in Poland was seized by Polish authorities in 1945, while the others were taken by the Red Army.

In 1959, the Polish Masonic collection was formally established as an archive and curators began studying it - at that time, Freemasonry was banned in the country under Communism.

The collection is open to researchers and other visitors, who have included representatives of German Masonic lodges wanting to recover their pre-war history.

It is 'a mine of information in which you can dig at will,' said Karpowicz. 

:: 1-10-22 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Proof there IS water on the moon: China's Chang'e-5 lander becomes the first craft to confirm the presence of H20 on the lunar surface

The Chinese space agency had its moon lander analyse lunar rocks and soil

It arrived on the moon on December 1, 2020 as part of a sample-return mission

The lander found evidence of H2O molecules at 120 parts per million in soil

By Ryan Morrison For Mailonline

Published: 08:42 EST, 10 January 2022 | Updated: 08:42 EST, 10 January 2022

China's Chang'e-5 lander is the first craft on the lunar surface to detect signs of water inside moon rocks and soil, Chinese scientists claim.

The lander arrived on the moon on December 1, 2020, as part of a mission to return samples of rock and soil to the Earth, which it achieved on December 16.

While on the moon, the lander used its on-board instruments to take a number of scientific measurements, including the spectral reflectance of moon rocks.

This is a process where light reflected from the rocks can indicate the chemical make-up, including levels of molecules such as oxygen and hydrogen.

The Chinese team found that in some types of rock, at a mid-latitude on the moon, molecules of H20 were present at about 120 parts per million, and others at 180ppm.

This confirms findings made by NASA using Earth-based telescopes, that took measurements of moon rocks to find evidence of water molecules.

It is hoped that astronauts living on the moon in the future will be able to extract the molecular oxygen and hydrogen, to produce water and pure oxygen.

The Chinese mission was a joint project by LIN Yangting and LIN Honglei from the Institute of Geology and Geophysics of the Chinese Academy of Sciences.

Many orbital observations and sample measurements completed over the past decade have shown water exists — as either hydroxyl or H20 in moon rocks.

However, no measurements have been conducted on the lunar surface itself, to determine, close up, whether the molecules are actually in the rocks.

The Chang'E-5 spacecraft landed on one of the youngest regions of the moon, located at a mid-high latitude, and returned 1,731 g of samples.

Before sampling and returning the lunar soil to Earth, however, the lunar mineralogical spectrometer (LMS) onboard the lander performed spectral reflectance measurements of the regolith and of a rock.

The analysis revealed that the rocks where the lander was based contain less than 120 parts per million of water — most of which was brought in on solar winds.

This is consistent with some preliminary analysis of the rocks the lander returned to Earth.

In contrast, a light rock was also analysed by the lander, and it had an estimated 180 ppm of water, suggesting an additional water source from the lunar interior.

The results of compositional and orbital remote sensing analyses show that the rock may have been pushed up from underground.

'Therefore, the lower water content of the soil, as compared to the higher water content of the rock fragment, suggests that degassing of the mantle reservoir beneath the Chang'E-5 landing site took place,' the team wrote.

This discovery is consistent with the prolonged volcanic eruptions in the early evolution of the Moon, and also 'provides vital geological context for the analysis of the returned Chang'E-5 samples,' they added.

Previous research by NASA, used a converted Boeing 747 that cruises around the Earth, above the cloud layer at 41,000ft, called Sofia, equipped with sensors that detects a fundamental vibration of molecular water.

The Sofia study found the water molecules in Clavius Crater, one of the largest craters visible from Earth, located in the Moon's southern hemisphere.

By detecting this, it is conclusive and indubitable proof of water on the sunlit surface of the moon, NASA says.

'We had indications that H2O – the familiar water we know – might be present on the sunlit side of the Moon,' said Paul Hertz, director of the Astrophysics Division in the Science Mission Directorate at NASA Headquarters in Washington.

'Now we know it is there. This discovery challenges our understanding of the lunar surface and raises intriguing questions about resources relevant for deep space exploration.'

The discovery means future missions to the moon could be prolonged by making use of these water molecules, which are scattered across the moon.

Astronauts could use the natural resource, which may have arrived via comets or solar winds, and turn it into oxygen or drinking water to sustain a future colony.

Scientists also say the water could be used to make rocket fuel, lightening missions and slashing mission costs to make interplanetary space travel easier and cheaper.

Researchers from the National Space Science Center of CAS, the University of Hawaiʻi at Mānoa, the Shanghai Institute of Technical Physics of CAS and Nanjing University were also involved in the study.

The findings have been published in the journal Science Advances.

NASA will land the first woman and next man on the moon in 2024 as part of the Artemis mission

Artemis was the twin sister of Apollo and goddess of the moon in Greek mythology.

NASA has chosen her to personify its path back to the moon, which will see astronauts return to the lunar surface by 2024 - including the first woman and the next man.

Artemis 1, formerly Exploration Mission-1, is the first in a series of increasingly complex missions that will enable human exploration to the moon and Mars.

Artemis 1 will be the first integrated flight test of NASA’s deep space exploration system: the Orion spacecraft, Space Launch System (SLS) rocket and the ground systems at Kennedy Space Center in Cape Canaveral, Florida.

Artemis 1 will be an uncrewed flight that will provide a foundation for human deep space exploration, and demonstrate our commitment and capability to extend human existence to the moon and beyond.

During this flight, the spacecraft will launch on the most powerful rocket in the world and fly farther than any spacecraft built for humans has ever flown.

It will travel 280,000 miles (450,600 km) from Earth, thousands of miles beyond the moon over the course of about a three-week mission.

Orion will stay in space longer than any ship for astronauts has done without docking to a space station and return home faster and hotter than ever before.

With this first exploration mission, NASA is leading the next steps of human exploration into deep space where astronauts will build and begin testing the systems near the moon needed for lunar surface missions and exploration to other destinations farther from Earth, including Mars.

The will take crew on a different trajectory and test Orion’s critical systems with humans aboard.

Together, Orion, SLS and the ground systems at Kennedy will be able to meet the most challenging crew and cargo mission needs in deep space.

Eventually NASA seeks to establish a sustainable human presence on the moon by 2028 as a result of the Artemis mission.

The space agency hopes this colony will uncover new scientific discoveries, demonstrate new technological advancements and lay the foundation for private companies to build a lunar economy. 

:: 1--22 Harbingers Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wicked Deception & The Unveiling Of The Antichrist

I believe it’s God’s way of warning us; He’s telling us, and the world, that the day of His wrath is rapidly approaching.

Why do I say that? It’s because I believe the Lord is providing foretastes of this coming time of great judgment upon the earth so His saints understand that their time of departure is ever so close, and those outside of Christ are warned that their remaining time on earth is short.

In addition, God is demonstrating that His prophecies concerning the future of this world will happen precisely as predicted. We already see multiple signs of a world headed for the conditions described in Revelation chapters 6 and 13.

2 Thessalonians 2:9-10 recently caught my attention in this regard, particularly the [reference to] wicked deception.

2 Thessalonians 2:9-10 KJV – “Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.”

Although these verses speak to what will happen after the Rapture, such evil deceit already abounds throughout our world. It warns those paying attention that a much greater time of deception lies ahead as this “lawless one” steps onto the world scene. The “wicked deception” that’s already here will grow and someday illuminate the unveiling of the antichrist.

What follows are some of the more prominent lies that continue to gain traction today and thereby signal the lateness of the day in which we live.

The Elite Seek Our Wellbeing

The biggest obstacle that keeps people, even many believers, from recognizing the lateness of the time in which we live is that so many of them attribute benevolent motives to those pushing for a new world order. The suggestion that COVID-19 resulted from the careful planning of the elite more often than not results in scoffing along with charges of being a conspiracy theorist.

How dare anyone think that something that has caused so much suffering and death was intentional and planned in advance?

The evidence, however, confirms that not only did the globalists purposefully release this virus, but they made it more contagious and more deadly before doing so.

In my posts on transhumanism, I provide considerable evidence for the evil motivations behind the release of the virus. In Transhumanism and the Nearness of the Tribulation, I reference an October 2019 film clip where Dr. Fauci and others at the NIH discuss the need for a worldwide virus, perhaps from China, that will enable them to implement their vaccine, apparently already far along in development, right away rather than go through a decade of testing to verify its safety and effectiveness.

Pope Francis, Klaus Schwab at the World Economic Forum, and other globalists paint an idyllic picture of the future they have planned for us. It’s one where everyone is happy because the government takes care of all their needs.

However, their stated goal is to enslave all humanity under a Marxist tyranny where they not only monitor, but control the behavior of everyone on the planet. Their plans eerily track with the words of Revelation 13:16-18 and now, they have both the technology and the means to make it happen.

We Must Fear COVID-19 And Its New Variant, Omicron

The news media, working in sync with the globalists, created a climate of fear across the world when the coronavirus first appeared on the scene and continue to do all they can to keep people masked and afraid. The elite perpetuate evil lies in order to keep the public hooked on their vaccines and future booster shots through which they make billions of dollars.

This past summer, Moderna CEO Stéphane Bancel, jumped into the list of billionaires with a net worth of over 4 billion dollars. Moderna itself is forecast to have revenues exceeding $13 billion in 2021, not bad for a company’s very first marketed product.

If people could sue Moderna for the deaths, permanent disabilities, and severe heart conditions caused by its vaccine, both Moderna and its CEO would both be bankrupt today rather than floating in a sea of money beyond what most can imagine.

The deceitful hype is already underway in regard to the new variant, Omicron. Despite several reports stating that its symptoms are mild, President Biden has already prohibited travel from South Africa, where it first appeared, and Israel recently banned tourism because of it.

An article on Omicron on the World Economic Forum (WEF) website displays the deceit behind the hype regarding this variant. Notice the ominous wording of the paragraph under the heading, “Why are scientists so concerned about Omicron?”

The decision to classify Omicron as a variant of concern was based on evidence presented to the WHO’s Technical Advisory Group on Virus Evolution. This evidence suggested the new variant has several mutations that could impact how easily it spreads, the severity of illness it may cause and, crucially, the effectiveness of existing COVID-19 vaccines.[i]

The article goes on to list many potential dangers regarding Omicron, but always with the caveat that “more research” is needed or that “it will likely take weeks to determine if Omicron causes more severe illness among the general population. ”[ii] In other words, they have no idea how this new variant will affect people, but meanwhile they feel compelled to warn us of dire consequences. It’s called “wicked deception” by any other name.

The World Health Organization (WHO) is also doing its part to generate widespread fear over this new variant, Omicron, that so far has exhibited the mildest of symptoms described as aching muscles, tiredness, and perhaps a cough that lasts a couple days.

Consider the following wording from a Newsmax article regarding the WHO response:

The heavily mutated Omicron coronavirus variant is likely to spread internationally and poses a very high risk of infection surges that could have “severe consequences” in some places, the World Health Organization (WHO) said on Monday. [my emphasis]

No Omicron-linked deaths had yet been reported, though further research was needed to assess its potential to resist vaccines and immunity induced by previous infections, it added.[iii]

Do you recognize the “wicked deception” in these warnings? Even with mild symptoms and no solid data to go on, the elite are already preparing us for the day when they will use Omicron as an excuse for more vaccines and boosters. It also sounds as though it will become the rationale for vaccinating people with natural immunity to COVID-19.

People Need The COVID-19 Injections In Order To Be Safe

What’s the motive behind the fraudulent warnings regarding the Omicron variant? It’s to get more people vaccinated. It furthers the purposes of globalists to keep people in a perpetual panicked frenzy and thereby motivated them to the get the latest vaccines and boosters.

And, despite unsubstantiated fears that this variant will render current vaccines ineffective (hint: they already are), the elite maintain the lie that these injections are not only necessary, but “safe and effective.”

The number of deaths due to the COVID-19 injections will soon reach the twenty thousand mark according to the numbers reported to the U.S. CDC. The number of those permanently disabled in America because of these shots is well over thirty-one thousand with hospitalizations very close to the one hundred thousand mark.

The CDC has received a total of 927,738 reports of adverse reactions to the COVID-19 injections (through November 26, 2021). Typically, at most ten percent of the actual adverse responses to any vaccine are reported to the CDC. These injections are anything but “safe and effective.”

“VigiBase, the World Health Organization’s global database of adverse drug events, lists 121,559 reports of psychiatric disorders following administration of any COVID vaccine.”[iv] These ailments include severe insomnia, anxiety, acute stress disorder, hallucinations, panic attacks, and in fifty-seven cases, suicide.

If You Do What We Say, Life Will Return To Normal

Another great lie that’s prevalent today is this: if everyone receives the COVID-19 injections, life will return to normal. The initial response from President Biden to Omicron mimicked this exact sentiment. He said, “if everyone gets vaccinated, there will be no need for more lockdowns.” (Note: the first person in the U.S. diagnosed with Omicron was fully vaccinated.)

One member of the Biden administration recently said that the supply chain crisis would end if everyone received a vaccination, although the connection between the two is not at all clear.

Apart from a dramatic change of leadership in many governments around the world and among most giant worldwide corporations, life will not return to normal. Without radical changes across the planet in regard to the virus and vaccine mandates, the world will continue its rapid path to the sudden destruction of the day of the Lord (1 Thessalonians 5:1-3).

I say this despite the growing opposition to vaccine mandates around the world. Millions of people in many countries are taking to the streets to protest these mandates being enforced by their governments. In America, tens of millions, at least, say they will never accept the jabs regardless of the consequences. I know of Christians as well as non-Christians who take such a stand.

Despite the growing resistance to vaccine mandates, the “wicked deception” of our day will intensify until the time of the antichrist’s unveiling to the world.

I believe several factors will later overcome the current uprisings across the world and resistance in America:

The Rapture will remove some of this opposition and shock many of those who remain on the earth.

The dire conditions and tremendous loss of life after our departure will open the door for a charismatic leader, especially one that initially offers peace and is ready to solve problems on an international scale.

The coming deception will be much, much worse, and considerably more effective because of Satan’s activity working directly through the antichrist with “signs and wonders” (2 Thessalonians 2:9). After the Rapture and removal of the Restrainer, the devil will have a freer hand at deceiving people than he already has.

I cannot say for sure that the Lord is coming for us this month or even next year, but I believe His appearing is quite close. Could it even happen before Christmas? Yes, but we may very well ring in the new year still looking for Jesus’ appearing.

While we cannot know the day or the hour of Jesus’ imminent return, what we see reminds us of our need to continue relaxing our grasp on the things of this world and to watch as never before for our departure to the place that our Savoir is preparing for us. 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 1-9-22 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – Expect Massive Wealth Destruction: This Epic Global Bubble Might Not Recover Until 2090

January 09, 2022

January 9 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz, Founder of Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): Cervantes famous classic novel Don Quixote can in simple terms be described as a fight for liberty and freedom against oppression and against the state. This book is from 1605 and considered to be one of the best books ever written.

In a mad world, risk doesn’t exist because lunatics neither see, nor worry about risk. And still, 2022 will be more about risk and survival than anything else. So I will obviously talk more about “The Triumph of Survival” which I discussed in a recent piece.

The year 2022 will most likely be the culmination of risk — an epic risk moment in history that very few investors will see until it is too late as they expect to be saved yet another time by the Fed and other central banks.

And why should anyone believe that 2022 will be different from the previous 13 years? Few investors are superstitious and therefore won’t see that 13 spectacular years in stocks and other asset markets might signify an end to the epic super bubble…

The Great Financial Crisis (GFC) in 2006-9 was never repaired. Central bankers and governments patched Humpty up with glue and tape in the form of printed trillions of dollars, euro, yen, etc. But poor Humpty Dumpty was fatally injured and the intensive care he received would only give him a temporary reprieve.

When the GFC started in 2006, global debt was $120 trillion. Today we are at $300t, rising to potentially $3 quadrillion when the debt and derivative bubble first explodes and then implodes as I explained in my previous article.

It is amazing what fake money made of just air can achieve. Even better of course is that the central banks have manipulated interest rates to ZERO or below, which means the debt is issued at zero or even negative cost.


Investors now believe they are in Shangri-La where markets can only go up and they can live in eternal bliss. Few understand that the increase in global debt since 2006 of $180t is what has fueled investment markets.

Just look at these increases in the stock indices since 2008:

Nasdaq up 16X

S&P up 7x

Dow up 6X

And there are of course even more spectacular gains in stocks like Tesla up 352X or Apple up 62X.

This type of gains has very little to do with skillful investment, but mainly to do with a herd that has more money than sense fueled by paper money printed at zero cost.

To call the end of a secular bull market is a mug’s game. And there is nothing that stops this bubble from growing bigger. But we must remember that the bigger it grows, the greater the risk is of it totally wiping out gains not just since 2009 but also since the early 1980s when the current bull market started.

The problem is also that it will be impossible for the majority of investors to get out. Initially they will believe that it is just another correction like in 2020, 2007, 2000, 1987, etc. So greed will stop them from getting out.

But then as the fall continues and fear sets in, investors will set a limit higher up where they intend to get out. And when the market never gets there, the scared investor will continue to set limits that are never reached until the market reaches the bottom 80-95% from the top.

And thus paper fortunes will be wiped out. We must also remember that it can take a painstaking long time before the market recovers to the high in real terms.

As Ray Dalio shows in the chart below, the 1929 high in the Dow was not even recovered in real terms by the mid 1960s. Finally it was surpassed in 2000. This means that it took 70 years to recover in real terms!

So looking at the chart, the market is now at a similar overvalued level it was in 1929, 1972 and 2000.

Thus the risk is as great as at some historical tops in the last 100 years.


How many investors are prepared to take the risk of a 90% fall like in 1929-32, and not recover in real terms until in 2090!

Again, I repeat that this is not a forecast. But it is an epic warning that risk in investment markets are now at a level that investors should avoid.

I fear that sadly very few investors will heed this risk warning.


As the world is being ever more oppressed and controlled by the state, Cervantes’ message in Don Quixote could not be more appropriate.

I am quite convinced that Don Quixote would also have fought against the wokeness that today has become the guideline not only for human behaviour but also for justice.

In the UK this week, a court acquitted four people accused of pulling down a statue of a historical figure who had been a major benefactor of the city of Bristol. Yes, he had made money on the slave trade in the late 1600s but where do we stop rewriting history?

With today’s woke interpretation of history, virtually every historical king, emperor, government leader, general or businessman, to mention a few, should be put on trial even if they are all dead.

For example, Great Britain, France, Spain were all part of invading North America, killing a major part of the Indian population and taking their land. So if we rewrite history, shouldn’t all these Europeans as well as the Africans be pulled out of North America and the land handed bank to the Indians.

The same goes for South America of course. The Spanish and the Portuguese must all return and give the land back.

And where do we stop? We should really go back to the Han Dynasty, the Roman, the Mongol, the Ottoman, Spanish, Russian or British Empires.

Why just deal with the slave trade in Africa when all these empires ransacked and conquered major land areas, took slaves and stole the riches of the countries they invaded. In a woke and fair world, all these actions must be reversed too.

If the world decides to rewrite history, it must be done properly with major restitutions. There must of course be a UN Commission, and EU Commission and many more to deal with this properly.

As Don Quixote said: “Who knows where madness lies”.   EASY MONEY MADNESS

But it is most probably the total Madness in the financial world which will have the biggest effect on the world economy in 2022 and onwards.

As I have pointed out many times, the US has not had a budget surplus since 1930 with the exception of a couple of years in the 1940s and 50s. The Clinton surpluses were fake as debt still increased.

But the money Madness started in the 1970s after Nixon couldn’t make ends meet and closed the gold window. The debt in 1971 was $400 billion. Since then the US debt has grown by an average of 9% per year. This means that the US debt has doubled every 8 years since 1971. We can actually go back 90 years to 1931 and find that US debt since then has doubled every 8.3 years.

What a remarkable record of total mismanagement of the US economy for a century!

The US has not had to build an empire in the conventional way by conquering other countries. Instead the combination of a reserve currency, money printing and a strong military power has given the US global power and a global financial empire.

Even worse, since the sinister coup by private bankers in 1913 to take control of the creation of money, the US Federal debt has gone from $1 billion to almost $30 trillion.

As Mayer Amschel Rothschild poignantly stated in 1838:

Permit me to issue and control the money of a nation and I care not who makes its laws”.

And that is exactly what some powerful bankers and a senator decided on Jekyll Island in 1910 when they decided to take over the US money system through the creation of the Fed which was founded in 1913.

Ever since that time the bankers have helped themselves from the self-filling honeypot.

Controlling the Fed has given the bankers an unlimited supply of money to finance their own activities with virtually unlimited credit. They have used this to acquire assets around the world as well as power. As is the general rule today, debt is never repaid since new debt always makes the old debt insignificant as the currency is constantly debased with all the new money issued.

The debt issued was not only used for the direct financial gain of the bankers. No, debt buys enormous power and by creating money to finance profligate governments, the bankers are also buying power and controlling the politicians.

What a wonderful position as Rothschild made clear almost 200 years ago.


This was the ambitious goal of Don Quixote.

But he didn’t succeed and today’s bankers have a totally different goal which is to make a world of fiat money. And they have been spectacularly successful at it.

But the investors who wish to survive the coming global economic debacle must heed Don Quixote’s words and get out of all paper assets and turn them into physical gold.

Stocks, bonds and property in coming years will lose at least 90% in real terms against gold.

Gold in US dollars started a bull market in 2001 as the chart below shows. Since then, gold is up every year (sideways 2018) until 2021 when we saw a small correction. Gold’s up cycles normally last at least 10 years. This means that the current leg of the bull market in gold should last at least until 2026 and potentially extend beyond that.

As I regularly point out, gold is extremely cheap in relation to the growth in US money supply.

Gold is today as cheap as it was in 1970 at $35 and as cheap as in 2000 at $290.

Thus the upside potential for gold is multiples of the current price, especially since the currency debasement will accelerate due to accelerated money printing.

Gold is the king of wealth preservation and should be held in physical form outside the banking system.

Silver is likely to go up 2-3 times as fast as gold and is therefore a fantastic speculative investment as long as it is held in physical form. The risk of holding paper silver is massive since there is virtually no physical silver available. But due to the volatility of silver, investors should hold a much smaller percentage of their financial assets in silver than in gold.

In summary, 2022 could be the year when investors’ wealth turns into ashes, or for the prudent investor, turns into solid gains in gold and silver…This will link you directly to more fantastic articles from Egon von Greyerz CLICK HERE.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

:: 1--22 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lawlessness Spreading Across the Land

By Hal Lindsey

For several years, we heard that millennials wanted to live in big cities. Sociologists said this trend would change everything. But, as with so many things, 2020 turned that trend on its head. Suddenly, Americans of all ages can’t get to the suburbs and rural areas fast enough. The move to the cities was made possible by dramatically lowering the crime rate in those cities. But now, urban crime is rising so fast it makes your head spin.

A recent article in The Hill said, “An estimated quarter of a million New York residents will move upstate for good, while another 2 million could permanently move out of the state. More than 16,000 New York residents have already relocated to suburban Connecticut. The preliminary figures show New York is also losing citizens to rural New England and Florida in significant numbers.”

The housing boom in San Francisco seems to have finally gone bust—at least for now. Real estate prices there have dropped by more than 50%. It’s still an expensive place to buy a home, but can you imagine how people feel who bought houses in that area only a few months ago?

The crisis in these cities comes in part from the coronavirus. But it is being exacerbated by the rise in violent crime. If you have been a regular viewer of my television programs through the years, you’ve heard me speak many times about the crucial role of the “thin blue line” of police in our communities. That line stands between us and the law of the jungle.

That’s especially true in times of crisis. Yet many cities are defunding, even dismantling their police departments. In New York, they have decided to take a billion dollars out of the police budget. Los Angeles wants to defund police to the tune of 250 million dollars. In Minneapolis, they say they intend to dismantle their police department altogether. That means erasing the thin blue line. You can be sure that the elites in those cities will have all the security they need. But the poor and the middle class will become increasingly vulnerable.

The Bible foretold that the time near the return of Christ would be marked by lawlessness. In Luke 17:26-30, Jesus compared those days to the times of Noah and Lot. Genesis 6:11 tells us that in the time of Noah, “The earth was corrupt in the sight of God, and the earth was filled with violence.”

That sounds like today—rampant violence and corruption. Lot lived in a time and place of violent mobs. In both stories, we see that people lacked empathy, and thought mostly of themselves and their pleasures. Several places in the Bible warn us that the end times will be times of “lawlessness.” That, along with so many other signs, seems to be describing our day.

Along with lawlessness, we’re seeing an assault on the nuclear family. One organization being highly funded by corporate America plainly says on their website, “We disrupt the Western-prescribed nuclear family structure.”

But the family structure is not “Western-prescribed,” it is God-prescribed. It is the foundation of civilization.

Notice how all these things are an attack on civilization itself. The judicial system and police are under fire. The concept of family is under fire. The educational system has been largely co-opted by people who hate God and the things of God. I could go on and on about the God-appointed institutions meant to protect us, that are now under siege.

But if your hope is in Jesus Christ, know that He will never let you down. His promises remain true, even in times of trouble. And He has His people still on this earth for a distinct purpose. He’s not through with us. He’s not through with you! 

:: 1-2-22 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2022: A Prophetic Preview

By Hal Lindsey

The study of Bible prophecy does not make you clairvoyant or a soothsayer. Don’t ask me for stock tips. But I have to admit to one rather astounding truth. I have a supernatural source for understanding the future. So do you. It’s called the Bible.

The Bible does not say if a new pestilence (or plague) will break out in the year 2022. But it does say that as the time of the Lord’s return approaches, pestilences (plural) will increase.

It also speaks of increases in rumors of war and of war itself. In recent months, we’ve seen such rumors like never before. A nation with thousands of nuclear warheads — Russia — now threatens the small nation of Ukraine. That, in turn, threatens the peace of Europe, and perhaps the world.

The nation with the world’s fastest growing military — China — threatens Taiwan and India. That threatens the peace of Asia… and the world. Iran either already has nuclear weapons or soon will, and the religion of its leaders makes them eager for a global conflagration. The press is now reporting what many of us have long suspected — that in response to Iran, Saudi Arabia has been working with China to acquire nukes and the missiles to carry them. And don’t forget that North Korea is again making threatening moves.

Each of these rumors of war fits the specific program of wars laid out in the Bible for the end time.

Jesus told us that the time preceding His return would be a time of lawlessness. Right now, that trend is red hot over most of the world, and it seems certain to get worse in 2022. An especially disturbing aspect of the current climate of lawlessness is how high it reaches. Corrupt governments litter the earth. Across the world, national leaders and prosecutors tend to enforce the law against political opponents, but not against political supporters.

In recent years, global elites have used disasters and the threat of disasters to create a pace of worldwide change never seen before. This change includes a redefining of moral values and even of the definition of truth. Over the past two years, they have primarily used Covid-19. In 2022, they will continue to use fear as the primary driver of change. But as the year goes on, expect them to increasingly shift the focus of our fears more toward climate change.

Disasters (natural and manmade) are a mark of the end time, and we should not be surprised when they increase. The Bible specifically speaks of hyper-inflation and the threat of global economic collapse as we get closer to the Lord’s return. It also speaks of an increase in racial tensions and globalism. The truth is, we see prophecy being fulfilled, or getting ready to be fulfilled, everywhere we look.

That should spur us on to increased efforts in evangelism. We must resolve to make 2022 a year for getting God’s word out to the whole world. And while we faithfully give to missionary causes around the globe, let us also remember our families, neighbors, friends, and local communities. They need the gospel, too.

The tenor of the times should provoke us deeper into the Bible and into prayer. We don’t have time for complacency. Draw close to Him. Follow Him relentlessly. Follow Him in every part of your life.

And be at peace. Thousands of years ago, God told prophets details about the day we live in. Let that give you comfort. He is still in control. Rest in Him and in the infallibility of His promises. 

:: 1-9-22 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Horrific Bronx fire leaves at least 19 dead, dozens more critically injured

By Tina Moore, Ben Kesslen, Steven Vago, C.J. Sullivan, Larry Celona and Reuven Fenton

January 9, 2022 12:12pm Updated

At least 19 people were killed — including nine children — when the city’s deadliest fire in more than 30 years tore through a Bronx apartment high-rise Sunday morning.

Choking, blinding smoke trapped many of the victims of the five-alarm blaze, which was blamed on a malfunctioning space heater turned on to help ward off the cold temps outside, authorities said.

“I heard a lot of kids yelling, ‘Help! Help! Help!’” resident Dilenny Rodriguez, 38, recalled of the screams echoing through her apartment on the ninth floor of the 19-story building at 333 E. 181st St. in Tremont.

It was dark. The smoke was really bad. Those kids crying for help,” the emotional woman said.

The blaze broke out just before 11 a.m. and was knocked down about an hour later — but not before what a shaken Mayor Eric Adams called “a horrific, horrific painful moment for the city of New York.”

A firefighter at the scene told The Post, “There were bodies being carried off every floor.”

In addition to the dead, at least 32 more people sustained life-threatening injuries, officials said.

A witness said mothers were falling to the ground in grief as they watched their children succumb.

We saw moms fainting. They saw their kids dying,’’ said a 13-year-old named Alanny, who spoke to The Post alongside her 27-year-old aunt.

Around 200 FDNY members responded to battle the inferno, which officials say broke out in a duplex apartment spanning the second and third floors when the space heater malfunctioned in a bedroom.

A door left open in the apartment where the fire originated allowed the smoke to spread throughout the building, officials said.

Engine 48 was the first team to respond to the fire but apparently was short-staffed because of the coronavirus.

They only had four firefighters instead of the five they are called for because of people out sick because of COVID,” said the FDNY Uniformed Firefighters Association president Andrew Ansbro, calling the blaze the worst the city has seen since 9/11.

“We feel this is an absolute case where staffing would have made a difference.

“Several of the first engines were in the same situation. If there was adequate staffing, the fire could have been put out faster, and people would have received medical aid sooner,” he said.

FDNY officials denied the assertion, saying responding units were fully staffed at the time.

A resident told The Post that people might not have fled the building quickly enough because the fire alarm frequently goes off, so they may have thought it was just another false alarm this time, too.

“The fire alarm goes off in the hallway all the time, at least twice a week,” said the 18th-floor resident, who asked not to be named. “What do I do when I watch a movie? I put the volume up because it goes off all the time.

“I don’t know if it’s faulty or what it is. … People on the third, fourth, fifth and went about their day until they saw smoke,” he said of Sunday’s blaze.

Fire officials said they would be looking into the fire alarm system.

Among the dead was a 4-year old, according to police sources.

Cristal Diaz, 27, Alanny’s aunt and a resident of the 15th floor, grabbed cousins, her own aunt and dog Fluffy when she realized there was a fire.

“I was drinking coffee in the living room, and I started smelling smoke. We started putting water on towels and the bottom of the door. Everything was crazy,” Diaz said. “We didn’t know what to do. We looked out the windows and saw all the dead bodies they were taking with the blankets.”

Christopher Carrasquilo, 65, who lives next door to the building, ran over to help.

“A little kid was stuck in the elevator. I had to bring him down. It was something like 9/11,” Carrasquilo said with tears in his eyes.

The ages of the deceased have not been released.

The building was home to a large Muslim community.

This is going to be one of the worst fires we have witnessed in the city of New York in modern times,” Adams said from the scene.

In December 2017, 13 people — including a year-old child — were killed when a Bronx apartment building went up in flames.

That fire was the deadliest New York City blaze since 87 people perished in March 1990 in the Happy Land social-club arson attack, which took place less than a mile away.

Among the 63 residents injured, 32 had life-threatening injuries, nine had serious injuries, and 22 were treated for non-life-threatening injuries, Adams said. One FDNY member was also injured and brought to the hospital.

Fire Commissioner Daniel Nigro said at a press conference that the department responded within 3 minutes.

“This smoke extended the entire height of the building, completely unusual,” he said. “Members found victims on every floor in stairwells.

“The door to that apartment was left open, causing the fire to spread and smoke to spread, which is always a problem for us.

“As we see here by the broken windows throughout the building, this fire took its toll on our city.”

Ansbro said the mayor needs to reassess how he is staffing fire stations.

I appreciate the mayor coming to the fire, but he needs to take a good look at staffing levels … Thirty years ago, there were five firefighters in every engine company.”

Adams said on MSNBC that the city has “an excellent system in place to get our apparatus there in the fastest time possible.”

I am extremely encouraged by what I witnessed today,” the new mayor said. “Firefighters, some of them ran out of oxygen — the oxygen out of their tanks — but they still pushed through to rescue and save lives. And I’m extremely proud of the men and women who responded to this fire today.”

Before Sunday, the city’s deadliest blaze in more than a quarter-century killed 13 people in a Bronx apartment building in 2017.


The building, which was constructed under federal guidelines and doesn’t have the same construction code as the city, currently stands as a shell, with windows on multiple floors broken.

Gov. Kathy Hochul, who attended the briefing with Adams and Nigro, said she was “horrified by the devastating fire.”

My heart is with the loved ones of all those we’ve tragically lost, all of those impacted and with our heroic FDNY firefighters,” she wrote on Twitter. 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war,

:: 1-9-22 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kazakhstan unrest: Internet returns to Almaty following a five day outage

Published 13 hours ago

Internet services have returned to Kazakhstan's largest city following a five-day blackout.

Almaty, the country's former capital, has been offline since Wednesday amid a wave of violence in the country.

Almost 8,000 people have been detained throughout the country, the Interior Ministry said on Monday.

The demonstrations, triggered by a rise in fuel prices, turned into the worst unrest the country has seen in its 30 years of independence.

They started on 2 January and grew to reflect discontent at the government and former President Nursultan Nazarbayev, who led Kazakhstan for three decades and is still thought to retain significant influence.

Last week, troops from countries including Russia were sent to Kazakhstan to help restore order.

The presidential statement added that the situation had stabilised, with troops continuing "cleanup" operations and guarding "strategic facilities".

A state of emergency and a nationwide curfew remain in place.

Kazakhstan: The basics

Where is it? Kazakhstan shares borders with Russia to the north and China to the east. It is a huge country the size of Western Europe.

Why does it matter? A former Soviet republic which is mainly Muslim with a large Russian minority, it has vast mineral resources, with 3% of global oil reserves and important coal and gas sectors.

Why is it making the news? Fuel riots, which have escalated to become broader protests against the government, have resulted in resignations at the top and a bloody crackdown on protesters.

In the capital, Nursultan, there are obvious signs that security has been tightened, says the BBC's Steve Rosenberg, with the entrance to the city's Presidential Palace blocked.

There is a growing suggestion, our correspondent adds, that the recent violence is linked to a power struggle within Kazakhstan's ruling elite.

On Sunday evening government officials retracted an earlier statement posted to an officially-run channel on the Telegram social media app alleging that more than 164 people had died during the wave of violence.

The Information Ministry told local media that the statement had been issued in error and was the result of a "technical mistake". Only 44 deaths have been confirmed.

The security forces said they killed rioters in Almaty while trying to restore order and that protesters had tried to take control of police stations in the city.

President Kassym-Jomart Tokayev said "20,000 bandits" had attacked Almaty and that he had told security forces to "fire without warning".

US Secretary of State Antony Blinken on Sunday criticized the president's directive. "The shoot-to-kill order, to the extent it exists, is wrong and should be rescinded," he told ABC News' This Week.

He said the US was also seeking clarification from the Kazakh president on why he had requested the presence of Russian troops.

In another development, neighbouring Kyrgyzstan lodged a protest with the Kazakh ambassador over the detention in Kazakhstan of a Kyrgyz jazz musician, after footage emerged apparently showing him in custody, badly beaten.

Kazakh authorities accuse Vikram Ruzakhunov of participating in the protests, and have paraded him on state television.

On Saturday, Kazakh authorities said the country's former intelligence chief Karim Massimov had been arrested on suspicion of treason. They gave no further details.

Two former deputies to Mr Massimov have also been removed from their posts, the president's office said on Sunday.

Marat Osipov and Daulet Ergozhin had been serving as deputy heads of the country's powerful National Security Committee prior to their removal. Mr Tokayev's office has yet to publicly provide a reason for the sackings. 

:: 1-7-22 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dog Saves Abandoned Newborn Baby, Protecting Her Like One of Her Puppies

International | Micaiah Bilger | Jan 7, 2022 | 5:25PM | New Delhi, India

A dog and her puppies are being credited with helping to save a newborn who was abandoned in a field in India, possibly because she was a girl.

The Epoch Times reports local residents in Chattisgarh, India reported finding the infant while going out into the field to work in late December.

According to Chattisgarh Police, the newborn girl was naked and her umbilical cord was still attached. Local residents said the baby was surrounded by a dog and her litter of puppies, and they believe the animals kept the baby warm by snuggling up against her through the night, the Times reports.

Immediately after discovering the baby, police said the residents contacted local authorities who took her to the hospital. According to police, she appears to be healthy.

Here’s more from the report:

The girl child has been named Akanksha. An investigation is underway, and police are searching for her parents. Senior Indian Police Service officer of Chattisgarh Police Special Director-General RK Vij expressed his shock.

LifeNews is on GETTR. Please follow us for the latest pro-life news

Resident Premnath said it was a “miracle” the baby had survived the night because stray dogs can be vicious.

He said: “They are not parents, they are criminals. It is a miracle only to find a newborn baby surviving when stray dogs are lurking every now and then at the dead of the night.”

It is quite possible that the baby was abandoned because she is a girl.

Sex-selection abortions and infanticide are a major problem in India because of a cultural preference for male children. Some mothers are pressured or forced into aborting their unborn babies because they are girls.

Experts estimate that approximately 46 million girls are missing from the population in India because they were aborted, the New York Post reported recently. 

:: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war,

:: 1-9-22 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

9 Jan, 2022 15:26

HomeRussia & FSU

Russia slams US statements as ‘baby babble’

American comments on Kazakh riots reveal ‘desperation' Moscow warns

US officials don't understand what's happening in Kazakhstan, so instead they resort to platitudes and cliches when discussing the crisis-hit Central Asian country, the Russian Foreign Ministry claimed on Sunday.

American statements on the crisis, which has seen the country gripped by violent protests since the New Year, exhibit “desperation and [a] lack of arguments; or desperation due to lack of arguments,” spokesman Maria Zakharova insisted during her appearance on the ‘Soloviev Live’ channel on YouTube on Saturday.

White House officials become “baffled” when they’re being asked by journalists about the situation in the Central Asian country, she added. “They don’t know what to say. Just look at this baby babble and nonsense that they’re uttering,” Zakharova pointed out.

On Friday, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken suggested that Moscow might have some ulterior motives in leading the peacekeeping effort by the CSTO alliance in Kazakhstan. “I think one lesson in recent history is that once Russians are in your house, it’s sometimes very difficult to get them to leave,” he said. The Russian Foreign Ministry has already slammed Blinken for his controversial claims. “When Americans are in your house, it can be difficult to stay alive, and not to be robbed or raped,” and North American Indians, Koreans, Vietnamese, Iraqis, Syrians, and others can confirm that, it pointed out.

READ MORE: Moscow hits back at Blinken’s 'Russians in your house' comments

Kazakh President Kassym-Jomart Tokayev had asked fellow members of CSTO for help after the worst day of violence on Wednesday, which saw angry crowds storming government buildings in Kazakhstan’s largest city Almaty and elsewhere across the country. Tokayev described the riots, in which some protesters were armed with guns, as an attack by “terrorists,” who had allegedly received training abroad and were assaulting Kazakh statehood.

When asked to comment on this development, White House press secretary Jen Psaki said that “we have questions about the nature of this request and whether it was a legitimate invitation or not. We don’t know at this point.” Zakharova responded in the same interview that the CSTO mission was “an absolutely legitimate reaction to the equally legitimate request by the democratically elected president of Kazakhstan.” The peacekeepers were sent to the country only after all internal means of settling the crisis were exhausted and facts of an “external threat” to Kazakhstan emerged, she said.

The CSTO is a security treaty between six former Soviet states: Armenia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Russia and Tajikistan, It runs along similar lines to the US-led NATO bloc. Azerbaijan was an original member of the organization upon its foundation in 1994, but withdrew in 1999. Kyrgyzstan came close to asking for the deployment of peacekeepers 2010, during clashes between the country’s ethnic Kyrgyz and Uzbek populations, but on that occasion the alliance did not agree to provide military assistance. The deployment of troops from Russia and other CSTO nations to Kazakhstan started on Thursday. Their mission is to guard key infrastructure, leaving it to local security forces to restore order. In the first days of 2022 people took to the streets in the cities of Zhanaozen and Aktau to decry the doubling of the price of liquefied petroleum gas, which had previously been subsidized by the government. Despite the authorities promising to keep the price under control, the protest quickly spread across the country, leaving scores of people dead and injured. 

:: 1-9-22 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


World NewsDesk 09 January 2022 Hits: 25719

An utterly MASSIVE movement of troops and heavy armor is underway from eastern Russia Sunday. At least four gigantic trainloads of armor and two trainloads of troops have departed from the Skovorodino, Amur region and the Amurskaya oblast.

Over a thousand pieces of armor, including tanks, fighting vehicles, armored personnel carriers, and some self-propelled artillery, are on the move from Russia's far east.

And on this train too from Khabarovsk:

What prompted this sudden and utterly gigantic movement of heavy armor is not known. Is it the sudden outburst of troubles in Kazakhstan? Is it the ongoing and worsening troubles in Ukraine? Or it is both?

As of Sunday at 11:58 AM EST, at least four trains, over a mile long each, are now on the move from eastern Russia toward the west.

This comes as US Secretary of State Antony Blinken said on TV today he does not expect any positive outcomes from the US/Russia meeting tomorrow in Geneva. That meeting was called to address what ussia calls it's Security concerns" given NATO's expansion. (Story Here)

It also comes after the sudden outbreak of armed hostilities in Kazakhstan, which shares a border with Russia. The sudden and violent hostilities were initially said to be over increases in the price of fuel, but protest rallies saw private cars pull up, the trunks opened, and dozens of machine guns taken from the trunks and given to "protesters." (What grassroots protest have You ever seen where people are being handed machine guns and ammunition?)

The long land border with Russia, and the fact that the Russian space program is based in Kazakhstan, make the happenings there a national security concern for Russia.

Also, the ongoing troubles with NATO buildup in Ukraine are becoming more likely to go to actual war, as NATO continues its expansion right up to Russia's front porch. (Story HERE)

This movement of heavy armor from Russia's far east is a sign that things are getting very much worse between Russia and the West.

It is no longer unthinkable that there may be ground war in Europe, and also no longer unthinkable that the continental USA might be hit if war breaks out with Russia.


:: 1-9-22 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Only Hours After US-Russia Preliminary Talks, News Goes From Bad to Worse: Russia Says May Deploy Intermediate Range Nukes in Europe

World NewsDesk 09 January 2022 Hits: 18938

Russia said late Sunday-into-Monday it may be forced to deploy intermediate-range nuclear missiles in Kaliningrad in response to NATO apparent plans for Russia. That would put nuclear missiles within just five to ten minutes flight time of almost all European Capitals.

Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov raised the risk of a new arms build-up on the continent, just hours after US Secretary of State Antony Blinken seemed to deliberately sabotage the scheduled talks by saying on U.S. television, "the US will continue arming Ukraine" with lethal weapons.

Later Sunday night, in an interview with Russia's RIA news agency, Ryabkov said lack of a diplomatic solution would lead Russia to respond in a military way, with military technology. "It will be a confrontation, this will be the next round," he said, referring to the potential deployment by Russia.

According to Wikipedia, "An intermediate-range ballistic missile (IRBM) is a ballistic missile with a range of 500–5,500 km (310–3,418 miles), between a medium-range ballistic missile (MRBM) and an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM).

So, for instance, if Russia were to deploy such missiles, in Kaliningrad, they would need only fly about

1,169 miles to London

1,135 Miles to Paris

1,925 miles to Madrid

The map below may prove helpful:

EVERY other European Capital city, and ALL the top population centers in EVERY European country, would then be well in-range of this new missile deployment. No one in Europe would feel safe.

Yet, that is the precise point Russia has been trying to make to NATO and to the West. NATO activities have Russia feeling unsafe. Russia wants to address this concern Diplomatically and responsibly. Instead, the West is resorting to bellicose rhetoric about "Russian aggression" all the while it continues to build new bases, and install new missiles, all around Russia.

Said one Russian Diplomatic Staffer, who asked to remain anonymous, "It's sort of like a guy who screams "help, police" while he's the one punching someone else in the face. They're screaming ""Russia bad"" while THEY are building new military bases and missile launchers around OUR country!"

Intermediate-range nuclear weapons - those with a range of 500 to 5,500 km (310 to 3,400 miles) - were banned in Europe under a 1987 treaty between then-Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev and U.S. President Ronald Reagan. But the US withdrew from the Treaty in 2019.

Ryabkov repeated a comparison he made last week between the current tensions and the Cuban missile crisis of 1962, which brought the United States and Soviet Union to the brink of nuclear war.

Ryabkov said there were "indirect indications" that NATO was moving closer to re-deploying intermediate-range missiles, including its restoration last month of the 56th Artillery Command which operated nuclear-capable Pershing missiles during the Cold War.

The Hal Turner Radio Show covered that development in our November 13 story HERE wherein NATO almost gleefully announced this would put hypersonic nukes within range of Moscow.

Ryabkov said Russia had a "complete lack of trust" in NATO.

"They don't permit themselves to do anything that could somehow increase our security - they believe they can act as they need, to their advantage, and we simply have to swallow all this and deal with it. This is not going to continue." 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 1-5-22 Technocracy News & Trends :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stigmatizing The Unvaccinated: Human Today, Not Human Tomorrow

Posted By: Patrick Wood January 5, 2022

Governments are intensifying their vitriol against the unvaccinated. Trudeau (Canada) says they shouldn’t be tolerated. Macron (France) says he’s “really going to piss them off”. Germany says they are “not human.” Biden (US) says they are the pandemic. If not reversed soon, such rhetoric can easily lead to mass bloodshed. ⁃ TN Editor


> In a horrifying altercation, a German police officer denounced the humanity of the unvaccinated. This is but one sign that mass formation psychosis is at work

> “Mass formation psychosis” is the explanation for how the Germans accepted the atrocities by the Nazi party in the 1930s, and it’s the explanation for why so many around the world support medical apartheid and the dehumanization of the unvaccinated now

> The stigmatization of the unvaxxed is all the more irrational when you consider that the COVID shot doesn’t prevent infection or spread of the virus. “Fully vaxxed” individuals are just as infectious and “dangerous” as the unjabbed

> While high-level officials continue to use the term “pandemic of the unvaccinated,” suggesting the COVID-jabbed play no role in the epidemiology of COVID-19, there’s ample evidence that the “fully vaccinated” have a relevant role in transmission and outbreaks

> For example, in Massachusetts, 469 new COVID-19 cases were identified during July 2021. Of those, 346 (74%) were either fully or partially jabbed, and 274 (79%) were symptomatic. This proves the COVID jabs cannot end the pandemic, and may in fact be preventing it from dying out naturally You know you’ve entered a twilight zone of insanity when a police officer tells you you’re a criminal simply because you’re unvaccinated. That’s exactly what happened the other day in Germany. The police officer insisted the unvaccinated man was “a murderer” because he “might infect someone,” and that he’s “not a human.”

The bizarre altercation was posted on Twitter December 12, 2021, (see above). In response, the unvaccinated man tells the cop he’s the one who has “lost all humanity.” Indeed. Who thought we’d ever see the day when individuals are marked as “murderers” and “not human” based on vaccination status alone?

It’s beyond irrational. But then again, insanity does not obey reason, and according to professor Mattias Desmet, a Belgian psychologist, the world has indeed been hypnotized into a state of mass psychosis.1

“Mass formation psychosis” is the explanation for how the Germans accepted the atrocities by the Nazi party in the 1930s, and it’s the explanation for why so many around the world support medical apartheid and the dehumanization of the unvaccinated now.

The stigmatization and dehumanization of the unvaxxed is all the more irrational when you consider that the COVID shot doesn’t prevent infection or spread of the virus. Those who have received one, two or even three doses are STILL contracting the infection, and at ever-increasing rates, and are spreading it to vaxxed and unvaxxed alike.

Outbreaks among “fully vaccinated” populations, isolated on cruise ships, for example, have occurred on several occasions, proving the shots fail to prevent outbreaks. The COVID-jabbed are clearly just as “dangerous” and likely to “kill” their fellow man as those who are unjabbed.

When either decision — the decision to get the jab or decline it — results in you posing the exact same level of risk to others, how can anyone say that one is more dangerous than the other? Anyone still capable of clear, level-headed thinking will see that it doesn’t add up.

Unfortunately, most countries are experiencing a mass delusional psychosis. They have been manipulated into believing highly irrational absurdities. The same psychological operation was at work in the 1930s, when Jews, the old and infirm, and the mentally and physically handicapped were dehumanized and blamed as carriers of disease and other social ills.

In the short video above, Auschwitz survivor Marian Turski, now 94 years old, describes the incremental dehumanization and ostracizing that took place in Nazi Germany, ultimately ending in the Holocaust. Now, we stand before the same fork in the road yet again. Many, like the German police officer, are choosing the well-trodden road of repeated history.

Stigmatizing Unvaccinated Is Unjustified

November 20, 2021, The Lancet published a letter by Gunter Kampf, titled “COVID-19: Stigmatizing the Unvaccinated Is Not Justified.”2 “In the USA and Germany, high-level officials have used the term pandemic of the unvaccinated, suggesting that people who have been vaccinated are not relevant in the epidemiology of COVID-19,” Kampf writes.

However, he adds, “There is increasing evidence that vaccinated individuals continue to have a relevant role in transmission.” He goes on to cite statistics from Massachusetts, where 469 new COVID-19 cases were identified during July 2021. Of those, 346 (74%) were either fully or partially jabbed, and 274 (79%) were symptomatic.

The cycle threshold values used during PCR testing were also similarly low regardless of COVID jab status (median 22.8 cycles, which minimizes the risk of false positive results), “indicating a high viral load even among people who were fully vaccinated,” Kampf notes. These data are clear evidence that the COVID jabs cannot end the pandemic, and may in fact be preventing it from dying out naturally. Kampf continues:3

“In the USA, a total of 10,262 COVID-19 cases were reported in vaccinated people by April 30, 2021, of whom 2725 (26.6%) were asymptomatic, 995 (9.7%) were hospitalized, and 160 (1.6%) died. In Germany, 55.4% of symptomatic COVID-19 cases in patients aged 60 years or older were in fully vaccinated individuals, and this proportion is increasing each week.

In Münster, Germany, new cases of COVID-19 occurred in at least 85 (22%) of 380 people who were fully vaccinated or who had recovered from COVID-19 and who attended a nightclub.

People who are vaccinated have a lower risk of severe disease but are still a relevant part of the pandemic. It is therefore wrong and dangerous to speak of a pandemic of the unvaccinated.

Historically, both the USA and Germany have engendered negative experiences by stigmatizing parts of the population for their skin color or religion.

I call on high-level officials and scientists to stop the inappropriate stigmatization of unvaccinated people, who include our patients, colleagues, and other fellow citizens, and to put extra effort into bringing society together.”

Human Today, Not Human Tomorrow

It’s important to realize you cannot comply your way out of this tyranny. If you choose to get the COVID shot because you don’t want to be stigmatized, there can be no end to your compliance to future boosters, no matter what the cost to you or your family.

In short order — a handful of months at mostyou will suddenly and arbitrarily be deemed an unvaccinated menace to society again, even though you’ve already had one, two or three kill shots.

None of that will matter. You get no brownie points for past compliance. At six months past your second or third dose, your status will go from green to red, from human to not human, literally overnight. You’re “unvaccinated” again, until or unless you get another booster. This cycle will continue until you’re dead. Are you game? Is that how you want to spend the rest of your life?

COVID Shots Keep the ‘Pandemic’ Going

More than 80 studies have confirmed that natural immunity to COVID-19 is equal or superior to what you get from the jab.4 This conforms to well-established medical science, so it’s no surprise. It’s as it should be.

But for the first time in modern medical history, natural immunity is being portrayed as having no benefit whatsoever. Even worse, those with natural immunity are being labeled as dangerous and are shunned and even fired from their jobs for failing to get a shot.

Only the jabbed are protected and can protect others, health authorities now claim — even though it’s those with natural immunity who are most protected and don’t pose a risk to others.

The reality and truth, though, is that natural immunity is long-lasting, protects against all variants and will not contribute to the creation of variants. The same cannot be said for the COVID jab. We now have clear evidence the shots offer, at most, six months’ worth of protection, after which the relative risk reduction drops to zero.

As just one example among many, a Swedish study5 published October 25, 2021, found that while the jabs initially lowered the risk of hospitalization, their effectiveness rapidly waned.

The Pfizer jab went from 92% effectiveness at Day 15 through 30, to 47% at Day 121 through 180, and zero from Day 201 onward.

The Moderna shot had a similar trajectory, being estimated at 59% from Day 181 onward.

The AstraZeneca injection had a lower effectiveness out of the gate, waned faster than the mRNA shots, and had no detectable effectiveness as of Day 121.

This and other studies showing waning immunity were discussed in a December 9, 2021, New England Journal of Medicine interview.6 As noted in that interview, the Delta variant, which is significantly different from the initial SARS-CoV-2 strain, can infect fully jabbed individuals, and its ability to do so increases over time, as the effectiveness of the shot rapidly wanes.

Aside from waning efficacy, the fact that the virus is mutating within “vaccinated” populations also forces it to develop the capacity to circumvent the COVID jab. In short, the deck is stacked against those who rely on the COVID shot to protect them. In the long term, it’s a hopeless situation, as we cannot inoculate our way out of an endemic with a product that doesn’t prevent infection and spread!

Sadly, NEJM, rather than promoting science, toes the line of the official mainstream narrative and suggest boosters are the answer. They should know better, which raises suspicions that conflicts of interest likely impact their clinical judgment.7

Lindsey Baden, one of the interviewees, has received grants from the National Institutes of Health, the Gates Foundation and the Wellcome Trust — three institutions that more or less openly support medical tyranny and totalitarian rule by a biosecurity-based police state.

The Gravity of Our Situation

In the video above, Dr. Chris Martenson interviews Desmet about the gravity of our situation, seeing how it’s rooted in a grossly self-destructive psychiatric condition — and one that permits totalitarianism to flourish.

According to Desmet, the mass formation psychosis now appears so widespread that global totalitarianism may be unavoidable. He believes it’ll take over, as we’re seeing in a number of countries already.

The German police officer denouncing the humanity of the unvaccinated is a shining example of the brainwashing propaganda that supports and strengthens the totalitarian state, and allows inconceivable atrocities to be committed in broad daylight. The question is, what can we do to limit the damage?

First and foremost, we must continue to provide true and accurate information to counter the false narratives. Some who aren’t yet fully hypnotized may still be routed back to sanity. Speaking out can also help to limit the atrocities the totalitarian regime is emboldened to implement, because in totalitarianism, atrocities and crimes against humanity increase as dissent decreases.

We can also substitute fear of the virus narratives with narratives that highlight an even greater fear — fear of totalitarianism. That’s a far greater threat to you and your children, by far. Try to appeal to people’s memory. Remind them of the freedoms they grew up with. Do they really want to be responsible for leaving their children with zero freedom to think and act for themselves?

Also, join with other dissenters into larger groups. This gives the larger majority who aren’t fully hypnotized but too fearful to go against the grain an alternative to going along with the totalitarians.

Lastly, start building parallel structures within your local communities that address the four underlying conditions that allowed mass formation psychosis to develop in the first place, namely poor social bonding, lack of meaning in life, free-floating anxiety and discontent, and free-floating frustration and aggression.

A parallel structure is any kind of business, organization, technology, movement or creative pursuit that fits within a totalitarian society while being morally outside of it. Once enough parallel structures are created, a parallel culture is born that functions as a sanctuary of sanity within the totalitarian world.

By rebuilding society, starting locally, into one where people feel connected and valued, the foundational psychological conditions for totalitarianism are undermined and ultimately eliminated. That’s the grand challenge facing all of us.

Sources and References

1 YouTube Mattias Desmet on Our Grave Situation December 2, 2021

2, 3 The Lancet November 20, 2021; 398(10314): 1871

4 The Burning Platform October 21, 2021

5 Lancet Preprints October 25, 2021

6 NEJM 2021; 385:e99

7 NEJM Conflict of Interest Statements 

:: 1-9-22 Twitchy :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How does that humble pie taste? ‘Triple-jabbed’ Geraldo Rivera shocked he has COVID, trips SPECTACULARLY over his HATEFUL tweets about the unvaccinated

Posted at 11:15 am on January 09, 2022 by Sam Janney

Geraldo Rivera is ‘astounded’ he has COVID since he is triply jabbed. Not only fully vaccinated BUT he has the booster.

Still caught it.

Remember when Biden was telling Americans the vaccine would keep people from catching COVID? Good times.

Shocked and embarrassed.

Looking at these tweets, he should be.

I have zero tolerance for anti-Vaxxers. Most of all, I detest vaccinated d*ck heads who urge the unvaccinated to fight for their freedom … ‘

‘It’s a pandemic of the UNVACCINATED.’

‘99% getting sick are UNVACCINATED.’

Think Geraldo will learn anything? Yeah … us either. 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 1-9-22 News Thud :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

No supply chain CRISIS? Tell that to THESE EMPTY SHELVES, Joe. #BareShelvesBiden

written by J.C McCallum January 9, 2022

Folks on Sunday are once again sharing photos of the empty shelves around their towns and across the country. It’s something of a tradition each week now, since Biden has continued to say there’s problem despite our own eyes seeing it every week.

Like all the other actual problems that face Americans every day, Biden has chosen to ignore this in favor of progressive politics, pursuing legislation allowing Democrats to tamper with elections and getting rid of the filibuster, not to mention continuing hints at packing the court, passing massive spending bills, and naming anything and everything “infrastructure” to get away with it.

Oh and labeling anything they don’t like an “insurrection.”

But the shelves ARE continuing to be quick to empty and slow to refill everywhere.

Yeah there are a LOT more.

But remember, the media is supporting Biden’s claim there’s no such thing. That’s because we live in a propaganda state. As you know.

Scribe Note: To view the Photos click the article link below.


:: 1-9-22 NC Renegades :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We Have Less Than Two Weeks to Finalize Preparation

Posted on January 9, 2022 by DRenegade

I do not know how better to emphasize the points other than to be direct and brutally honest. Sometimes you just have to call the baby ugly. The window to prepare for the incoming crisis of our lifetime is now down to two weeks. Hopefully, that is specific enough.

Adding to the supply chain and inflation crisis, in about a week the vaccine mandate and subsequent commercial passport means 30,000 cross border truckers are about to get shut down from operating between the United States and Canada.

“70% of the 700 billion in trade between Canada and the US is moved by truck. This will have a dramatic effect on supplies and services reaching their destination and getting in the hands of those who need them. One needs to look no further than the recent UK fuel shortage, where the military had to be brought in to deliver fuel as a result of a lack of truck drivers. We are already seeing shortages, if these shortages reach critical levels on items such as fuel, food, blood, medicine or medical supplies, we will see real long-lasting damage.”

~ Mike Milliam, President of the Private Motor Truck Council of Canada

As noted by those following the issue(s) closely: “Starting January 15th, 2022, truckers must show a proof of vaccine to cross the Canada/US borders. Since March 2020, drivers were considered “essential”. They could cross the border without a covid test or the vaccine. Under Biden/Trudeau administration, this is about to change”: 

:: 1--22 The Great Recession Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump’s Vaccine Support May Cost Him Victory in 2024

Former supporters of Donald Trump who are virulently anti-vax are furious at the ex-president’s stance, and are vowing to support rival Republicans in the race to be the party’s candidate in two years’ time.

Trump’s most ardent supporters are turning against him, publicly ripping into him since he voiced his wholehearted approval of Covid vaccines.

During an appearance at a Bill O’Reilly ‘History Tour’ event in Dallas, the former president claimed success in expediting the creation of Covid vaccines through Operation Warp Speed, a program he created that provided billions of dollars in government funding and cut the drug’s approval time down from the usual six or seven years to one.

“We did something that was historic,” Trump boasted before the crowd. “We got a vaccine done.” When he later admitted he had not only been vaccinated twice, but had got a booster, he was booed by some of his erstwhile supporters.

While Trump tried to play down the booing as representing only a “very tiny number,” O’Reilly reported that the former president called him after the event, and needed consoling.

“I said ‘This is good for you, this is good that people see another side of you, not a political side,’” the former Fox News anchor said. “‘You told the truth, you believe in the vax, your administration did it, and you should take credit for it…’”

Then Trump gave a softball interview to Candace Owens, which he used to double down on his support for vaccines in what appeared to be an attempt to persuade his supporters to go along with him on the issue and credit him for the success of the immunization campaign. READ MORE: We Americans are now in a cold civil war

The vaccine is one of the greatest achievements of mankind… I came up with a vaccine – with three vaccines – all are very, very good. The vaccines work,” he pleaded. “The ones that get very sick and go to the hospital are the ones that don’t take their vaccine… If you take the vaccine you’re protected. Look, the results of the vaccine are very good, and if you do get [Covid], it’s a very minor form. People aren’t dying when they take the vaccine.”

Trump concluded by claiming, “I’m a big fan of the vaccine. I’m not going to give that up. That’s a great achievement… Millions and millions of lives I’ve saved.”

His repeated advocacy for the vaccine was way too much for one of his longtime and most ardent supporters, the controversial right-wing radio show host Alex Jones. Jones, who has repeatedly claimed the vaccines are killing people, became so enraged over Trump’s interviews that he posted an “emergency Christmas Day warning” stating that Trump is either “completely ignorant” or is “one of the most evil men who has ever lived.”

From there, Jones produced another show to say, “This is the end of civilization… You are literally worshiping Fauci, Trump… Hell, we’re fighting Bill Gates and Fauci and Biden and the New World Order and Psaki and the Davos group… and now we’ve got Trump on their team…! I’m done with Trump… he’s just totally destroyed himself with this. Trump could have been the champion, but in my view we just need to move on.”

Candace Owens was only a little less aggressive, saying that Trump was old, ignorant about vaccines, and not well read:READ MORE: The sinister legacy of January 6

Jones then interviewed another Trump supporter, friend and Mar-a-Lago invitee Wayne Allyn Root, who called for an “intervention” because Trump was suffering from “total delusion.” Root said he would recommend to Trump that he make a quick pivot to focusing against the mandates and drop his positive claims for the vaccines. To this, Jones responded, “Give him a little bit of a pivot to say, ‘Hey we were scared. We didn’t know. We rammed it through…’ We even gave him the nuanced way to get out of it, and he didn’t do it. That’s why I’m starting to see red here… CNN is praising Trump right now. This is not good.”

Root, who claims to be a campaign specialist, warned that, if Trump keeps this up, he would be “committing political suicide because when you side with Democrats on key issues that anger your Republican base, you lose the base, but you don’t gain one Democrat vote… He runs for election. He doesn’t get one Democrat vote… and he loses a third of the base, and he loses a close race for re-election.”

“You’re dead on,” replied Jones, who played a significant role in getting Trump elected in 2016. “I’ve never heard such truth.”

Because Trump didn’t go with the suggested pivot, Jones really unleashed on him on his next show, claiming that “he doesn’t know what’s going on” and “when you think he’s playing 4-D chess, and he’s going to save you, he’s not… He doesn’t know what he’s doing, and he’s surrounded by bad advisers.”

Jones yelled about how “incompetent” Trump was and ultimately threatened to dish all the dirt he knows about the “pathetic” ex-president if he didn’t change his position. Jones sounded like he knows where some of the bodies are buried. etc. etc

Trump’s Vaccine Support May Cost Him Victory in 2024

In yet another show in what is developing like a campaign against Trump, Jones also brought on Alison Steinberg, formerly a major Trump MAGA cheerleader, who was one at the Capitol on January 6. Steinberg is now filled with fire when she says “F*** Donald Trump.” She says she doesn’t see how Trump could have a heart and still continue down the vaccine path he is on, claims he’s a liar, and complains about the “5-D chess” scenarios her fellow Trump supporters deploy to rationalize all of the times Trump looks like he’s strayed from his base or his promises. “There is no denying that what he is doing is evil,” she says. “It’s time to stop trusting the plan,” she says to Trump followers. It’s time to wake the F*** up because nobody is coming to save you.

etc. etc.

Until now, many Trump supporters have been willing to ignore his role in rushing the vaccines into being. “We’ve made excuses for him for a long time,” says Steinberg. One of her other complaints is that Trump has betrayed his base by not backing the people who went to the Capitol to support him in January.

“I have been such a huge supporter of Trump all the time, and I’ve really wanted to give him the benefit of the doubt… but now he’s sitting there continuously backing Big Pharma, and continuously begging for the attention of his supporters and wanting all this credit for something we know is evil… More people need to… wake up to the fact that he is not actually on our side anymoreWhat about all those January 6 political prisoners? Where is he on that? We came there in support of him… and he won’t even help us out… There’s people rotting away in prison, and he has no comment on that.”READ MORE: Segregation returns to American schools

As a result, she sees MAGA as becoming “divided” against each other and Trump. Another major Trump January 6 supporter, Ali Alexander, shared her anger. “Remember when Trump said you would be playing right into the Democrats’ hands by mocking the rushed, ineffective shot?” Alexander wrote on Telegram. “Yeah, Joe Biden praises him and his booster shot. Trump, stop. Just stop.”

One group decided to test Trump’s repeated apparent opposition to President Biden making vaccines mandatory by turning up to eat at Trump Grill in New York and found it “a little hypocritical” for the restaurant to turn them away for not being vaccinated.

Until these incidents, polls for the Republican primaries for 2024 showed Trump with a healthy lead to be the party’s presidential candidate again. The question is whether his support for the vaccines will cost him sufficient votes to allow another hopeful – such as Florida Governor Ron DeSantis to overtake him.

Trojan Trump?

Before Trump even began his term as president, I wrote a series of articles asking (at the cost of readership) if Trump was a Trojan horse for the establishment. I pointed out that it did not appear from the cabinet he was assembling that Trump had any intention of draining the swamp. If he did, it looked more like he was draining it right into the White House basement where all the staffers work, while placing the worst creatures from the Black Lagoon in higher offices around himself.

I pointed out through that series of articles, which detailed Trump’s leadership picks, that you would never put those people in charge of top positions if you had any idea what it really took to drain the swamp or any intention of trying to drain the swamp. Even Trump should have been able to see that many of the creatures he put in charge from Goldman Sachs and other old-money banks would NEVER drain the swamp. They ARE the swamp.

And what did I get for trying to forewarn Trump’s supporters about what was coming? I got told I’m just a Libtard who just couldn’t see that Trump was playing 4D chess by holding his enemies closer so he could round them all up and take them down. Uh huh. Now some of his biggest cheerleaders are saying the 4D chess excuse was just a means people used to rationalize the cognitive dissonance they were experiencing between the hope they were promised and what they were actually getting. Hope dies hard; so, as 4D got harder to believe over time, it evolved into claims of 40D chess, which meant only the Great Pumpkin, himself, was capable of understanding what he was doing. That was supposedly why none of his followers could explain how stuffing the White House with swam creatures was going to take out the swamp.

All the time, what Trump was really doing was keeping the swamp in all the deep power positions of all branches of government, just as he later placed the medical establishment in charge of government during the COVID pandemic, creating vast wealth for Big Pharma corporations on the government dole. He also ensconced his own unqualified family members in the White House while taking out Steve Bannon and others like him that the liberal Kushner Klan objected to who might have actually helped take down the swamp.

As Alison Steinberg seems to be saying, Trump’s actual 4D chess may have been in playing his supporters to convince them for four years that what looked like he was placing the swamp in full power (because he actually was) was really just his covert way of disabling the swamp (which, of course, never happened). It’s called the “long con” — convince them they are helping take down the status quo, when they are actually empowering him to keep the military powers that be and banking powers and Big Pharma powers and all other large corporate powers fully in power, and giving them massive tax breaks, and even using the COVID crisis government created to give them huge corporate bailouts/welfare, his corporations included. He is doing the same thing in the aftermath of the January 6 rally as he holds more rallies to raise money for his legal defense. If he really cared about his supporters, why are none of the multi-millions he is raising going to the legal defense of his many January-6 supporters who are now “rotting in prison,” as Steinberg bemoans.

The rest of the Trump anti-establishment story that played out in his feuds with the mainstream press was a Roman arena act for the masses on television, Trump’s home turf. All to keep the increasingly disaffected and disquieted Right calm while he put the swamp in charge for yet another round right in plain sight. It worked because people trusted him because they needed a champion, and he sounded like their best hope. He said the things they wanted to hope for and spoke like the common man.

I pointed out how he was doing nothing to drain the swamp back them, but I didn’t do it to diminish Trump. I did it in hopes that his supporters would see that he was putting the swamp in full power all over again and would seriously hold his feet to the fire on his promise to drain it. Because Trump does thrive on the public adulation of his supporters, his narcissism could cause him to move in the direction it takes to maintain their lavish praise and cheers, but only if they very obviously remove their praise and support when he is clearly going the wrong way or not delivering what he promised.

This article was originally published on 

:: 1-10-22 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tyranny. What Will Be Our Solution? Either We Fight and Possibly Die, or We Die at the Hands of These Tyrants.

Posted on January 10, 2022 by Wes Rhinier

I haven’t written an article in a while and I apologize for that. I’ve had a lot going on personally and have been frustrated beyond belief. Seems every time I sit down to write, some news breaks and just ruins my train of thought.

Ecclesiastes 1:18 For in much wisdom is much grief: and he that increaseth knowledge increaseth sorrow.

I’ve done my best trying to educate friends and family. Seems I’m crazy, until I’m not. I’ve had some heartbreak lately with people being affected by the jab. Not much I can do about that. They made their choice. I just pray that things will be ok even though I know it’s a long shot. Seems this jab is starting to ramp up in its death march.

Then my mother decided to have at me again yesterday. Long story short she basically wants me to agree to disagree, her words, and accept her insanity so that she can see me. I told her yet again that I have never worn mask, never social distanced, will never take the death shot, and according to people like her I should be dead. I haven’t had so much as a cold in these two years. I told her I felt sorry for her and the decisions she had made, but I would continue to fight and live for freedom, screw her safety concerns.

The other issue that hit me last week, is that my employer said that they needed everyone’s vax status and cards to be put into their personnel file. Seems they are preparing to uphold Brandon’s illegal vax mandate for employment. We’ll see what the Supreme Court has to say today. I won’t be holding my breath. Honestly I kind of hope the Supreme Court upholds the mandates. We are after all a lawless nation. It just might be what our side needs to get motivated. If these unconstitutional mandates are upheld, well my future becomes a little clearer. I really have never expected any favorable rulings or legislation out of DC for some time now. Will people fight? That is the question.

Now we have Washington state proposing Australia style internment camps and laws that would allow them to round up the unvaccinated. Shocking? Nah. To be expected while living under tyranny and communism. What will the people of Washington state do if such laws are passed? Funny how they only try this kind of stuff in the Democrat strongholds.

I don’t know what else there is to say on the evil and tyranny that we are faced with at this point in our History. People seem to have lost their collective minds and insanity seems to rule the day. I’m confronted with it on a daily basis now. Everywhere you look strange and evil things are happening, yet we wait. We are now living under tyranny, yet we wait.

Why can’t we band together and fight against this tyranny we are faced with? Our founding fathers were much better men than we are. They sacrificed everything for the cause of Freedom. We seem to think someone is going to come in and save us. Are we better men than our founders? Hardly. Don’t give me the excuse of our government is too big and too powerful, we can’t fight against that. Tell that to the Afghanis, Iraqis, or the Vietnamese, etc.

None of this ends well. What the hell has happened to the American People? I am floored at the lack of concern by everything that is going on. All I’ve been hearing lately is about the Red Wave that is coming in the mid-terms. People are going to vote more harder. Come on. Really? That is our solution? That is how we’ll fight and win against this tyranny? They stole our country from us and we have done nothing. They have held political prisoners for a year now, and we have done nothing. I am only one man. While I am willing, I am not going to throw down alone. It seems many are not willing to stand. Life is still comfortable. Seems we are going to wait for it to come to our door. That will be too late, and then all that prepping will have been for naught. It appears there is never quite enough Tyranny.

Our world forever changed back in January of 2020. TPTB unleashed their evil plan and they have no intention of stopping. Nobody wants what is coming. Nobody wants to possibly die fighting. But we are at War and we haven’t even joined the battle yet. We didn’t stand up when the whole world watched as our country was stolen. Will we stand now as they try to exterminate the vast majority of us with their poisonous jab and their unconstitutional mandates? 80+ million could be affected by the Supreme Court today. The thing is, even if it goes our way, it’s just temporary. We’ll keep trudging along until the next red line that seems to forever be moving.

I really don’t know what else to say. It’s sad that it has come to this in America, but here we are. As I’ve stated before, nothing is going to stop it now except the elimination of either us Purebloods, or them. So we have a choice, either we fight and possibly die, or we die at the hands of these tyrants.  Either way I feel I will die fighting this tyranny one way or another.


[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 1-3-22 The Charlotte Observer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

74.5 inches of snow? Multiple weather records smashed at one Alaska national park

By Mark Price Updated January 03, 2022 9:49 AM

The treacherous weather being reported across the nation may pale in comparison to what’s happening at one Alaska national park, where just over 6 feet of snow fell in December.

Denali National Park got an average of 2.5 inches a day — for 29 days, the National Park Service says.

That’s a lot, even by Alaska’s hefty standards.

Just over 74 inches of snow fell at the park Dec. 1-29, “making this the snowiest December on record.” Most of it (54.8 inches) came Dec. 23-29, the park said.

“Sixty inches (five feet) of snow were on the ground on December 29th, which sets a new record for highest snow depth,” the park wrote Dec. 31 on Facebook. 

[ :: 12-31-12/1-1-13 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. the cost of things, because they have gone over the cliff, shall skyrocket and taxes, taxes, it shall be like in the days of old when everyone will have to bring their taxes in and they will be condemned and judged if they do not. Oh the things that are going to take place now, the things that you haven’t even thought of, the things that you haven’t been aware of, but I have told you, I have warned you. I have tried to prepare you that you would be totally ready, that you wouldn’t have to run real fast to make up time, but that you would be walking right by my side. etc..

:: 1-3-22 US News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

$29,000 for an Average Used Car? Would-Be Buyers Are Aghast

Prices for used cars are soaring so high, so fast, that buyers are being increasingly priced out of the market.

By Associated Press Jan. 3, 2022 By TOM KRISHER, AP Auto Writer

DETROIT (AP) — A couple of months ago, a woman paid a visit to Jeff Schrier's used car lot in Omaha, Nebraska. She was on a tight budget, she said, and was desperate for a vehicle to commute to work.

She was shown three cars priced at her limit, roughly $7,500. Schrier said the woman was stunned.

"'That's what I get for $7,500? ‘" he recalled her saying. The vehicles had far more age or mileage on them than she had expected for something to replace a car that had been totaled in a crash.

The woman eventually settled on a 2013 Toyota Scion with a whopping 160,000 miles on it. Schrier isn’t sure he made any profit on the deal. "We just helped her out," he said.

Political Cartoons

As prices for used vehicles blow past any seemingly rational level, it is the kind of scenario playing out at many auto dealerships across the country. Prices have soared so high, so fast, that buyers are being increasingly priced out of the market.

Consider that the average price of a used vehicle in the United States in November, according to, was $29,011 — a dizzying 39% more than just 12 months earlier. And for the first time that anyone can recall, more than half of America's households have less income than is considered necessary to buy the average-priced used vehicle.

The days when just about anyone with a steady income could wander onto an auto lot and snag a reliable late-model car or buy their kid's first vehicle for a few thousand dollars have essentially vanished.

I’ve never seen anything remotely close to this — it’s craziness,” said Schrier, who has been selling autos for 35 years. “It’s quite frustrating for so many people right now.”

When the government reported that consumer inflation rocketed 6.8% in the 12 months that ended in November — the sharpest jump in nearly 40 years — the biggest factor, apart from energy, was used vehicles. And while the rate of increase is slowing, most experts say the inflated vehicle prices aren't likely to ease for the foreseeable future.

The blame can be traced directly to the pandemic's eruption in March of last year. Auto plants suspended production to try to slow the virus’ spread. As sales of new vehicles sank, fewer people traded in used cars and trucks. At the same time, demand for laptops and monitors from people stuck at home led semiconductor makers to shift production from autos, which depend on such chips, to consumer electronics.

When a swifter-than-expected economic rebound boosted demand for vehicles, auto plants tried to restore full production. But chip makers couldn’t respond fast enough. And rental car companies and other fleet buyers, unable to acquire new vehicles, stopped off-loading older ones, thereby compounding the shortage of used vehicles.

Bleak as the market is for used-car buyers, the computer chip shortage has also driven new-vehicle prices higher. The average new vehicle, says, is edging toward $46,000.

Even so, prices of used cars are likely to edge closer to new ones. Since the pandemic started, used vehicle prices have jumped 42% — more than double the increase for new ones. Last month, the average used vehicle price was 63% of the average new vehicle cost. Before the pandemic, it was 54%.

At this point, Schrier has to tell lower-income buyers that he has very few used vehicles to sell them.

What used to be a $5,000 car," he said, “is now $8,000. What used to be $8,000 is now $11,000 or $12,000.”

Including taxes, fees, a 10% down payment, and an interest rate of around 7.5%, the average used vehicle now costs $520 a month, even when financed for the average of nearly six years, Edmunds calculated.

Ivan Drury, a senior manager at Edmunds, said that while he doesn’t track used vehicle prices relative to household income, he thinks November marked a record “in the worst way possible for affordability.”

Monthly payments for the average used vehicle, he noted, were $413 two years ago, $382 five years ago and $365 a decade ago. The November average payment of $500-plus for a used vehicle, Drury said, is about the average that was needed five years ago for a brand-new vehicle.

Used vehicle prices are so high that Karl Hogan of Canonsburg, Pennsylvania, near Pittsburgh, was able last month to quickly sell his 2007 Toyota Tacoma small pickup truck, with more than 170,000 miles on it. Even with the vehicle's age and mileage, a man from Ohio forked over $6,500 for it.

Hogan didn’t have to budge from the asking price. When some would-be buyers offered him less money, he told them: “I’ve got 12 other guys behind you.”

A week before the sale, when he bought his new Tacoma, Hogan had been on the other side of the equation. The dealer wouldn’t budge from his $38,000 sticker price.

“If I didn’t take it," Hogan said, "there were three people waiting. I couldn’t get any off, but I wanted a new truck.”

David Paris, a senior manager at J.D. Power, noted that used vehicle prices are directly tied to the cost of new ones. Though some automakers report that the computer chip supply is gradually improving, prices paid by dealers at used vehicle auctions kept rising through November, Paris said.

We’re not seeing any softening in prices, which is extremely rare for this time of the year,” he said.

New vehicle dealers have about 1 million vehicles available nationally — scarcely one-third of the normal supply, Paris said. And the vast majority have already been sold.

Given pent-up demand from consumers, prices for new vehicles are expected to remain historically high until the supply returns to around 2 million or 2.5 million and automakers resume discounting, which could take well into 2023. Once new vehicle prices do ease, the pressure on used-vehicle prices would eventually follow.

Yet even after that, the availability of vehicles will be tight because traditional sources of used vehicles — autos turned in from leases and trade-ins or sold by rental companies — have essentially dried up.

For the past decade, cars returning from two- and three-year leases were a leading source of almost-new used vehicles. But that was when more than one-third of U.S. new vehicle sales were leases, a figure now down to 22%, said Edmunds’ Drury. Because there aren’t many new autos, people with expiring leases are often buying those cars once their leases end.

Rental companies, another key source of late-model used cars, can’t buy new ones now and are holding the ones they have. Some rental companies are even buying used vehicles. Given all those factors, Paris expects the shortage of used cars to worsen through 2024.

Among the few consumers who stand to benefit are those who want to sell a used car and don't necessarily need to replace it. The average trade-in value in October, Paris said, was $9,000 — twice what it was a year earlier.

But for people who have no vehicles to trade in and only modest incomes, the options are few to none. J.D. Power’s Paris says that if they can afford it, buyers should consider a new vehicle. He recently managed to get a couple thousand dollars whacked off the sticker price on a new Ram pickup, though he had to travel from the Washington, D.C., area to Philadelphia to reach a willing dealer he had located by searching internet forums.

If you look hard enough and are willing to wait and travel," he said, “you can find deals across most brands.” 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 1-2-22 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Information Battle Of 2022 Will Be The War For What Is Left Of America As Big Tech Starts The Year Off With A Devious New Mass Censorship Campaign Targeting Your Health Freedom

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 2, 2022

The image above underscores the danger of big tech and MSM's refusal to allow any opinion other than their own narrative to be discussed, debated, searched for or shared, with social media terminating or suspending accounts with claims of "misinformation," to articles and data that later the MSM and social media are forced to acknowledge were truths.

What was called misinformation or disinformation just a year ago, considered "conspiracies," have been proven true, which brings us to the new mass censorship push by big tech and social media, where phone services are editing out the links of certain Independent Media sites from their text messages, social media is once again terminating accounts of politicians on the right, online pay services are once again cutting off websites from using their services, and the biggest names in tech and largest search engine is deliberately under-ranking anything that questions the official narrative of the day or week, and removing their ads from dozens of articles and pages they claim are dangerous, derogatory or harmful because they discuss issues they don't want people to see.

We'll be discussing all of the above as we show why 2022 will be the defining year of the information war and the critical importance of not only Independent Media, but even more importantly, Independent Media readers.


A quick note on censorship because there is a difference between banning/blocking people for their opinion or political ideology, and doing so because they deliberately violated terms of services.

Example: Twitter, you cannot threaten to shoot up a school or business and still keep your account, because part of their terms of service explicitly forbid it and the same goes with threatening harm to other people. With that said, when an account is terminated without violating clear guidelines, that is censorship.

Recently Joe Rogan interviewed Dr. Robert Malone, who is is an innovator in the mRNA vaccine technology used in COVID vaccines, where they discussed a number of false assertions by the CDC, MSM, and Biden regime, as well as the term "mass information psychosis."

Dr. Malone was banned from Twitter, a day before filming that interview.

Dr. Robert Malone played a key role in the invention of the mRNA vaccine, the type of vaccine that is being administered to many Americans in an effort to stave off COVID-19. Malone has often been critical of the use of the vaccines, as well those in the media and government who support them.

He shared a great deal of research on his Twitter account, which had more than half a million followers.

“We all knew it would happen eventually,” Malone said on his Substack. “Today it did. Over a half million followers gone in a blink of an eye. That means I must have been on the mark, so to speak. Over the target. It also means we lost a critical component in our fight to stop these vaccines being mandated for children and to stop the corruption in our governments, as well as the medical-industrial complex and pharmaceutical industries.”

After the interview, search engine users, of the world's largest search engine, Goggle (Yes, that was on purpose) noticed and captured on video, the real-time censorship of the term "mass information psychosis," used by Malone in the Rogan interview.

The video of the censorship is shown over at Twitchy in a piece titled "Just. WOW –> We are witnessing Google’s real-time censorship of the term ‘mass information psychosis’ as mentioned by Dr. Robert Malone (watch THIS!)."

The person that shared the video, shared it on Twitter with the message " We are witnessing Google’s real-time censorship of the term “mass formation psychosis” as mentioned by @RWMaloneMD on @joerogan podcast. Don’t let them get away with it! Listen to the episode for yourself."

In the spirit of fighting this information battle, we agree with the suggestion to listen to the episode for yourself, which is why it is shown directly below.

January 2, 2022

The Information Battle Of 2022 Will Be The War For What Is Left Of America As Big Tech Starts The Year Off With A Devious New Mass Censorship Campaign Targeting Your Health Freedom

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

The image above underscores the danger of big tech and MSM's refusal to allow any opinion other than their own narrative to be discussed, debated, searched for or shared, with social media terminating or suspending accounts with claims of "misinformation," to articles and data that later the MSM and social media are forced to acknowledge were truths.

What was called misinformation or disinformation just a year ago, considered "conspiracies," have been proven true, which brings us to the new mass censorship push by big tech and social media, where phone services are editing out the links of certain Independent Media sites from their text messages, social media is once again terminating accounts of politicians on the right, online pay services are once again cutting off websites from using their services, and the biggest names in tech and largest search engine is deliberately under-ranking anything that questions the official narrative of the day or week, and removing their ads from dozens of articles and pages they claim are dangerous, derogatory or harmful because they discuss issues they don't want people to see.

We'll be discussing all of the above as we show why 2022 will be the defining year of the information war and the critical importance of not only Independent Media, but even more importantly, Independent Media readers.


A quick note on censorship because there is a difference between banning/blocking people for their opinion or political ideology, and doing so because they deliberately violated terms of services.

Example: Twitter, you cannot threaten to shoot up a school or business and still keep your account, because part of their terms of service explicitly forbid it and the same goes with threatening harm to other people. With that said, when an account is terminated without violating clear guidelines, that is censorship.

Recently Joe Rogan interviewed Dr. Robert Malone, who is is an innovator in the mRNA vaccine technology used in COVID vaccines, where they discussed a number of false assertions by the CDC, MSM, and Biden regime, as well as the term "mass information psychosis."

Dr. Malone was banned from Twitter, a day before filming that interview.

Dr. Robert Malone played a key role in the invention of the mRNA vaccine, the type of vaccine that is being administered to many Americans in an effort to stave off COVID-19. Malone has often been critical of the use of the vaccines, as well those in the media and government who support them.

He shared a great deal of research on his Twitter account, which had more than half a million followers.

“We all knew it would happen eventually,” Malone said on his Substack. “Today it did. Over a half million followers gone in a blink of an eye. That means I must have been on the mark, so to speak. Over the target. It also means we lost a critical component in our fight to stop these vaccines being mandated for children and to stop the corruption in our governments, as well as the medical-industrial complex and pharmaceutical industries.”

After the interview, search engine users, of the world's largest search engine, Goggle (Yes, that was on purpose) noticed and captured on video, the real-time censorship of the term "mass information psychosis," used by Malone in the Rogan interview.

The video of the censorship is shown over at Twitchy in a piece titled "Just. WOW –> We are witnessing Google’s real-time censorship of the term ‘mass information psychosis’ as mentioned by Dr. Robert Malone (watch THIS!)."

The person that shared the video, shared it on Twitter with the message " We are witnessing Google’s real-time censorship of the term “mass formation psychosis” as mentioned by @RWMaloneMD on @joerogan podcast. Don’t let them get away with it! Listen to the episode for yourself."

In the spirit of fighting this information battle, we agree with the suggestion to listen to the episode for yourself, which is why it is shown directly below.

Note: Notice the use of the Rumble version of the interview. Two different versions of the YouTube version were removed, so we didn't want to chance the removal before folks got to see it.

Since we are talking about this particular big tech company, please note the screen shot below, from ANP's main page, which lists the titles of the latest articles from news and alternative news, some hot news around the web, and a list of top websites. No actual articles are published on that page, just the headlines, and as can be seen by the huge blank space at the top, and two on the sidebar, those pages have been demonetized, meaning no ads allowed from that ad service.

(ANP FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running a fundraising drive until we catch up on expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

As of this mornings "violation" report, 54 pages, including the main page, are listed as either dangerous and derogatory, or unreliable and harmful claims."

Moving along because there are a number of very disturbing things happening over the course of the last week, and we want to touch on as many as we can.


On December 31, 2021, the conservative, pro-Trump website (as described by GP), was terminated from using P*yPal, without having violated any of their terms of service or guidelines.

They also banned GP's personal account and store account.

GP was also banned from Goggle ads a couple of months ago.

That announcement by Gateway Pundit, came with a concluding message:

Yesterday it was Laura Loomer.

Before that, it was Alex Jones.

Today it’s Gateway Pundit.

Who’s next?

When do they come for you?

Today we see that GP has been informed, with firsthand accounts and screenshots, showing that T-Mobile is removing Gateway Pundit links from their text message service. In other words, if a T-Mobile user tries to share a GP story, the link is removed, and if someone using a different service tries sharing a GP link with a T-Mobile users, the link is also removed.


With the 2022 mid-terms in November, big tech and social media are doing their damnedest to shut down debate regarding COVID, and Twitter has now permanently banned the personal account of Republican representative Marjorie Taylor Greene, claiming she was spreading Covid misinformation."

I refer you to the image at the top of this article showing that in less than a year, things the media, the Biden regime, big tech and social media had falsely claimed were hoaxes, or misinformation is now publicly acknowledged as truth.

Twitter is an enemy to America and can’t handle the truth,” the congresswoman said. She went on to say she’ll show America that “we don’t need them and it’s time to defeat our enemies.”

“They can’t successfully complete a Communist revolution when people tell the truth,” she said, adding that “Communist Democrats can’t stop the truth.”

I stand with the truth and the people. We will overcome!” she declared.

While many might think there is no way to get the truth out there with all the different types of censorship we are seeing, that is untrue, which is highlighted in "hit pieces" by the liberal MSM, against Independent Media that they cannot control, block, terminate or cancel.


The New Yorker is apparently upset that Former Secret Service agent and current website and radio host, Don Bongino has created an infrastructure that prevents the media and big tech censors from cancelling him.

Writer Glenn Greenwald, a liberal, but one that stands against censorship and media lies, highlighted two specific portions of the Atlantic hit piece on Bongino, that was written by a CNN contributor.

Heh. Bongino doesn't hold back.

You can read the entire Greenwald Twitter thread here at Twitchy.

The far left liberal website Mother Jones, a site that pushed the false Russia collision hoax with the debunked Steel Dossier relentlessly, is upset that the conservative short video publisher, Prager U, is a "right-wing YouTube empire that's quietly turning millennials into conservatives."

People turned to the New York Times and the Washington Post, Fox News, and even the Constitution for answers. But few sources were as widely consulted as “Do You Understand the Electoral College?” a five-minute video hosted by retired lawyer and television pundit Tara Ross. Her genial lecture, illustrated with colorful cartoons and pop-up text—”pure democracies do not work”—can be found at Prager University, an online video portal curated by the conservative talk-radio host Dennis Prager. The Electoral College video had about 850,000 views before the election, says Allen Estrin, Prager’s producer and consigliere. “Two weeks later, it had 50 million.”

Then you have the following which clearly shows why Mother Jones hates Prager U with a passion. They debunk all the Democrats' Holy Grail narratives with simple, short, memorable videos.

At PragerU, police are not biased against black men, and man-made climate change is debatable. You’ll find takes on animal rights (against), the $15 minimum wage (against), the gender wage gap (doesn’t exist), and why the South turned Republican (nothing to do with race). Prager has hosted a few dozen videos himself, including “Just Say ‘Merry Christmas,'” his take on the “war on Christmas” genre, and “He Wants You,” an apologia for men who ogle women. He personally approves every item, edits every script, and courts “faculty,” including heavy hitters such as Dinesh D’Souza, Steve Forbes, and former White House press secretary Dana Perino. Some presenters, like Harvard Law professor Alan Dershowitz, are credentialed. Others, like comedian Adam Carolla, merely speak with the confidence of people who are.

The piece reads like it is... a triggered writer upset that Millennials are hearing opinions different than far left liberal ideology, as evidenced by the following paragraph.

These instincts—Prager the Genial Radio Host and Prager the Gloomy Prophet—merge in PragerU, whose videos are too gentle in tone for the Infowars crowd and too conservative for committed liberals. Rather, they are engineered to sway those in the mushy middle, especially young people trying to figure out what they stand for. Prager’s radio show has about 2 million weekly listeners (to Rush Limbaugh’s 14 million), but PragerU’s appeal goes well beyond the graying talk-radio audience. More than 60 percent of its viewers are younger than 35, according to YouTube analytics.

The piece also highlights the reach of Prager U videos and political ideologies from their Facebook group with 2.8 million followers and other methods.

Prager U is yet another Independent and conservative group that has built an ecosystem preventing liberals from cancelling them.


This category isn't about donating to Independent Media websites, although I assure you, ANP and others appreciate those donations more than we can express.

Independent Media readers can do what they did in 2016 to bypass the censorship, the cancellation of their favorite websites, by sharing with friends and family via email, social media for those that still have it, visiting websites like Rumble and others that allow open and free debate as long as the clear terms of service are not violated, such as violence, threats and child porn, just to show some examples of content that is illegal and truly dangerous.

Text an article to your contact list, share in comment sections or chat forums, and things like that which helps spread the truth despite big tech, MSM, and social media best efforts to stop the flow of information that doesn't fit with their preferred narrative.

The bottom line here is the renewed and expanded methods of censorship of conservative though is not enough to prevent liberal media from panicking over the fact that they cannot control Independent Media. They cannot force us to push their narrative.

Most importantly, they cannot drive us away from the information battle. 

:: 1-2-22 SkyWatch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Second Coming of Saturn Part 15: Babel and Ezekiel’s Wheel

January 2, 2022 by Derek Gilbert

Enlil was the chief god of Mesopotamia for more than a thousand years. As noted earlier, his “reign” began with the rise of the Akkadian empire in the twenty-fourth century BC. But if we look farther back in history, to the end of the Uruk Period around 3100 BC, we may find another hint at this god’s arrogance and a very clear message from God that he will not be allowed out of the abyss before the appointed time.

I described earlier the effort by Nimrod, who was the Sumerian king Enmerkar, to expand the temple of the god Enki, the E-abzu (“House of the Abyss”), to serve as “an abode of the gods.”[1] This temple, commonly called the Tower of Babel, was not at Babylon, despite the similarity between the names. The temple was, in fact, located at an ancient city called Eridu.

This isn’t as odd as it might seem. The name “Babylon” was used for other Mesopotamian cities, including Eridu.[2] The ziggurat at Eridu is the oldest and, had it been completed, would have been the largest in all of Mesopotamia, a description that’s consistent with the little we know about the career and ambition of Nimrod. It also fits with archaeology of the fourth millennium BC, which, as we noted in an earlier chapter, was when the city of Uruk (biblical Erech), was, with Babel, the “beginning of his kingdom.”[3]

In the late 1940s, archaeologists working at the site of Eridu, Tell Abu Shahrain in southeast Iraq, made a fascinating discovery. As builders worked on the new and improved E-abzu, the construction project was suddenly and inexplicably interrupted:

The Uruk Period…appears to have been brought to a conclusion by no less an event than the total abandonment of the site…. In what appears to have been an almost incredibly short time, drifting sand had filled the deserted buildings of the temple-complex and obliterated all traces of the once prosperous little community.[4]

If you’re familiar with the story of the Tower of Babel, then you don’t need me to tell you that the discovery of the archaeologists tracks with the account in the book of Genesis:

Come, let us go down and there confuse their language, so that they may not understand one another’s speech.” So the Lord dispersed them from there over the face of all the earth, and they left off building the city. (Genesis 11:7–8, emphasis added)

The Uruk period ended around 3100 BC, after which the influence of Nimrod’s city faded and power was shared with other Sumerian cities such as Ur, Lagash, Kish, and Umma.

Here’s the reason for circling back to the account of the temple to Enki, who’s often depicted as a rival to Enlil in Mesopotamian myths: It’s generally accepted that the name “Babelderives from the Akkadian words bab ilû, typically translated “god-gate” or “gate of the gods.” While this is speculative, let me suggest a new idea: It’s possible that bab ilû meant “gate of ‘the’ god,” Enlil. Perhaps Nimrod’s expansion of the “House of the Abyss” was intended to serve as a portal to contact Enlil in the abzu, similar to the use of the abi to reach Kumarbi at Urkesh. Or, since the poem Enmerkar and the Lord of Aratta describes the rebuilt E-abzu as an “abode of the gods,” maybe it was Nimrod’s hope that the Tower of Babel would allow Enlil/Kumarbi/Shemihazah to return from the abyss.

Again, this is speculation. There is no evidence from the historic period that Enlil was ever worshiped at Eridu. However, the Tower of Babel incident occurred during the Uruk period, before the invention of writing. Is it possible that part of the story was lost or forgotten before Enmerkar and the Lord of Aratta was written on clay? We’ll never know, but it’s worth considering—especially since we’re fairly sure, thanks to the evidence from ancient Urkesh, that Enlil was worshiped by the Hurrians in northern Mesopotamia (as Kumarbi) when Nimrod broke ground at Eridu.

It is certain that God took this entity seriously. Jesus specifically declared His divinity at Hermon, the mountain sacred to this entity, by choosing it as the Mount of the Transfiguration. But six hundred years earlier, God revealed His glory to Ezekiel at another place that is just as significant:

In the thirtieth year, in the fourth month, on the fifth day of the month, as I was among the exiles by the Chebar canal, the heavens were opened, and I saw visions of God. On the fifth day of the month (it was the fifth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin), the word of the Lord came to Ezekiel the priest, the son of Buzi, in the land of the Chaldeans by the Chebar canal, and the hand of the Lord was upon him there. (Ezekiel 1:1–3)

This is Ezekiel’s famous vision of the cherubim and the “wheel within a wheel” that has so deluded the UFO community into believing that God is a space traveler. This has been sufficiently addressed elsewhere; suffice it to say that Ezekiel’s readers knew that what he saw was a royal throne and its supernatural guardians, not a spacecraft.

God revealed His throne room to Ezekiel directly above the temple of Enlil!

The important point for us here is a geographic detail that was so important Ezekiel included it twice: He was “by the Chebar canal.” Scholars used to connect the Chebar to the Hubur, a river that in Mesopotamian cosmology was similar to the Styx—the river one crossed to reach the netherworld. That idea has been discarded and it’s now accepted that the Chebar canal was the Naru Kabari, which is today a dry riverbed called the Shatt en-Nil. Here’s the important bit: Back in the day, it flowed right through the center of Nippur.[5]

Please take a moment to get your head around that: God revealed Himself to Ezekiel in all of His glory right over the temple of the chief god of Mesopotamia! This was no more a coincidence than Jesus climbing Mount Hermon for the Transfiguration. In fact, this was so important to Ezekiel that he reminded his readers four more times (in chapters 3, 10, and 43) of the vision of glory he’d seen “by the Chebar canal.

Before we leave this chapter, I must call your attention to one more reference in the Bible clearly directed at this ancient enemy of God:

Then he said to me, “This is the word of the Lord to Zerubbabel: Not by might, nor by power, but by my Spirit, says the Lord of hosts. Who are you, O great mountain? Before Zerubbabel you shall become a plain. And he shall bring forward the top stone amid shouts of ‘Grace, grace to it!’” (Zechariah 4:6–7, emphasis added)

Because you’re paying attention, you spotted the reference to the “great mountain” right away. Bible commentators usually take this as a metaphor for a difficult task, like the one that faced Zerubbabel—rebuilding the Temple. That analysis is too naturalistic. It completely misses the reference to a pagan deity who was well known, especially to Jews who’d been oppressed by invaders from Mesopotamia—first the Assyrians, and then the Chaldeans from Babylon—for about two hundred years by the time of Zechariah and Zerubbabel.

Zechariah’s ministry began around 520 BC,[6] no more than seventy-five years after Ezekiel’s vision of God’s throne room above the city of Nippur. Zechariah was privileged to hear God literally mock Enlil in the abyss! The Lord’s message to the fallen Watcher was blunt: “My people will rebuild My house on My mountain. You, ‘O Great Mountain,’ are no mountain at all.”

The sarcasm comes through loud and clear twenty-five hundred years later.

It’s also worth noting that the Sumerian word usually translated “mountain,” kur, has a dual meaning. It means “mountain,” yes, but the Sumerians had another word that meant “mountain” and only “mountain.” Kur meant “mountain,” and it also meant “netherworld,” a cognate for the Akkadian word erṣetu,[7] which is a match for the Hebrew eretz.

In other words, Enlil, the “Great Mountain,” was appropriately titled, since “Great Mountain,” in Sumerian, can also mean “Great Below” or “Great Netherworld.” In fact, by the time of the Exodus, Enlil was listed among the “former deities” in Hittite religious texts that summoned deities from the underworld. By the time of Saul and David in Israel, Mesopotamians believed Enlil was a permanent resident of the Great Below (note: “Illil,” from il-ilû, is an alternate form of Enlil):

Illil’s fall into the underworld is recorded in first millennium texts which explain the mythical background of some cultic rites. A text from Nineveh, SAA III 37 (pp. 92–95), concerns some rituals in Marduk’s temple Esagil in Babylon. It alludes to some divine beings who “set up a clamor against Illil and Anu, poured out their sheen on them, […] broke their [win]gs and [cast them down] into the Abyss.”[8]

Like his other identities, El and Kumarbi, and others we’ll discuss in upcoming chapters, Enlil had a firm connection to the land of the dead by the time of Isaiah, Ezekiel, and Zechariah.

Peter and Jude tell us that he and his colleagues, the angels who sinned, will remain in the kur—the netherworld—until the time of the end. Their release is described in chapter 9 of the Book of Revelation, and we’ll discuss that in an upcoming article.

Next: Lord of the Corpse


[1] Gilbert and Gilbert (2019), op. cit., pp. 190–192.

[2] Stephanie Dalley, “Babylon as a Name for Other Cities Including Nineveh.” In R. Biggs, J. Meyers & M. Roth (Eds.), Proceedings of the 51st Rencontre Assyriologique Internationale (Chicago: The University of Chicago, 2008), pp. 25–26.

[3] Genesis 10:10.

[4] Fuʼād Safar, Seton Lloyd, Muhammad ʻAlī Muṣṭafá & Muʼassasah al-ʻĀmmah lil-Āthār wa-al-Turāth, Eridu(Baghdad: Republic of Iraq, Ministry of Culture and Information, State Organization of Antiquites and Heritage, 1981), p. 46.

[5] Leonard W. King, A History of Sumer and Akkad (London: Chatto and Windus, 1910), p. 9.

[6]“Zechariah 1:1.” Faithlife Study Bible (Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016).

[7] Scott B. Noegel, “God of Heaven and Sheol: The ‘Unearthing’ of Creation.” Hebrew Studies, Vol. 58 (2017), p. 121.

[8] William R. Gallagher, “On the Identity of Hêlēl Ben Šaḥar of Is. 14:12–15.” UF 26 (1994), pp. 140–141. 

[ :: 5-13-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Pray about the earthquakes, the tornadoes, the hurricanes, pray about the hail, the snowstorms, the blizzards, pray concerning these things.  For the enemy is moving mightily in different areas to cause the price in your grocery stores to skyrocket and if you don’t pray this will affect you. etc.

:: 1-3-22 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Walls Creaked, Buildings Shook": Magnitude 6.2 Earthquake Hits Off The Coast Of Taiwan

by Tyler Durden Monday, Jan 03, 2022 - 07:11 AM

A magnitude 6.2 earthquake hit moments ago 64 km east of Hualien City, Taiwan, according to data from the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Earthquake Hazards Program.

The earthquake shook buildings in Taipei and across "much of the northern part of the island", AP reported early on Monday morning.

"Walls creaked as office buildings shook in Taipei, the capital. Lights swayed and mirrors and pictures fell to the floor," the report said.

The country's Central Weather Bureau said there were no immediate reports of damage, according to NDTV citing AFP. The CWB said the magnitude was 6.0 and that it occurred at a depth of 19 km.

However, USGS data from says that the origin of the quake was at a depth of 28.7km and that the magnitude was 6.2. The USGS reported that losses are expected to be low.

Here are additional details from the USGS on the quake:

The quake took place during Taipei's rush hour commute Monday evening, about 5:46pm local time.

"The shaking lasted for a good 20 seconds with the ground moving left and right," an AFP reporter stationed in Taipei said. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 1-2-22 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“No One Has Ever Complied Their Way Out of Totalitarianism – This Is the Hill We Need to Die On” – Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. Releases New Year’s Statement

By Jim Hoft Published January 2, 2022 at 9:30pm  1682 Comments

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. is quickly becoming one of the most important voices of our time. He continues to fearlessly call out the tyranny that is ripping apart the fabric of our country.

On Sunday Kennedy released a call to action for 2022.

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.: I’m going to tell you these three things that you need to remember in this critical day and age.

1.) Once government acquires a power, it never lets it go voluntarily.

2.) Every power that government acquires, using this pandemic as a pretense, it will ultimately abuse to the maximum effect possible. This is a rule that is as certain as gravity.

3.) Nobody has ever complied their way out of totalitarianism. Every time you comply the demands will get greater and greater.

We need to resolve here and now that this is the hill we need to die on. They have come for our jobs, they have come for our transport, now they’re coming for our children. We have an obligation as parents to protect them. There has never been a government in history that has told its people, we are going to demand children sacrifice and take risks to save old people. It’s always the other way around. The old, the mature, the adults, always put themselves at risk to protect their children. This is an ethical issue. It’s a moral issue. It’s an issue of character for each of us. And it’s an issue about democracy and public health. 

:: 1-2-22 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Just Like Soviet Russia: T-Mobile Is Erasing Links to Gateway Pundit Articles if You Send Them by Text Message — MORE UPDATES…

By Jim Hoft Published January 2, 2022 at 8:25am

Joseph Stalin and the Soviet Communists were known for their airbrushing. If a top official lost favor with Stalin they were eliminated and airbrushed from society as if they never existed.

Who would have ever thought this practice would come to our shores one day?

On the last day of 2021, The Gateway Pundit and Jim Hoft were banned from Paypal without warning.

Now, we learned the tech giants are using a frightening new method to censor and control what you are able to see, read and discuss online.

Gateway Pundit reader “Mark from Louisiana” sent us this email on Friday:

Hi. I live in Louisiana but I have a 949 area code phone from when I lived in California. When I try sending a text with your website link in it, the link does not go through to my friends and family. My sister is in the 225 area code and she can send the link to me without it being blocked. Just thought I would let you know. Thanks. Mark

We asked Mark to send us more information and this is what he sent back.

Hi Jim. In one of the screenshots you can see where my sister tried to send me your website link four times but I never got it. The other two screenshots it shows me sending a link to one of your articles, that’s the one with the picture of the fox in it. In the other screenshot from my sister it shows that she never received the link. The text message it still has the fox in it. I hope this helps. But what I realized is it’s actually just my boost T-Mobile carrier that’s blocking your links. I have a friend in the 949 area code and he was able to send it to his wife, however, I can only receive it in a group text. Let me know if you have any more questions. Thanks. Mark.

Here is a screengrab of the text message Mark sent to his sister.

And here is what she received. The Gateway Pundit link has been “disappeared.”

This was not an isolated case. We have received dozens of these emails this weekend.

The Gateway Pundit is one of the top 250 websites in the country in 2021. We had over 900,000,000 million page views in 2021. TGP continually offers breaking news and our reporting is second to none. As the mainstream media continues to shovel out their lies and refuses to report the truth, The Gateway Pundit continues to grow year after year. Because of this, they hate us and do EVERYTHING possible to destroy us. This weekend Paypal shut down our accounts without warning.

And now T-Mobile is disappearing our links. You cannot send our links through T-mobile. They will disappear them. Your friends will not even know that you sent them a Gateway Pundit article.

If only there was an opposition party in America to confront this madness.

We have several more examples like the one above. We will post them later.

From reader Tina:

This is very true. I just tested it. I have been a T-Mobile customer since 2004 but I will find a new carrier. Possiibly freedom phone.

From reader Scott:

I am on the Sprint network and have to get a new phone to transition to the T-Mobile network. But the phone I texted recently went on the T-Mobile network; we live in the 757 area code in Virginia. And as you can see the link I sent to the article did not go through. It should be there right before the text that did which just said Test.

Hey, don’t know if this is anything but I was attempting to share links of a few stories you’ve posted via TEXT to my friend. None of them went through to her. So, we tried different stories they posted just fine via text. JUST Gateways story links aren’t going through.

I have T-mobile Samsung Note 10+, my friend has Verizon and an Apple Ios phone. I ended up sending the links through Facebook Messenger and my friend got them just fine then. I am willing to contact t-mobile and inquire about why specifically gateway pundits links aren’t going through but others are.

From reader Alexander, we asked him to send us a screenshot:

Maybe this is a tip, maybe it isn’t but my wife and I have been experimenting with texting links from The Gateway Pundit after she tried sending me a link to the article about the VA nurse you guys carried. I never received the link, so we tried sending several URL links from her T-mobile phone to my Verizon phone and vice versa, and on both ends we never received the links. I tried sending the link from my Google voice number to her t-mobile phone and she did not receive but if I sent it from my google voice to my Verizon phone it would go through. We’ve now tried this with several other companies including Breitbart, Fox News, CNN, and The Wallstreet Journal, and all with no issue. We were also able to replicate this issue with 4 other friends who have T-mobile but faced no issue with friends with Verizon, ATT, and Spectrum Mobile. It looks like T-mobile may be blocking The Gateway Pundit links, at least in Los Angeles, CA.

etc. and the news article continues etc

Scribe note: There are many other examples click on the link below 

:: 1-2-22 Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Making US History–not American Babies: First Time Immigration Exceeds Births in US History

Written by: Pamela Geller Published on: January 2, 2022

Illegal aliens, tourists, and foreign visa workers delivered nearly 400,000 children in the United States over the last 12 months, prior analysis concludes, securing birthright American citizenship.

The analysis, published in 2018 by the Center for Immigration Studies, states that close to 400,000 “anchor babies,” the term used to describe the U.S.-born children of illegal aliens, are delivered across all 50 states each year.

Making US History–not American Babies: First Time Immigration Exceeds Births in US History

By Daniel Greenfield, January 2, 2022:

There is both bad news and good news for Planned Parenthood these days. Even while abortion made a brief stop once again at the Supreme Court, its numbers are dropping.

A few years ago, abortion hit its lowest rate since it was legalized. The drop in abortion rates parallels the fall in birth rates. Both stem from a decline in pregnancies.

America isn’t becoming more moral, only more lonely.

A recent New York Times headline declared, “The Married Will Soon Be the Minority”. But it’s not just the married, but anyone in a relationship or who is connected to other people.

Marriage rates hit an all-time low around the same time, with the single population rising sharply. But the singles weren’t just postponing marriage in favor of extended relationships, because there was also a sharp drop in the rates of physical intimacy between men and women.

Americans were becoming more lonely even before the pandemic. The arrival of the pandemic divided families, cut off grandparents from grandchildren, parents from adult children, children from other children, and made the country an even more lonely and isolated place.

Over the pandemic year, the nation’s population grew by only 0.1%. According to the Census Bureau, that was “the lowest rate since the nation’s founding.” Its estimate also showed that for the first time “net international migration… has exceeded natural increase for a given year.”

America’s population has been declining for a while, but the pandemic was particularly catastrophic with international migration easily topping excess births at 244,622 to 148,043.

Article posted with permission from Pamela Geller 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 1-1-22 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CCP Extending "3 Warfares" Strategy Into Space: Expert

by Tyler Durden Saturday, Jan 01, 2022 - 11:10 PM

Authored by Andrew Thornebrooke via The Epoch Times,

A Chinese robot trundles about in the dust. It collects rock samples, measures chemical compounds, and observes craters never before seen by humankind. It’s beyond the reach of U.S. sensors. It’s beyond the rule of international laws and norms. It’s on a mission.

It’s on the dark side of the moon.

The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has been operating Yutu-2 on the far side of Luna since 2019. Ostensibly part of the CCP’s lunar exploration program, rovers such as Yutu-2 are preparing the way for the construction of a new robotic research base on the moon. That base, in turn, will prepare the way for a crewed moon landing and a new lunar base managed jointly by China and Russia.

The exploration phase of this process, of which Yutu-2 is a part, is planned to extend through 2025 with six more missions conducted by China and Russia. Following that, construction on the base is expected to last until at least 2035, with full operational capacity being achieved by 2036.

The ambition piques the interest of scientists, ever hungry for new knowledge about Earth’s only moon. The secrecy shrouding the project, however, unnerves strategists who don’t see this little rover as merely one small step for mankind, but as one giant leap for Chinese military capabilities.

Indeed, some experts believe that Yutu-2’s lunar rock collection isn’t only a continuation of Sino–U.S. competition, but might actually provide the keys to victory in a future war.

Michael Listner is an attorney of a very peculiar sort. He specializes in space policy and has, for some years, led the publication of “The Précis,” a legal newsletter that examines the basis of space law and its ramifications for international policy in every field from business to national security.

He says the CCP is extending its “Three Warfares” strategy into space. This vast new frontier will be central to the regime’s campaigns of media aggrandizement, the subject of psychological warfare, and, vitally, the centerpiece of new legal battles that will reshape the international order as China seeks to claim the United States’ global hegemon status for its own.

The strategy, he said, is designed to undermine and perhaps defeat the enemy without firing a shot.

“Space is a warfighting domain,” Listner said. “It’s going to be part of the struggle and it’s going to be part of a future conflict.”

“They are fighting on all these fronts right now,” Listner added of the CCP’s three warfares strategy in space. “In fact, I really look at it as preparing the battlefield.”

That effort to shape the battlefield, central to any military, is particularly meaningful to Chinese military strategists who, since at least the fifth century B.C., have studied the writings of the eminent philosopher of war Sun Tzu, who argued that preparing the battlefield was the means of mastering the enemy.

As such, it’s feared that the Chinese regime will effectively ensure that should conflict break out, it has the strategic advantage by preparing a favorable legal landscape, positioning assets in orbit, and building alliances in its space operations.

The reason for the continuation of this effort on the moon is simple enough: America can’t work without space.

“The American dependence and reliance on space is almost absolute,” said Paul Crespo, president of the Center for American Defense Studies.

“From communications to banking to air and ground travel and GPS, our economy, society, and military cannot survive without U.S. space dominance.”

Crespo, a Marine veteran who served in the Defense Intelligence Agency, has spent years examining the CCP’s malign influence abroad and its efforts to degrade and undermine its adversaries through dual-use technologies and legal warfare.

Both Crespo and Listner fear that the moon will be China’s next “nine-dash line,” and that it will be used to bend the rule of law to the CCP’s advantage, just as it has in the South China Sea.

The Chinese regime claims about 85 percent of the disputed South China Sea demarcated by its nine-dash line, a claim that was rejected by a 2016 international tribunal. Several other countries also lay claim to parts of the waterway.

Despite the ruling, Beijing has built military outposts on artificial islands and reefs in the region, and deployed coast guard ships and Chinese fishing boats to intimidate foreign vessels, block access to waterways, and seize shoals and reefs.

Experts fear the CCP will use its moon and space infrastructure to similarly box out competition and control the happenings of the region, in violation of international laws and norms.

“The CCP has proven it has no respect for international law or norms, and is willing to bully, threaten, coerce and push its way into any place it deems vital to its strategic goals,” Crespo said.

“That’s crystal clear with its illegal expansion into, and claims on, most of the South China Sea.”

This certainly will be even more true for China in space where the norms are far less established and codified.”

The United States’ response to CCP space adventurism has been mixed.

During the administration of President Donald Trump, the nation took a hardline stance and sought to outrace the CCP to the moon. Indeed, the Artemis Accords were initially designed to guide those nations that were to partake in the Artemis Program, a U.S.-led effort to establish a base on the moon.

Trump’s Space Policy Directive-1, likewise, sought to “lead an innovative and sustainable program of exploration with commercial and international partners to enable human expansion across the solar system and to bring back to Earth new knowledge and opportunities.”

To accommodate these ambitions, NASA attempted to step up its original goal of establishing a moon presence from 2028 to 2024. That date was quickly pushed back to 2025, however. Since then, NASA has changed course again, and slated 2025 as the earliest date for a U.S. flight around the moon, but which won’t land on the moon.

A Long March 5B rocket lifts off from the Wenchang launch site on China’s Hainan island on May 5, 2020. Another variant of the Long March rocket was used to get China’s hypersonic missile into orbit in July. (STR/AFP via Getty Images)

Usurping the Advantage

The moon race has the potential to revolutionize international relations more than any other facet of Sino–American competition. When it comes to dictating what the law is beyond the earth’s atmosphere, Crespo and Listner believe that who gets there first wins.

It’s all really about great power competition,” Listner said.

The general consensus about great power competition is who’s going to eventually make the rules in an international arena. In other words, who’s going to have the most influence in shaping what’s legal and what the worldview looks like in the next few decades.”

Listner described the struggle between the United States and China for influence in shaping the world and its norms as one of competing visions, in which two radically different ways of understanding and operating in the world are being pitted against one another.

That struggle, he said, is playing out in space.

“Right now, there are two competing visions,” Listner said.

One is the Artemis Accords, which the Trump administration started.”

“The Russian Federation and the People’s Republic of China countered with their own competing vision, called the International Lunar Research station.”

The Artemis Accords, Listner said, are a framework for international cooperation regarding the exploration and use of Luna, Mars, and other astronomical objects. The effort is based largely on the U.N. Outer Space Treaty of 1967, and seeks to affirm peaceful cooperation, promote interoperability, and register objects in space with uniform standards.

The Outer Space Treaty currently has 111 signatories, including China and Russia. The Artemis Accords, first signed in 2020, has 14 signatories; China and Russia didn’t sign, viewing the effort as a commercial agreement needlessly favorable to the United States.

The International Lunar Research Station, on the other hand, is the CCP and Russia’s effort to wrest international space leadership away from the United States’ NASA, and champion a new, Eurasian order.

Indeed, little Yutu-2 is just the first of seven exploratory missions planned by China and Russia, which will prepare the way for the construction of the base. That matters when the future of space dominance is on the line.

“It’s about the competing view of what the rule of law is going to be and who’s going to make the rules on the lunar surface and in exploiting space,” Listner said.

Whoever gets there first and starts building will be the one who makes the rules.”

To that end, Crespo warned that the CCP is attempting to reforge space in its own image, undercutting the United States’ ability to sustain itself not only as a world superpower, but possibly as a civilization.

Neutralizing our space dominance will severely hamper our ability to win any major conflict, and ultimately even our ability to maintain a stable, modern, functioning society,” he said.

“If the Chinese move beyond simply neutralizing our dominance and gain clear space dominance themselves, that will become almost a fait accompli in terms of America losing its ability to remain a world power, and even simply an independent sovereign nation.”

Listner said that it’s gray-zone conflict at its finest, and that the United States and China are engaged in war by any other name.

“From the perspective of the PRC, we’re at war,” Listner said, referring to the People’s Republic of China.

The Lunar Threat

That gray-zone conflict, in which nations engage in hostilities stopping somewhere short of opening fire, is in full swing in outer space.

Any manned Chinese and/or Russian base on the moon would provide them a significant strategic advantage militarily, legally, and economically,” Crespo said.

In early December, Gen. David Thompson, the U.S. Space Force’s first vice chief of space operations, said that the CCP is launching attacks on U.S. space infrastructure “every single day.” These reversible attacks, in which U.S. satellite architecture or cyber systems are compromised temporarily, are largely understood to be a testing of the waters.

That is, preparation for a real war.

Thompson said in separate remarks that the Chinese regime is developing space capabilities at double the rate of the United States. Moreover, its growing array of platforms designed for space warfare is growing.

“[The Chinese] have robots in space that conduct attacks,” Thompson said.

They can conduct jamming attacks and laser dazzling attacks. They have a full suite of cyber capabilities.”

If we don’t start accelerating our development and delivery capabilities, they will exceed us. And 2030 is not an unreasonable estimate,” he said.

Such advancements point to weaknesses in existing laws such as the Outer Space Treaty, which many people erroneously believe bans the development of space weapons.

“Conventional weapons in space aren’t banned by the Outer Space Treaty, as can be seen by the Russian Federation’s ASAT [Anti-satellite weapon] demonstration a few weeks ago,” Listner said.

“However, nuclear weapons in certain circumstances are prohibited by the Outer Space Treaty.”

Listner’s remarks refer to the recent demonstration by Russia of an ASAT missile that it used to explode a satellite in orbit. Critics accused Russia of putting the lives of astronauts at risk, as the thousands of pieces of debris could destroy space vehicles. The event was similar to an incident carried out by China in 2007.

Indeed, the CCP is rapidly expanding its military capabilities as part of an all-out push to usurp military and commercial dominance from the United States. That effort is designed to provide the CCP with an overwhelming new blitzkrieg of military technologies worthy of science fiction.

The effort includes the development of hypersonic weapons, electromagnetic pulse devices, new naval vessels capable of launching rockets into space, and a nuclear reactor to power space travel, reportedly 100 times more powerful than those planned by the United States.

In all, the CCP plans to launch 10,000 satellites by 2030 in its efforts to topple U.S. space dominance.

There are several ways in which the CCP could use the moon, or space assets more generally, to exploit weaknesses in its adversaries or further its weaponization efforts. Increased presence would allow China greater communication and control of its space assets, most notably satellite architecture, which is key to U.S. and allied GPS systems that the military depends upon. Experts have long argued that a preemptive strike on U.S. GPS systems would be China’s first move in a war, including one over Taiwan.

Other potentialities are more hypothetical, such as the long-theorized use of a kinetic bombardment system that could leverage Earth’s gravitational pull against it. Such a system could effectively turn objects as simple as tungsten rods into weapons of mass destruction due to the velocity with which they would hit the earth.

This would effectively allow a satellite- or moon-based system to throw heavy objects at the Earth with the destructive power of a meteor, a feat for which the proposed weapon has long been termed “Rods from God.”

Though costlier than other systems, the idea for such a system has existed since the Cold War, and the Pentagon reportedly considered developing it in 2006 before pursuing hypersonic glide vehicle research instead.

Listner said the CCP’s continued conquest of space was partially owed to the failure of U.S. and allied leaders to recognize fundamental differences in Western and Eurasian ways of conceptualizing the world and politics.

“Fundamentally, we have to understand that the PRC and the Russian Federation do not think like the U.S. and Western nations,” Listner said.

His comments reflected a growing consensus, recognized by new U.S. congressional reports, that the CCP is advancing a global campaign to champion Marxism as an alternative to American capitalism, and to supplant the United States as a global hegemon.

To this end, the international community may like to play at lawmaking, such as is the case with the Artemis Accords, but the CCP has demonstrated a repeated unwillingness to adhere to such norms.

“NGOs, peace groups, and disarmament groups believe the PRC and the Russians think like us when they don’t,” Listner said.

“It’s called ‘mirror thinking,’ and it’s a very, very dangerous trap to play into.”

A Base for Whom?

Perhaps nowhere is this trap more apparent than in the CCP’s so-called dual-use policy.

The CCP publicly denies that its space systems and projects, including its moon plans and satellite, are used for military purposes. For instance, it characterized its grabber satellite as a means of cleaning space junk, and its hypersonic missile test as a reusable spacecraft.

Critics of the CCP point out that the ambiguity about whether such technology is ultimately civilian or military in nature is a feature of dual use.

Dual use is the practical realization of the CCP’s policy of “civil-military fusion,” aimed at erasing all barriers between private and public life to ensure that all civilian technologies also advance Chinese military dominance.

The rockets used to launch Yutu-2 to Luna are one such example. The same type of rocket was used to launch the CCP’s new hypersonic weapons system, which U.S. leaders fear is a nuclear first-strike weapon.

CCP leaders said that the test was for the benefit of its space program.

“Virtually everything that enables a country to launch objects into space is indistinguishable from intercontinental ballistic missiles or hypersonic weapons,” Crespo said.

“For China, that distinction is fairly moot.”

Crespo said that that ambiguity is part of the program, designed to obscure whether the military or civilian function of any project was intended to be dominant.

Such ambiguity makes a difference on the moon, where all Chinese taikonauts are in the employ of the Chinese military.

Any moon base serves scientific purposes while also clearly providing China a strategic lunar presence that will need to be defended, and can be used for surveillance, reconnaissance or military attacks of all types against satellites and other space assets,” Crespo said.

“No lunar base will be purely civilian to the CCP.”

A World to Gain

Space has been described by researcher Paul Szymanski as “the most obscure battlefield.” Its obscurity doesn’t, however, diminish its centrality to the future of nations. To the contrary, the economic, military, and political ramifications of space, and of the control of Luna, in particular, are nigh impossible to overstate.

Space is America’s greatest asset and its greatest vulnerability,” Crespo said.

“The Chinese and Russians see it as our Achilles heel.”

To that end, one may consider the strategic value of space as the foremost point of CCP ambitions. It is the gateway through which one growing power might leapfrog a global hegemon to dictate the future of earthly affairs.

Indeed, it isn’t an overstatement to say that the moon is to the CCP what the Alps were to Hannibal. Should it be taken, the rest may fall like dominoes.

“The stakes are that high,” Crespo said. “Whoever controls space may control the world.” 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 1-2-22 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

David Stockman On The Prospect Of World War III

by Tyler Durden Sunday, Jan 02, 2022 - 08:30 AM

Authored by David Stockman,

Are these people so abysmally ignorant of history, geography, economics and the wherewithal of a true national security threat that they think the map below is worth WWIII?

Ukraine has never had stable borders, nor has it been a longstanding independent nation state. In fact, for hundreds of years under the czars and commissars alike, Ukraine was at best a vassal state and mostly a provincial satrapy of Moscow. Its current borders were actually drawn to precision by Communist apparatchiks during the Soviet era and thereafter embraced by the Kiev government that emerged in 1991 when the Soviet Union suddenly evaporated.

Ukraine’s history can be summarized as follows:

700 or so years as a meandering set of borders in search of a country (1200 AD to 1922);

69 years as an administrative appendage of totalitarian Soviet rulers in Moscow, who purged Tartars and replanted Russians in the eastern regions along the way;

23 years as a happenstance nation-state that fell into existence when the biggest and most evil empire in history collapsed overnight (1991–2014); and 7 years as a pretext for Washington interventionists, neocons and anti-Trump Dems to rekindle cold war fears, the better to keep hideously swollen national security budgets firmly in place.

Yet these Foxified Republican pols and neocons blather on about "weakness" and phony threats to our national security. Let’s see the extent of that threat.

The GDP of the New York City metro area is about $1.7 trillion, which is well more than Russia’s 2020 GDP of $1.6 trillion. And that, in turn, is just 7% of America’s $22 trillion GDP.

In terms of manufacturing output Russia’s annual manufacturing value added is currently (2020) about $197 billion, which amounts to just 8% of the $2.35 trillion figure for the US economy.

Basically, Russia’s economy cannot support a military establishment anywhere near to that of Imperial Washington. To wit, its $65 billion of military outlays in 2020 amounted to less than 32 days of Washington’s current $755 billion of expenditures for defense.

It may well be asked how Russia could remotely threaten homeland security in America short of what would be a suicidal nuclear first strike.

Recall the remnant of the Soviet strategic weapons arsenal at Putin’s disposal today amounts to 4,500 operational nuclear warheads, of which under two-fifths are actually deployed. That compares to 4,600 nuclear weapons in the US arsenal with a similar fraction actually deployed.

Accordingly, what exists on the nuclear front is a state of mutual deterrence (MAD) — the arrangement by which we got through 45 years of Cold War when the Kremlin was run by a totalitarian oligarchy committed to a hostile ideology; and during which time it had been armed to the teeth via a forced-draft allocation of upwards of 40% of the GDP of the Soviet empire to the military.

By comparison, the Russian defense budget currently amounts to just 4% of the country’s anemic present day economy — one shorn of the vast territories and populations of Belarus, Ukraine, Georgia, Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and all the Asian "stans" among others.

Yet given those realities we are supposed to believe that the self-evidently calculating and cautious kleptomaniac who runs the Kremlin is going to go mad, defy MAD and trigger a nuclear Armageddon?

Indeed, the idea that Russia presents a national security threat to America is laughable.

Not only would Putin never risk nuclear suicide, but even that fantasy is the extent of what he’s got. That is, Russia’s conventional capacity to project force to the North American continent is nonexistent.

Moreover, the canard that Washington’s massive conventional armada is needed to defend Europe is ludicrous nonsense. Europe can and should take care of its own security and relationship with its neighbor on the Eurasian continent. After all, the GDP of NATO Europe alone is $17 trillion or 11X greater than that of Russia, and the current military budgets of European NATO members total about $300 billion or 4.4X more than that of Russia.

But more importantly, the European nations and people really do not have any quarrel with Putin’s Russia, nor is their security and safety threatened by the latter. All of the tensions that do exist and have come to a head since the illegal coup in Kiev in February 2014 were fomented by Imperial Washington and its European subalterns in the NATO machinery.

Like everything reviewed above, the source of the current calamity-howling about Russia is the Warfare State. That is, the existence of vast machinery of military, diplomatic and economic maneuver that is ever on the prowl for missions and mandates and that can mobilize a massive propaganda campaign on the slightest excitement.

The post-1991 absurdity of bolstering NATO and extending it into eastern Europe rather than liquidating it after attaining "mission accomplished" is just another manifestation of its baleful impact.

In truth, the expansion of NATO is the underlying cause of America’s needless tension with Russia and Putin’s paranoia about his borders and neighbors.

It needs be asked: Precisely what juvenile minds bivouacked in Washington’s Warfare State beehive actually determined that America needs a military alliance with Slovenia, Slovakia, Bulgaria, Romania, Montenegro and now the mini-state of North Macedonia? 

:: 1-2-22 Mirror :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top futurologist predicts 2022 will be 'tormented year' with water a luxury

Top futurologist Marian Salzman tells us her predictions for 2022 with robots stealing our jobs, political upheaval, hybrid schooling, angst and electronic pets

By Laura Connor  16:22, 1 Jan 2022Updated14:30, 2 Jan 2022

They say no one can predict the future, but one woman has proved us wrong.

Leading futurologist Marian Salzman has foreseen the top trends for over three decades. She even popularised the term “metrosexual” back in 2003, proving she has her finger firmly on the pulse of all the latest social shifts.

Salzman was talking about ­climate change back in 2010 and predicted a rise of a “bunker mentality” months before Covid hit. And now the 62-year-old, who has been dubbed “Carrie Bradshaw mixed with Hillary Clinton”, has released her latest predictions for 2022 after another year in limbo.

In her latest report, 22 for 2022: Measuring Up What We Thought We Knew, the New York native discusses new technologies and deep post-Covid divides.

Futurologist Marian Salzman, who predicted 'bunker mentality' before the pandemic ( Image:


She says the world continues “to battle existential threats” and 2022 could become “2021 in redux”.

Speaking to the Sunday People, Salzman, who now lives in Switzerland, warned: “We went into 2021 thinking things were going to get better but we have to live with the fact that we’re not going back to 2019.

“The world has fundamentally changed. 2022 is going to be a tormented year.”

Here are ten of Salzman’s predictions for the year ahead…

America loses its shine

Rising political and cultural divides, rampant conspiracy theories and lingering financial tensions have left the superpower somewhat tarnished. And Salzman doesn’t think the future will be particularly bright for Uncle Sam.

“Like the boy who cried wolf, I have been talking about America losing its shine since the late 1990s,” she says. “Now more people are ready to listen.”

US President Joe Biden during a virtual meeting ( Image: REUTERS)

Post-9/11, almost 14 million immigrants went to the country in search of the American dream – a new record.

But Salzman says the financial crisis of 2007-8 and the election of President Trump in 2016 has only served to create greater apathy and polarisation.

Covid has widened the cracks, with many Americans considering the pandemic to be a hoax. Even the 2020 election of Joe Biden couldn’t allow for too much optimism, considering the subsequent assault on the US Capitol and the widespread belief that the election itself was fixed.

Cities go out of style

The pandemic has sparked a rise in the popularity of country living, but does that really mean we are falling out of love with city lifestyles? As of late 2021, 56.2% of the world’s population were living in cities.

But as millions of workers stopped commuting and people swapped crowds for green spaces, our concrete jungles became deserted.

Initially, there were concerns that living in a heavily populated area meant you were more likely to catch Covid. But city living may not become a thing of the past just yet.

Salzman says some cities, like South Korean capital Seoul, are adapting by creating nature zones and urban farms.

Water becomes a luxury

Climate change could signal the end of life as we know it, with water becoming a luxury item. We may all take it for granted, but the essential resource could become scarce – and sooner than you think.

Some countries are already suffering from extended droughts while others are being hit by more extreme weather, causing intense rain and flooding.

Glaciers are also in retreat, sea levels are rising and “massive storms” have become the new normal.

Salzman says that while we may be used to getting clean water from a tap or on the table at a restaurant, “now, as with so many other comfortable assumptions, we are having to think a lot more about this precious resource”.

Political instability

Extreme political opinions dominating social media will create instability worldwide, Salzman says. She believes that carefully chosen words will establish “the battle lines in the current culture wars”, with differences in opinion causing divides.

Protesters at the US Capitol in Washington DC ( Image:  AFP via Getty Images)

Salzman argues the people who tend to sit on the fence – dubbed the “missing middle” – have got “completely lost”.

She says: “Many, perhaps even most people fall between the extremes and don’t pay much attention to the latest developments of injustice issues, nor are they more than passingly concerned about cancel culture.

It’s almost schizophrenic in how we are approaching our lives.”

New tech goes mainstream

Salzman says she can see similarities between today’s post-pandemic world and the fallout of the 1918-1919 influenza pandemic, which killed 50 million people.

History shows the doom and gloom of that pandemic gave way to a period known as ‘The Roaring 20s’, in which technological advances and items such as cars, radios and gramophones went mainstream.

It is hard not to see parallels to today,” she says.

A coin representing the Bitcoin digital currency ( Image:  Getty Images)

“The world is shaping up to emerge from the dreary lockdowns and restrictions of Covid-19.”

New technologies, such as Zoom, augmented/virtual reality, AI, gene technology and cryptocurrencies, are all going mainstream. And she says the “metaverse” – or virtual-reality space – was one of the most searched for terms in 2021.

But Salzman says that in many ways we have moved on from the 1920s, which were a time for dancing, partying and mating. She says today’s society has “far more incentives to stay in”, rather than go out and socialise.

Robots take our jobs

For many of us, working from home has become a mainstay of post-pandemic life - whether we like it or not.

This has made Salzman wonder whether robots will now be poised to take over traditional “middle-class” jobs, saying robots could easily complete office tasks as well as warehouse work.

Virtual learning could become even more common ( Image: Getty Images)

While online schooling has been around since the 80s, it has now become mainstream – even a necessity.

“That has raised the question, ‘What is a school?’” says Salzman. She believes there is “no doubt” the future of schools will become hybrid, working both online and offline.

Gene intervention

While scientists wowed the world by coming up with a Covid vaccine so quickly, our “fear” of science is also on the rise – especially when it comes to the wealthy genetically editing the human race.

So-called “genetic scissors” and other gene-editing techniques could be used in bananas to save them from a killer fungus and help people with rare diseases.

We may be wowed by science - but we're also fearful of it ( Image: MaureenMcLean/REX/Shutterstock) 

But Salzman says there are fears the science could be used to edit certain conditions or traits, such as height, physical prowess and intelligence.

She says: “This has prompted alarm even among leading scientists such as the late Stephen Hawking, left, who feared that wealthy people would be able to buy more advantages and create a genetically enhanced elite.”

Electronic pets

The number of people taking on a new pet went through the roof in lockdown, and Salzman thinks the trend for fluffy friends may take on a new spin in 2022.

“We’re going to see robotic pets coming in the near future,” she says.

Groove X's Lovot companion robots on display in Las Vegas ( Image:  AFP/Getty Images)

You’re seeing people form these very strong ties with their animals because they have been their constant living companions.”

While lifelike robotic pets are already available online, they are mostly used in therapy settings in the UK. Could Furbys be making a comeback?

... and yet more angst

According to Salzman, our angst isn’t going anywhere – and Gen Z are more angry than ever.

She recalls the 25-year-old son of one of her colleagues saying: “The baby boomer generation grew up believing things were free. My generation has grown up knowing nothing is free because everything has a cost.

A rally challenging Covid measures and restrictions in Milton Keynes ( Image: Getty Images)

She argues that the generation coming of age under the dark skies of climate change, Covid-19 and bleak economic prospects is not looking forward to a future filled with promise and prosperity.

This leaves many people with two options in 2022, she argues: fighting for radical change or a rise in selfishness and support for nationalist politics. 

:: 1-1-22 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Omicron Pushes The Globalists Overthrow Of America To Its End Game, Stock Up On The Essentials Now Because Emerging Signs Show Soon There Won't Be Enough To Go Around

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 1, 2022

While it's often quite difficult in our present day world to get an accurate representation of how 'the masses' are really thinking, especially with the mainstream media sure to push their own 'propaganda' in attempts to 'manipulate' people into doing what they 'believe everybody else is doing', I've found that visiting the comment sections of websites that bring in commenters from the left and the right is a great way to see what we're not being told.

For example, while the comment sections of websites such as Breitbart, the Gateway Pundit, Infowars, Michael Snyder's 'The Economic Collapse Blog', Mac Slavo's SHTFPlan, ANP and many other 'prepping-type' and 'independent news websites' will bring in heavy Independent and Conservative-leaning comments, and far-left websites such as Raw Story, Mediaite and others will bring in vastly far-left comments, a website such as The Daily Mail brings a heavy dose of readers from the left and the right.

So as I've done many times previously, I'll go to the comment sections of websites such as the Daily Mail that bring in people from all political viewpoints and spectrums and read through their 'top voted' and 'worst voted' comments to see what people are REALLY thinking, unedited and un-propagandized by the MSM. And it seems like those comments always give us a much better view of what people are really thinking, overall, the 'big picture' becomes much more clear.

So when I saw this Thursday story at the Daily Mail titled "US sets WORLD record 489,267 COVID cases in 24 hours as country risks grinding to a HALT: 'Incoming viral blizzard will make it hard to keep everyday life operating'", I immediately had to take a look at the comments to see what people were really thinking about everything being reported in that particular story.

And jumping out immediately, the top-voted comment on that story by a nearly 15-1 margin, was the following gem.:

I wonder how many people are still not aware the 'PCR' test that the whole pandemic was based on.......Is being discontinued at the end of December 2021 because it is NOT fit for purpose......It was never designed to identify a Virus or infection.......and yet people have succumbed to this CONvid Tyranny.......based purely on the PCR Test.....

With two of the worst-voted comments, also by huge margins, on that story being....:

We need a complete notional lockdown to save lives. (ANP: Their spelling error, not ours!)


We need an immediate national lockdown, this is a state of emergency. Anyone still unvaccinated needs to be arrested. (ANP: Well, at least that one spelled 'national' correctly!)

....we see where America is headed if the radical leftists get their way, into full-scale tyranny.

Can you imagine being thrown away forever for NOT taking a 'vax' that ISN'T WORKING! The CDC admitted as much recently when they told Americans to stay away from cruise ships, 'no matter what your vaccination status,' as was reported in this NBC News story. The CDC should have just bluntly stated the truth: 'the vax isn't working'.

(ANP FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we're now running a fundraising drive. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

So with every day that brings us new potential of an 'America grinding to a halt' if 'Dr Michael Osterholm', a former advisor to President Biden's transition team, who said he expects a 'viral blizzard' to exacerbate the situation in the coming weeks and who went so far as to proclaim he 'expects it will be hard to keep America running and everyday life operating', we'll next be taking a look within this story at many signs recently seen at numerous businesses that indeed, some places are already grinding to a halt.

And with Americans having proof that Dr. Anthony Fauci, the CDC and the American taxpayer funded 'gain of function research' that went on in Wuhan, China, ensuring that eventually there'd be a 'bioweapon' emerging from this mess that would be spread much more quickly than some of the others such as 'Omicron the moronic' (if we are to believe a word that they tell us!), as this NPR story tells us, "The omicron surge is making it hard to staff stores and restaurants. Some are closing." From that story before we continue.

The surge in the number of people testing positive for the coronavirus is making it harder for business owners to staff stores and restaurants during the holidays. Omicron is forcing many to close.

If you've been out shopping or dining this holiday week, you may have noticed fewer workers at some businesses. The omicron surge is making it harder to staff stores and restaurants. And as NPR's Hansi Lo Wang reports, some businesses have had to make the hard choice to close their doors.

In New York City, Sarita Ekya shut down her restaurant for the week. It's called Sarita's Macaroni and Cheese, or S'MAC for short. While there's a lot of S'MAC jokes out there, it was no joke when one of her employees tested positive for the coronavirus a few days ago.

Ekya and her staffers decided to give themselves time to line up for PCR tests, wait for results and try to figure out when it's safer to reopen.

I'd be lying if I didn't say that we had the shot. I did feel very defeated. It just felt like, oh, God, here we are again, you know? And it's just exhausting.

Other restaurants and stores are also feeling it. With COVID surging as the world heads into a third year of a pandemic, that has put service workers' health and safety especially at risk and kept many small business owners in survival mode.

With businesses not only in New York but now St. Louis and other places also closing up shop due to alleged 'Omicron surges', and those early runners hinting of much more of that to come in the days and weeks ahead, in the final section of our story below we're going to be taking another look at stocking up on just the 'necessities' and 'essentials', especially with the previous COVID lockdowns already bringing America a massive supply chain crisis.

So with every day that brings us new potential of an 'America grinding to a halt' if 'Dr Michael Osterholm', a former advisor to President Biden's transition team, who said he expects a 'viral blizzard' to exacerbate the situation in the coming weeks and who went so far as to proclaim he 'expects it will be hard to keep America running and everyday life operating', we'll next be taking a look within this story at many signs recently seen at numerous businesses that indeed, some places are already grinding to a halt.

And with Americans having proof that Dr. Anthony Fauci, the CDC and the American taxpayer funded 'gain of function research' that went on in Wuhan, China, ensuring that eventually there'd be a 'bioweapon' emerging from this mess that would be spread much more quickly than some of the others such as 'Omicron the moronic' (if we are to believe a word that they tell us!), as this NPR story tells us, "The omicron surge is making it hard to staff stores and restaurants. Some are closing." From that story before we continue.

The surge in the number of people testing positive for the coronavirus is making it harder for business owners to staff stores and restaurants during the holidays. Omicron is forcing many to close.

If you've been out shopping or dining this holiday week, you may have noticed fewer workers at some businesses. The omicron surge is making it harder to staff stores and restaurants. And as NPR's Hansi Lo Wang reports, some businesses have had to make the hard choice to close their doors. etc  etc 

:: 12-31-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Abortion Leading Global Cause of Death in 2021 with 43 Million Killed

By Thomas D. Williams, Ph.D.31 Dec 2021

Abortion was the leading cause of death globally in 2021, with nearly 43 million unborn babies killed in the womb, according to data provided by Worldometer.

As of noon on December 31, 2021, there were 42.6 million abortions performed in the course of the year, Worldometer revealed, while 8.2 million people died from cancer, 5 million from smoking, 1.7 million of HIV/AIDS, 1.3 million from traffic fatalities, and 1 million from suicide.

Totaling all the deaths in the world from causes other than abortion reveals a figure of 58.7 million, meaning that abortions accounted for just over 42 percent of all human deaths in 2021.

By comparison, worldwide deaths from coronavirus in 2021 totaled around 3.5 million, according to the World Health Organization (WHO).

Worldometervoted one of the best free reference websites by the American Library Association (ALA) — keeps a running tally through the year of major world statistics, including population, births, deaths, automobiles produced, books published, and CO2 emissions.

It also registers the total number of abortions performed worldwide, based on the latest statistics on abortions published by the World Health Organization (WHO).

Worldometer Dec 31 2021

Globally, there were more deaths from abortion in 2021 than all deaths from cancer, malaria, HIV/AIDS, smoking, alcohol, and traffic accidents combined, according to Worldometer statistics.

The startling number of deaths from abortion, in fact, has led certain observers to call abortion “the social justice cause of our time,” since the sheer magnitude of the problem completely overshadows other human rights issues.

On December 28, Christians around the world celebrated the Feast of the Holy Innocents, commemorating the slaughter of all male children in Israel under the age of two by order of King Herod in an effort to kill the newborn Christ child. Pope Francis has compared Herod’s massacre of the Innocents to the modern practice of killing babies through abortion.

The 49th annual March for Life in the United States will take place in Washington, D.C., on January 21, 2022, with the theme “Equality Begins in the Womb.”

“The pro-life movement recognizes the immense responsibility this nation bears to restore equal rights to its most defenseless citizens in the womb,” March for Life president Jeanne Mancini said at a press conference in October.

The stated purpose of the march is to end abortion by “uniting, educating, and mobilizing pro-life people in the public square.”

The annual march commemorates the infamous January 22, 1973, Supreme Court decision in Roe v. Wade which, together with the 1992 Planned Parenthood v. Casey, nullifed 50 state laws and made abortion legal and available on demand throughout the United States. 

:: 1-2-22 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: 'Flu Season From Hell Keeps Getting Worse' • January 2, 2022 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-2-22 Jewish Telegraphic Agency :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Missiles from Gaza land near Tel Aviv, Israel carries out Gaza airstrike in response

By Shira Hanau January 2, 2022 4:07 am

(JTA) — Israel launched an airstrike on Gaza early Sunday morning after missiles launched from the Gaza strip Saturday landed in the Mediterranean off the coast of Tel Aviv and the Israeli city of Palmachim.

Israeli officials believe the missiles to have been launched by the Islamic Jihad group and not by Hamas, the group which rules Gaza and is considered a terrorist organization by the United States, Israel and other countries.

But Israel’s army held Hamas responsible for the breach of the ceasefire between Hamas and Israel, which has largely held since the most recent hostilities in May.

Hamas is responsible and bears the consequences for all activity in and emanating from the Gaza Strip,” the Israel Defense Forces said in a statement, according to The Times of Israel.

Israeli tanks attacked a Hamas outpost in the northern part of the Gaza Strip in addition to the airstrike.

While it is unclear exactly what prompted the rocket launch from Gaza, the fate of a Palestinian hunger striker in an Israeli prison could lead to further tensions. Hisham Abu Hawash has been on a hunger strike for over 130 days and his condition is reported to be worsening.

The rocket fire and airstrike came just one day after an attempted stabbing Friday near the Israeli settlement of Ariel and a few days after an Israeli man was shot and lightly injured while working at a site on the border between Israel and Gaza. The man, a defense contractor, was performing maintenance work on Israel’s border fence. Israeli tanks attacked Hamas military posts and returned fire after the shooting, injuring three Palestinians. 

:: 1-2-22 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lebanon may be getting tired of Hezbollah - analysis

Parliamentary elections in Lebanon that are scheduled for next year will be the first vote since the popular protests were launched in 2019.

By KSENIA SVETLOVA/THE MEDIA LINE Published: JANUARY 2, 2022 02:11 Updated: JANUARY 3, 2022 04:34

First, it was Gebran Bassil, leader of the Free Patriotic Movement (FPM) and the son-in-law of Lebanon’s President Michel Aoun, who attacked the Shia Islamist political party Hezbollah and said that there would be “political consequences” for its actions against his party as it continues blocking the Cabinet from meeting.

Then Aoun made a similar statement, saying that “unjustified, deliberate and systematic blockage which dismantles the state and drives it to its demise must be ended.” The Cabinet has not met since October.

Aoun’s Free Patriotic Movement is an ally of Hezbollah in the Lebanese parliament and in 2016 he was elected the president due to its support after 29 months of stalemate.

Hezbollah quickly reacted to the Aoun statement by slamming Bassil – who has presidential aspirations when Aoun’s term ends next year – and indicating that Bassil might be losing its support.

Meanwhile, Aoun on Thursday signed a presidential decree approving legislative elections for May 15, 2022, two months later than the current parliament had wanted it to take place.

Experts are questioning whether the leaders of FPM are truly reconsidering their ties with Hezbollah so close to the upcoming 2022 parliamentary elections, and what such recent statements say about the growing resentment against Hezbollah in Lebanon.

“The criticism against Hezbollah is growing fast. Many people are talking about it out loud. The press is very militant these days, and there is also a criticism that is expressed through social networks, namely Twitter. In 2019 (Hezbollah’s) offices were targeted in Nabatiyeh, in the heart of their own base,” Dr. Moran Levanoni, an expert on Syria and Lebanon affairs for the Moshe Dayan Center for Middle Eastern and African Studies at Tel Aviv University, told The Media Line.

Lately it seems that the resentment is growing, especially after the explosion at Beirut Port. Also, (Hezbollah leader Hassan) Nasrallah promised to provide a solution to the energy crisis, but his attempt to bring oil ships from Iran has failed. He didn’t succeed to do anything meaningful. So, when Aoun says what he says, he aims not only to foreign ears, but also to the domestic audience that is unhappy with what Hezbollah does,” he added.

Pierre Akel, a Lebanese journalist and researcher who hosts the popular trilingual website Middle East Transparent, says that the economic and political crisis has badly hurt Hezbollah’s reputation and popularity.

I believe that Hezbollah is finished popularity-wise. I appreciate that today more than 80% (of voters) are against them. After all, the Shia Lebanese are hungry like everybody else. Even if they have money in the bank, they can’t withdraw it, as a person can only withdraw up to $400 each month now,” Akel told The Media Line. “The people are poor and when they are going to the pharmacy to buy some milk powder for their children they do not have the dollars to pay, as they are not Iranians and not Hezbollah activists. Hezbollah also had to cut the salaries for its own fighters, but still they are the only ones who have the money. So, there is a class struggle between the rich who are close to Hezbollah’s plate, and those who are lacking everything.”

At the same time, Israeli researcher Dr. Yusri Hazran, a lecturer at the Shalem Center and a research fellow at the Harry S. Truman Institute for the Advancement of Peace at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, says that despite the recent statements made by Aoun and Bassil, their political alliance with Hezbollah is not over yet.

“The elections are coming up, therefore it’s hard to believe that the words will annul political loyalties and alliances. Also, Hezbollah is not really a part of the traditional Lebanese elites that are to blame for the current economic crisis. That’s the image that the group wants to promote,” Hazran told The Media Line. He added that Hezbollah is determined to prevent a rift with the Christians, which would explain the “limited and measured reaction after the shoot-up in Beirut” on October 14 in which seven people were killed during a protest organized by Shiite groups Amal and Hezbollah to demand the removal of Tarek Bitar, the judge who is investigating the 2020 blast in Beirut. Hezbollah blamed the troops of Lebanese Forces Commander Samir Geagea for the deaths.

“Hezbollah is not interested in igniting a civil war in Lebanon, neither do they want responsibility for a failed state,” Hazran said.

For years Hezbollah relied on the socioeconomic structures that it created in Shia-populated areas in order to increase its popularity and support among its poor and deprived base. Charities, free clinics and educational facilities for children were created in places that had been neglected by state authorities for many years. It gave small loans through its financial arm, Al-Qard al-Hassan, and as the economic crisis became worse it made help available to other communities and not only to Shiites. However, lately, the harsh economic realities in both Iran and Syria and the push by the United States against the group in South America have created a cash problem for Hezbollah. Some question whether the movement will be able to continue operating its many socioeconomic services to maintain its popular support.

Lebanon needs seven oil tankers every 10 days. We are talking 30 tankers per month. Nasrallah brought one,” said Akel, who is based in Paris and closely follows developments in Lebanon. Akel says that the group no longer has at its disposal the sums of money that it used to enjoy before.

Levanoni says that for now, the socioeconomic structures are still holding.

Hezbollah heavily relies on the illicit economy, namely the drug operation that they are running together with the Syrians. So those who are close to Hezbollah do enjoy some aid, including fuel for generators and subsidized drugs, loans, etc. Of course, these measures won’t solve the problem entirely and the situation is very grave,” he said.

The experts are pessimistic about a possible change in the political equation in Lebanon.

“Who can perform a revolution? Only a person who had breakfast that day. I will be very surprised if the current developments will change the situation significantly. Hezbollah is losing support, but for now, it’s not enough to squeeze it out,” said Levanoni.

Meanwhile, Akel, as well as many people in Lebanon, feel that the recent statements by Aoun and his son-in-law were merely an act of hypocrisy.

Jonathan Spyer, an author and Mideast analyst who is a fellow at the American think tank Middle East Forum, believes that Aoun’s statements were indeed significant, even if no immediate confrontation follows.

The Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps’ strategy of implanting ‘Hezbollah's’ in Arab countries has the flaw that it tends to produce social and economic failure. This is most apparent in Lebanon right now and Aoun is clearly trying to offer a counter-trend to this, advocating repair of relations with Gulf Cooperation Council states. At the same time, neither Aoun nor others not allied with Hezbollah forces cannot and will not offer a frontal challenge to its core strategic path regarding its function as an element of Iranian regional strategy,” Spyer told the Media Line.

For now, the parliamentary elections in Lebanon that are scheduled for next year will be the first vote since the popular protests were launched in 2019. Currently, there is little certainty that they will take place as planned and that the Lebanese who are tired of a failing economy and endless fights between corrupt politicians will be able to cast their votes and choose a better future. 

:: 1-2-22 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'She Is a Walking Miracle': Shocked Witness Stunned Driver Survived Wreckage That Left Car 'Crumpled Like a Piece of Paper'

01-02-2022  Billy Hallowell

Some are calling an Illinois woman a “walking miracle” after she survived a serious car accident leaving her vehicle looking “crumpled like a piece of paper.”

Marguerite Phillips told WISN-TV she was driving to work last Wednesday in Wisconsin when she saw the wreckage and was stunned to see the driver — who had collided with a semi-trucksurvived with only minor injuries.

Phillips pulled over to help keep the 47-year-old woman calm, to help her call her husband, and to pray with her.

“At first I was looking like, ‘What is that? What is going on,'” she said. “At that moment, of course, she was in shock, but my main thing was making sure she was OK and keeping her calm.”

The victim’s car was virtually destroyed, with the roof peeled off and the sides mostly obliterated. The only part of the car that was intact was the driver’s side, something that likely saved the woman’s life.

Phillips said she was also “in shock” to see the woman only have minor scrapes and bruises, especially considering the state of the car.

I was just in shock. Everyone was shocked, as well and the first responders and all,” Phillips told WISN-TV. “[Her car] looked like a piece of paper that was balled up. Literally, it was a miracle. She is a walking miracle.”

Another witness, a neighbor named Sharon Campbell, told the outlet she called 911 when she saw the accident was blocking traffic. She, too, said the woman’s survival is “a miracle.”

“We were just thankful,” she said. “It is truly a miracle that she walked away.”

Pleasant Prairie Police Department Sgt. Chad Brown said authorities are still looking for the cause of the accident.

“There’s indication the semi was not traveling any more than 10 miles per hour. We’re still trying to figure out why,” Brown told Kenosha News. “You can label this a holiday miracle. Every part of that vehicle was wrecked except where she was sitting.”

The victim was cited for failure to maintain control of her vehicle. 

:: 12-31-21 Jewish News Syndicate :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia and China’s war on the past

Featured Column Ben Cohen

Those in control of the present have driven a bulldozer through the recent past in a blatant attempt to obliterate the historical record of democratic struggles in both nations — and all in the service of a decidedly non-democratic future.

(December 31, 2021 / JNS) Nearly 80 years after it was first published, and more than 30 years after its muse, the Soviet Union, disappeared from the political map, George Orwell’s novel 1984 remains depressingly relevant.

A masterly and deeply moving journey into the mindset engendered by totalitarian rule, 1984 is chock-full of memorable quotes, not least the salient observation of its main protagonist, Winston Smith, that “who controls the past controls the future; who controls the present controls the past.”

That maxim has been unmistakably on view in Russia and China in recent days, where those in control of the present have driven a bulldozer through the recent past in a blatant attempt to obliterate the historical record of democratic struggles in both nations — and all in the service of a decidedly non-democratic future.

On Dec. 22, the authorities at Hong Kong University (HKU) erected barriers and sheeting around the Pillar of Shame, a statue commemorating the 1989 massacre of protesting students in Beijing’s Tiananmen Square, before workers dismantled the structure and removed It from the campus.

Created by the Danish sculptor Jens Galschiøt, the “Pillar of Shame” had stood on the campus since 1997, the year Britain returned Hong Kong to Chinese rule. It featured 50 anguished faces and tortured bodies piled on top of one another in a deeply unsettling reminder of the slaughter ordered by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) in October 1989, when, in classic fashion, it turned the army’s tanks on the unarmed student demonstrators gathered at Tiananmen Square in the heart of the capital.

In a statement justifying the removal, HKU said its decision to banish what it derided as “the aged statue” was based on “external legal advice and risk assessment for the best interest of the university” — a polite way of saying it had bowed to the CCP’s political intimidation. Like clockwork, the following day two more universities in Hong Kong announced that they were removing artwork commemorating the 1989 massacre. Following its removal of a statue by the Chinese dissident artist Chen Weiming, the Lingnan University of Hong Kong announced in a similarly oblique manner that it had acted after having “reviewed and assessed items on campus that may pose legal and safety risks to the university community.”

In Russia, meanwhile, President Vladimir Putin’s regime ordered the closure of the country’s oldest human rights group, Memorial. Founded during the last period of Communist Party rule in the late 1980s, the group is dedicated to researching and exposing political repression in present day Russia as well as documenting the crimes of the Soviet era. A Dec. 28 decision of the Russian Supreme Court dissolved Memorial on the grounds that it had violated the country’s draconian foreign agents’ law, which is frequently invoked to shut down dissident opinion.

The main founder of Memorial was Andrei Sakharov, the eminent Soviet nuclear physicist who became the USSR’s most high-profile dissident. Natan Sharansky — the Soviet Jewish political prisoner who worked as Sakharov’s translator — reflected in a 1990 article that after having provided the Soviet Union with the hydrogen bomb, Sakharov went on to activate “a still more powerful weapon, which ultimately destroyed the empirehe began openly expressing his beliefs, exercising the moral power of a free man. He demonstrated that no matter how totalitarian a regime, an individual can declare support for those who are suffering, and gradually challenge the norms of an entire society. Sakharov, almost alone, created the moral climate that has undermined the Soviet regime.”

Like Memorial, and like the commemorative statues dismantled and destroyed by China, the empowering “moral climate” that once looked like consigning communist rule to history has itself become part of a past that the authorities in Moscow and Beijing are determined to rewrite. What was widely regarded in the west as the forward march of democracy was seen, in these capitals, as a series of insults to national honor. The Soviet Union was dismantled, Chinese influence was limited, Western military power asserted itself first in the Balkans, Russia’s backyard, and then the Middle East, leaving Russian and Chinese military planners to look wistfully backwards.

Over the last 20 years, however, the balance has shifted: Western countries don’t want to fight foreign wars anymore, which means that both Putin and Chinese President Xi Jinping, whose power bases are rooted in their military and intelligence establishments, have greater leeway in repressing dissent domestically and projecting their power externally. In the Russian case, the focus is on Ukraine, while for China, the targets are Taiwan and whatever remnants of a democratic order remain in Hong Kong.

Russia and China’s leaders need to bury those elements of the past that saw democratic activism challenge and overcome one-party rule, in order to revive exactly those policies of repression, immiseration and outside aggression that led to those protests in the first place. Both countries are in the grips of grandiose projects of political transformation directed from above. For Putin, the goal is the reversal of what he once called the “greatest political catastrophe” of the previous century; the demise of the USSR.

For China, the watchword is “Sinicization” — Xi’s term for imposing on all of his country’s various elements, especially its national and religious minorities, supreme loyalty to Chinese culture and the CCP. The brutal implications of that policy have already been witnessed in the Xinjiang region in the northwest, where up to 2 million members of the Muslim Uighur minority have been incarcerated in prison camps, and they are now creeping into other areas. “Xi was the elephant in the room,” a Catholic priest from Hong Kong told Reuters following an anxious private meeting with Catholic clergy from mainland China at the end of October. “We all know the word ‘Sinicization’ carries a political agenda behind it, and they didn’t have to spell that out.”

Winston Smith’s insight that the control of the past is a necessary condition for control of the future is confirmed in nearly every action that these regimes undertake. And as faith in democracy as the most preferable of political systems declines in the West, the ideological fusion in the east of communism, nationalism and faith in the state is enjoying a renaissance.

The response of the U.S. and other Western governments has been to engage in aggressive diplomacy and threaten ostensibly punishing financial measures, such as cutting off access to the SWIFT international payments system. There are many reasons to fear that those actions will not sway either Russia or China from their current paths, and many indications that if they fail, our leaders will have little stomach for a deeper confrontation.

Ben Cohen is a New York City-based journalist and author who writes a weekly column on Jewish and international affairs for JNS. 

:: 1-1-22 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hundreds trample on Israel, US flags at Baghdad rally marking Soleimani’s death

Demonstrators call for last US troops to leave Iraq; supporters of Iran-aligned Shiite factions bused in from multiple Iraqi provinces to attend the demonstration

By Agencies 1 January 2022, 3:49 pm

BAGHDAD — Chanting anti-American slogans, hundreds of people rallied in the Iraqi capital Saturday to mark the anniversary of the killing of a powerful Iranian general and a top Iraqi militia leader in a United States drone strike.

American and Israeli flags were strewn on the ground as protestors trampled on them.

Iran has claimed Israel “directed” the 2020 killing of Gen. Qassim Soleimani, head of Iran’s elite Quds Force, and Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis, deputy commander of Iran-backed militias in Iraq known as the Popular Mobilization Forces.

Soleimani headed the Quds Force, the overseas branch of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps, and was considered the architect of Iran’s regional security strategy.

Supporters of Iran-aligned Shiite factions were bused in from various Iraqi provinces to the rally, near the headquarters of the powerful militias.

The crowd in Baghdad called for the expulsion of remaining American forces from Iraq during the demonstration commemorating the airstrike at Baghdad airport which was ordered by then-US president Donald Trump.

We will not let you stay after today on in the land of the martyrs,” some of the placards read.

The killing of Soleimani and al-Muhandis at Baghdad’s airport pushed Iran and the US perilously close to all-out conflict.

Five days after the strike, Iran retaliated by firing missiles at a US air base in Ain al-Assad housing American troops in Iraq, and another near Erbil in the north.

No US troops were killed in those strikes, but Washington said dozens suffered traumatic brain injuries from the explosions.

Iran said Friday the current US administration is also “responsible” for the assassination two years ago of Soleimani.

The foreign ministry’s statement came as Iran launched week-long activities to commemorate Soleimani’s killing.

Authorities said the main event of the remembrance will be held on Monday, without elaborating.

They added that on January 7 a display of “Iran’s missile capabilities” will be held.

Iranian officials have pledged repeatedly that Soleimani will be avenged.

On the first anniversary of his killing, then-judiciary chief Ebrahim Raisi — who is now Iran’s president — warned that even Trump was not “immune from justice” and that Soleimani’s killers would “not be safe anywhere in the world.”

The killing of Soleimani and al-Muhandis also sparked outrage in Iraq, leading parliament to pass a non-binding resolution days later calling for the expulsion of all foreign troops from Iraq.

The US-led coalition formally ended it’s combat mission supporting Iraqi forces in the ongoing fight against the Islamic State group at the end of December.

Some 2,500 troops will remain for the foreseeable future, however, to continue supporting Iraqi forces in an advisory role

Some militia leaders have insisted on the departure of all US troops.

Senior Hashed official Faleh al-Fayyad reiterated the demand Saturday, saying the killing of Soleimani and Muhandis was “a crime against Iraqi sovereignty.”

We will not accept anything less than full withdrawal as revenge for the blood of our martyrs,” said Hadi al-Ameri, head of the Iran-aligned coalition.

Times of Israel staff contributed to this report. 

:: 1--22 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

By Kalbo for All News Pipeline

Spread the Word. Stay Informed. Be Prepared. Remain Vigilant. Stay Ahead of the Curve. Remain Flexible. Have a Backup Plan. Follow the Money. Don’t fall for the Narrative. Determine Who Benefits. Resistance is Always Greater When You are over The Target. To Reveal Your Controller, Discover Who You Cannot Criticize.

Covid Vax has Caused a Crisis in the Human Blood Supply

Readers of non-MSM news and articles are well aware of the dangerous ingredients in the various Covid "vaccines". The VAX has been found to contain not just the promoted mRNA gene therapy, but also graphene oxide, graphene hydroxide, nanochips, and possible parasite eggs have been found.

Research and investigation has shown that the blood of those that have been injected undergoes changes almost immediately. The blood darkens, and begins to clot within the veins and arteries. The ingredients of the VAX have been found in every organ of the body of the vaxxed.

The Dangers of Graphene

The graphene chips release what appears to be parasitic eggs, and start to form structures within the body. The patient can become ferro-magnetic, that is the ability to react to a magnetic field. Graphene is a two dimensional structure of carbon (C) or carbon oxide (C-O) , or carbon hydroxide (C-OH). It forms a crystalline net of hexagons similar to chicken wire. It is only one atom thick, but can be any of any length.

The graphene chips can act like razor blades as they circulate through the veins, arteries, and capillaries. They have been shown to accumulate in groups under 5G electromagnetic radio/cellular frequency radiation and form structures. Many injected have found that they are active as a Bluetooth device.

Graphene is not biologically active, and thus is not metabolized in the body, is not recognized as an invader, and is not biodegradable. Once in the body, it remains unless physically removed. Methods for graphene removal are blood draining and organ removal. Neither method is recommended and both are highly risky and have a low effectiveness rate. Any graphene that has embedded itself in tissue, arterial walls, or cells will not be removable by blood draining.

The Effect of the Vax on the Human Blood Supply

The reader, having read this far, will now be aware that the products of the VAX are present in the blood and organs of the vaxed. When a vaxed individual donates blood, the donated blood contains all the VAX products circulating in their body. When this blood is used for blood transfusions or blood plasma, the VAX products are not filtered out, and are thus spread to the patient receiving the blood transfusion or plasma.

As if that was not bad enough, there are many products that are made from human blood and tissue. There is a high likelihood that all these products are contaminated with the VAX ingredients.:

> Fertility Drugs, (such as Pregnyl).

> Human Eggs

> Human Sperm

> Human Serum

> Recovered Plasma

> Source Plasma

> Whole Blood

> Red Blood Cells

> Leukocytes (Buffy Coats)

> Platelet Rich Plasma

> Platelet Concentrates

Unvaccinated patients are in danger of receiving VAX products if they are hemophiliacs, undergoing fertility treatments, receiving donated blood or blood plasma, or sharing sperm. The jury is still out on possible transmission of the VAX contaminates thru saliva, nasal aerosols, sweat, or tears.


The Powers That Be (PTB) have developed an agent of death that is not medically treatable, does not degrade, is not rejected by the human body, can be transmitted to those not receiving the shot, and that will slowly, then rapidly reduce the population of useless eaters to a level they feel is sufficient.

For further reading, see my articles published here on the Churn and the Aftermath:

With The Next Stage Of The Globalists Sinister Depopulation Agenda Being Unleashed Upon The World, How To Tell If You Are A 'Useless Eater' In The Eyes Of The Globalists - Ebola May Be The Next Weapon To Get The Planet's Population Down To 500 Million

How Civilizations Will Function After 'The Great Culling' Being Called For On The Georgia Guidestones: With The Human Population Reduced To 500 Million, 'Useless Eaters' Will Not Be Tolerated

Surviving The 'Coming Churn' Will Require Adapting To The 'Changing Rules Of Survival': A Timeline Of The Coming Chaos - The Churn can happen to anyone, at any time, without warning

The Aftermath Of 'The Churn' And The Great Reset Will Bring Horrific Famine, Guerilla Warfare, Useless Eaters 'Culled', A Sterile Human Race And Big US Cities Up In Flames - What Will Remain Of Civilization When The Dust Clears? 

:: 1-3-22 The American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

People are dying, but not the ones you think for the reasons you think

By Andrea Widburg January 3, 2022

While the mainstream media, at least in 2020, tracked deaths with the fanaticism of an insurance company, they've always lacked accuracy. That's why it matters when a major American insurance company, which is in the business of accurate data about deaths, announces that Americans in the 18–64 age bracket are dying in unprecedented numbers. The same data suggest that these aren't COVID deaths, which makes them much more sinister.

OneAmerica is a major insurance company located in Indianapolis with annual revenue of around $2 billion and total assets of around $74 billion. This is not a fly-by-night internet "insurance" company. OneAmerica is the real deal, selling both individual and group life insurance, and it has data and actuarial tables that go back 145 years. It's also a progressive company that boasts about "Diversity, Equity and Inclusion" right on its home page. In other words, it's not some "scary" right-wing reactionary firm.

During a news conference last week, OneAmerica's CEO, Scott Davison, had a startling announcement — working-age Americans are dying in unprecedented numbers:

"We are seeing, right now, the highest death rates we have seen in the history of this business — not just at OneAmerica," the company's CEO Scott Davison said during an online news conference this week. "The data is consistent across every player in that business."

Davison said the increase in deaths represents "huge, huge numbers," and that's it's not elderly people who are dying, but "primarily working-age people 18 to 64" who are the employees of companies that have group life insurance plans through OneAmerica.

"And what we saw just in third quarter, we're seeing it continue into fourth quarter, is that death rates are up 40% over what they were pre-pandemic," he said.

"Just to give you an idea of how bad that is, a three-sigma or a one-in-200-year catastrophe would be 10% increase over pre-pandemic," he said. "So 40% is just unheard of."

More remarkably still, these are not COVID deaths. Instead, they are totally different death count from the COVID count the media insisted we know during Trump's last year and jettisoned during Biden's first year.

At the same conference, Brian Tabor, the president of the Indiana Hospital Association, spoke about the tremendous caseload in hospitals, not from COVID, but from all sorts of other things. He added, "Unfortunately, the average Hoosiers' health has declined during the pandemic." Indeed:

In a follow-up call, he said he did not have a breakdown showing why so many people in the state are being hospitalized — for what conditions or ailments. But he said the extraordinarily high death rate quoted by Davison matched what hospitals in the state are seeing.

And here are the death data you've all expected to see:

The number of hospitalizations in the state is now higher than before the COVID-19 vaccine was introduced a year ago, and in fact is higher than it's been in the past five years, Dr. Lindsay Weaver, Indiana's chief medical officer, said at a news conference with Gov. Eric Holcomb on Wednesday.

In other words, more Americans are dying since the vaccine than ever before. That last paragraph may be the beginning of a huge upcoming bolus of evidence showing that the anti-jabbers were right all along: the injection that rejoices under the misnomer of a "vaccination" is, instead, a life-taker, not a life-saver.

The two years of COVID mismanagement may also mean that myriad other health conditions are causing these deaths. Those people whose chronic or fatal conditions (e.g., heart disease, cancer) went untreated with lockdowns may finally have succumbed. We may also be seeing the terrible assault on immune systems, not from jabs, but from depression, economic stress, substance abuse, lack of exercise, lack of sunlight, and lack of human contact.

The one thing that's clear is that the bean-counters whose businesses depend on getting the numbers right are telling us that Americans' health under Dr. Fauci in Year One and the Biden administration (and Fauci) in Year Two has been disastrous. We can expect Year Three to be equally bad because the same management is in place. The only thing that will change this trajectory is to throw the bums out, first in the November 2022 election and again in the November 2024 election. Their mismanagement is killing us. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 10-28-21 Walking Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mass Psychosis Is a Real Global Pandemic

October 28, 2021 Dr. Mercola, Guest

Waking Times

Mass psychosis is defined as “an epidemic of madness” that occurs when a “large portion of society loses touch with reality and descends into delusions.” The witch trials of the 16th and 17th centuries are a classic example. We’re now in the middle of another mass psychosis, induced by relentless fearmongering coupled with data suppression and intimidation tactics of all kinds.

The 20-minute video above, “Mass Psychosis — How an Entire Population Becomes Mentally Ill,” created by After Skool and Academy of Ideas,1 explains the tactics used to seed and nurture mental illness on a grand scale.

Fearmongering Breeds Insanity

A number of mental health experts have expressed concern over the blatant panic mongering during the COVID-19 pandemic, warning it can have serious psychiatric effects. For example, in a December 22, 2020, article2 in Evie Magazine, S.G. Cheah discussed the emergence of mass insanity caused by “delusional fear of COVID-19.”

“Even when the statistics point to the extremely low fatality rate among children and young adults (measuring 0.002% at age 10 and 0.01% at 25), the young and the healthy are still terrorized by the chokehold of irrational fear when faced with the coronavirus,” Cheah wrote, adding:3

Instead of facing reality, the delusional person would rather live in their world of make-believe. But in order to keep faking reality, they’ll have to make sure that everyone else around them also pretends to live in their imaginary world.

In simpler words, the delusional person rejects reality. And in this rejection of reality, others have to play along with how they view the world, otherwise, their world will not make sense to them. It’s why the delusional person will get angry when they face someone who doesn’t conform to their world view …

It’s one of the reasons why you’re seeing so many people who’d happily approve the silencing of any medical experts whose views contradict the WHO or CDC guidelines. ‘Obey the rules!’ becomes more important than questioning if the rules were legitimate to begin with.”

In a December 2020 interview (below), psychiatrist and medical legal expert Dr. Mark McDonald4 also went on record stating “the true public health crisis lies in the widespread fear which morphed and evolved into a form of mass delusional psychosis.”

We are now well beyond the first profound shocks of this crisis, and it’s deeply concerning that the number of [mental health] referrals remains so high. ~ Brian Dow, Deputy chief executive of Rethink Mental Illness

He went so far as to refer to the outside of his home or office as the “outdoor insane asylum,” where he must assume “that any person that I run into is insane” unless they prove otherwise.

Reports of Psychotic Episodes Soar in Great Britain

Now, after some 19 months of abnormal “pandemic life,” the data are starting to reflect McDonald’s fears. For example, in the U.K., psychiatric referrals for first-time psychotic episodes have skyrocketed. As reported by The Guardian, October 17, 2021:6

Cases of psychosis have soared over the past two years in England as an increasing number of people experience hallucinations and delusional thinking amid the stresses of the Covid-19 pandemic.

There was a 29% increase in the number of people referred to mental health services for their first suspected episode of psychosis between April 2019 and April 2021, NHS data7 shows. The rise continued throughout the spring, with 9,460 referred in May 2021, up 26% from 7,520 in May 2019.

The charity Rethink Mental Illness is urging the government to invest more in early intervention for psychosis to prevent further deterioration in people’s mental health from which it could take them years to recover.

It says the statistics provide some of the first concrete evidence to indicate the significant levels of distress experienced across the population during the pandemic.”

Psychosis Takes a Heavy Toll on a Person’s Life

Deputy chief executive of Rethink Mental Illness, Brian Dow, commented on the findings:8

“Psychosis can have a devastating impact on people’s lives. Swift access to treatment is vital to prevent further deterioration in people’s mental health which could take them years to recover from. These soaring numbers of suspected first episodes of psychosis are cause for alarm.

We are now well beyond the first profound shocks of this crisis, and it’s deeply concerning that the number of referrals remains so high. As first presentations of psychosis typically occur in young adults, this steep rise raises additional concerns about the pressures the younger generation have faced during the pandemic.

The pandemic has had a game changing effect on our mental health and it requires a revolutionary response. Dedicated additional funding for mental health and social care must go to frontline services to help meet the new demand, otherwise thousands of people could bear a catastrophic cost.”

According to a spokesperson for the British Department of Health and Social Care, the agency will expand the NHS mental health services budget by £2.3 billion ($3.1 billion) per year by 2023/2024. They’ve also added £500 million ($691 million) to the 2021 budget to provide services to those hit hardest by pandemic measures.9

Anxiety and Depression Have Increased Dramatically Worldwide

Another study,10,11 looking at the rates of anxiety and depression worldwide, found both conditions increased dramatically in 2020. The researchers estimate the COVID pandemic resulted in an additional 76 million cases of anxiety and 53 million cases of major depressive disorder, over and above annual norms, with women and younger individuals being disproportionally affected. According to The Guardian:12

“… the team estimate there were 246m cases of major depressive disorder and 374m cases of anxiety disorders worldwide in 2020, with the figure for the former 28% higher, and for the latter 26% higher, than would have been expected had the crisis not happened.

About two-thirds of these extra cases of major depressive disorder and 68% of the extra cases of anxiety disorders were among women, while younger people were affected more than older adults, with extra cases greatest among people aged 20-24.”

Lead author Damian Santomauro, Ph.D., of the University of Queensland told The Guardian:13

We believe [that] is because women are more likely to be affected by the social and economic consequences of the pandemic. Women are more likely to take on additional carer and household responsibilities due to school closures or family members becoming unwell.

Women also tend to have lower salaries, less savings, and less secure employment than men, and so are more likely to be financially disadvantaged during the pandemic. Youth have been impacted by the closures of schools and higher education facilities, and wider restrictions inhibiting young people from peer interactions.”

Increased prevalence of domestic violence may also be a contributing factor that places women at increased risk of mental problems, while young adults are more likely to become unemployed.

Massive Rise in Mental Health Problems in Children

Children are bearing a particularly heavy burden as adults succumb to irrational fears. It’s not surprising then that mental health referrals for children have nearly doubled in the U.K. since the start of the pandemic.14 According to British authorities, 16% of children between the ages of 5 and 16 were diagnosed with a mental disorder in 2020, compared to 10.8% in 2017.15 As noted in a September 23, 2021, press release by the Royal College of Psychiatrists:16

Eighteen months after the first lockdown and after warnings from the mental health sector about the long-lasting mental health impact of the pandemic, the Royal College of Psychiatrists’ analysis of NHS Digital data found that:

190,271 0–18-year-olds were referred to children and young people’s mental health services between April and June this year, up 134% on the same period last year (81,170) and 96% on 2019 (97,342).

8,552 children and young people were referred for urgent or emergency crisis care between April and June this year, up 80% on the same period last year (4,741) and up 64% on 2019 (5,219).

340,694 children in contact with children and young people’s mental health services at the end of June, up 25% on the same month last year (272,529) and up 51% on June 2019 (225,480).”

Eating disorders are also more prevalent than ever, and the rapid increase has left many children waiting months for treatment — delays that could have life-threatening consequences — as facilities are at capacity. The press release quotes a mother whose teenage daughter relapsed into anorexia during the pandemic:17

“The pandemic has been devastating for my daughter and for our family. She has anorexia and was discharged from an inpatient unit last year, but the disruption to her normal routines and socializing really affected her recovery. She was spending a lot less time doing the things she enjoys and a lot more time alone with her thoughts.

Unfortunately, she relapsed, becoming so unwell she was admitted to hospital and sectioned. After 72 days in hospital with no specialist eating disorder bed becoming available, we brought her home where I had to tube feed her for 10 weeks.

My daughter urgently needed specialist help for this life-threatening illness, but services are completely overwhelmed because so many young people need help. It’s a terrifying situation for patients and families to be in.”

Mass Delusional Psychosis Traumatizes Children

Indeed, the widespread insanity on display among adults can have severe and lasting effects on children as they grow up. According to McDonald (see interview above), the mental states of the children he’s treated during this pandemic are far worse than he’s used to seeing in these age groups. This tells us the trauma inflicted by pandemic measures is very serious.

One of the worst traumas inflicted on children has been the ridiculous idea that they might kill their parents or grandparents simply by being around them. They’re also being taught to feel guilty about behaviors that would normally be completely normal — as just one example: hysterical adults calling a toddler who refuses to wear a mask a “brat,” when resisting having a restrictive mask put across your face is perfectly normal at that age.

It’s extremely abnormal for children to grow up thinking that they’re a danger to people around them, and that everyone around them is a danger to them. It’s completely abnormal to grow up thinking that facemasks, gloves and physical separation are required to stay alive.

Adults have also twisted irrational fear into a virtue, which is doubly tragic and wrong. Wearing a mask has become a way to demonstrate that you’re a “good person,” someone who cares about others, whereas not wearing a mask brands you as an inconsiderate lout, if not a prospective mass murderer, simply by breathing.

What’s more, by encouraging us to remain in fear and allow it to control and constrain our lives, the fear has become so entrenched that anyone who says we need to be fearless and fight for our freedoms is attacked for being both stupid and dangerous.

Adults Must Be Healed to Save the Children

It’s adults who are mindlessly inflicting this emotional trauma on an entire generation. As noted by McDonald in his interview, a primary cause of depression among children is feeling disconnected from family and friends.

Everyone, but children in particular, needs face-to-face contact, physical contact, and emotional intimacy. We need these things to feel safe around others and within our own selves. Digital interactions cannot replace these most basic human needs, and are inherently separating.

McDonald cites U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention statistics showing there was a 400% increase in adolescent depression during 2020 compared to the year before, and in 25% of cases, they contemplated suicide. These are unheard of statistics, he says. Never before have so many teenagers considered committing suicide.

According to McDonald, parents and adults in general are to blame, because they are the ones scaring children to the point they don’t feel life is worth living anymore. This is why we can’t just treat the children. We must also address the psychosis of the adult population that is causing all this trauma.

Mass Delusion Is Leading Us Into Slavery

The mass delusion must also be addressed because it’s driving us all, sane and insane alike, toward a society devoid of all previous freedoms and civil liberties, and the corrupt individuals in charge will not voluntarily relinquish power once we’ve given it to them.

Clearly, many of our political leaders know COVID-19 isn’t the deadly plague it’s been made out to be. They issue stay-at-home orders from their vacation homes in the Caribbean and repeatedly break their own mask and lockdown mandates.

They ride their bikes, stroll through the park, have family gatherings and dine out without a care. They’re simply playing along, following the narrative coming from technocratic strongholds like the World Health Organization, because it benefits them.

You could say the ruling class suffers from a different kind of psychosis. As explained in “Mass Psychosis — How an Entire Population Becomes Mentally Ill,” totalitarianism actually begins as psychosis within the ruling class, as the individuals within this class are easily enamored with delusions that augment their power. And no delusion is greater than the delusion that they can, and should control and dominate others.

Whether the totalitarian mindset takes the form of communism, fascism or technocracy, a ruling elite that has succumbed to their own delusions of grandeur then sets about to indoctrinate the masses into their own twisted worldview. All that’s needed to accomplish that reorganization of society is the manipulation of collective feelings.

Sadly, many citizens are unwittingly aiding and abetting the global power grab that will result in our enslavement. Fear fueled hysteria, which led to mass delusional psychosis and group control where citizens themselves support and press for the elimination of basic freedoms.

There’s no doubt at this point that a totalitarian society is the ultimate end of this societal psychosis unless we do something about it. The truth is, we’re as safe now as we ever were. We must not allow our freedoms to be taken from us due to delusional fears. As noted by Cheah in her article:18

“It’s not unthinkable that the final outcome would be total societal control on every aspect of your life. Consider this — the endpoint of a mentally ill person is for them to be put under a controlled environment (institutionalized like an asylum) where all freedoms are restricted. And it’s looking more and more like that’s the endpoint of where this mass psychosis is heading.”

We Must Restore Sanity

Once a society is firmly in the grip of mass psychosis, totalitarians are free to take the last, decisive step: They can offer a way out, a return to order. The price is your freedom. You must cede control of all aspects of your life to the rulers, because unless they are granted total control, they won’t be able to create the order everyone craves.

This order, however, is a pathological one, devoid of all humanity. It eliminates the spontaneity that brings joy and creativity to one’s life by demanding strict conformity and blind obedience. And despite the promise of safety, a totalitarian society is inherently fearful. It is built on fear, and is maintained by it too. So, giving up your freedom for safety and a sense of order will only lead to more of the same fear and anxiety that allowed the totalitarians to gain control in the first place.

Knowing this, we must remember to embrace courage, truth, honesty and freedom as we move forward — not just in our thoughts and words but also in our actions. People cannot think logically when in a state of delusional psychosis, which is why sharing information, facts, data and evidence tends to be ineffective except in cases where the person was acting out of peer pressure rather than a delusional belief.

Typically, the best you can do is stand firm and act in alignment with truth and objective reality, much like you would if you were a first responder faced with an accident victim who is responding hysterically to what you know is only a minor injury.

In short, to help return sanity to an insane world, you first need to center yourself and live in such a way as to provide inspiration for others to follow — speak and act in such a way as to demonstrate that you are not afraid to live life and return to normalcy. 

:: 5-30-20 Big Think :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The DMT ‘elves’ people meet while tripping

Why do so many people encounter these 'elves' after smoking large doses of DMT?

DMT is arguably the most powerful psychedelic drug on the planet, capable of producing intense hallucinations. Researchers recently surveyed more than 2,000 DMT users about their encounters with 'entities' while tripping, finding that respondents often considered these strange encounters to be positive and meaningful. The majority of respondents believed the beings they encountered were not hallucinations.

The psychedelic drug DMT can conjure powerful visions. In low doses, people often hallucinate fractal patterns, geometric shapes, and distortions in the physical space around them. But things get much stranger with higher doses.

When people consume enough DMT (N,N-Dimethyltryptamine) to have a “breakthrough” experience, they often encounter beings commonly known as ‘elves’ that seem autonomous, existing in a reality separate from our own.

The form and nature of DMT elves vary in reports, but one thing remains curiously constant: People tend to rank these encounters among the most meaningful experiences of their lives. For some people, these encounters change their beliefs about reality, the existence of an afterlife, and God.

A recent survey provides some of the most detailed information about these encounters to date. Published in the Journal of Psychopharmacology, the survey includes responses from 2,561 adults about their single most memorable encounter with a being (or beings) after smoking or vaporizing DMT. (DMT is an endogenous chemical, meaning the body produces it naturally, though it’s currently a Schedule I drug in the U.S.)

Most respondents had used DMT about a dozen times in their life. The survey excluded experiences in which people consumed other drugs with DMT, and it didn’t include experiences with ayahuasca, which is a brew that contains DMT.

The results show:

The encounters produced an emotional response for 99 percent of people. The most common emotions were “joy (65%), trust (63%), surprise (61%), love (59%), kindness (56%), friendship (48%), and fear (41%) during the encounter experience, with smaller proportions reporting emotions such as sadness (13%), distrust (10%), disgust (4%), or anger (3%).” Interestingly, 58 percent of respondents said the being also had an emotional response, almost always a positive one.

The encounters felt more “real” than reality. This was true for 81 percent of respondents during the encounter, and 65 percent after the encounter. One respondent wrote: “There was an indescribably powerful notion that this dimension in which the entity and I convened was infinitely more “real” than the consensus reality I usually inhabit. It felt truer than anything else I’d ever experienced.”

People described the entities in different ways. The most commonly chosen labels “were “being,” (60%) “guide,” (43%) “spirit,” (39%) “alien,” (39%) or “helper” (34%). Other labels selected by small proportions of respondents (range 10–16%), included the terms “elf,” “angel,” “religious personage,” or “plant spirit,” and very few (range 1–5%) reporting the terms “gnome,” “monster,” or a “deceased” person.”

Most people said the beings weren’t hallucinations. About three-quarters of respondents said they believe the being was real, but it exists in some kind of different dimension or reality. Only 9 percent said the being existed “completely within myself.”

Most described the beings positively. “When asked about the attributes of the entity, a majority of the sample reported that the entity was conscious (96%), intelligent (96%), benevolent (78%), sacred (70%), had agency in the world (54%), and was positively judgmental (52%). Fewer reported that the entity was petitionable (23%), negatively judgmental (16%), or malicious (11%).”

Most received a message during the encounter. About two-thirds of respondents said they received “a message, task, mission, purpose, or insight from the entity encounter experience.”

What kinds of messages? Some people were shown that death isn’t the end, that everything and everyone is connected. Others had personal insights revealed to them, such as bad behaviors that they should stop.

Some messages were strangely practical — one respondent said the beings revealed the location of a Zippo lighter that had been missing (it was buried deep in a couch, go figure). There was also the respondent who said a being “was teaching me the rules/regulations of the NFL.”

The encounters were often followed by lasting changes in well-being and beliefs. About one-quarter of respondents said they were atheist before the encounter, but only 10 percent said they were after.

“Additionally, approximately one-third (36%) of respondents reported that before the encounter their belief system included a belief in ultimate reality, higher power, God, or universal divinity, but a significantly larger percentage (58%) of respondents reported this belief system after the encounter.”

What’s more, 89 percent of respondents said the encounter led to lasting improvements in well-being or life-satisfaction. Why? The researchers suggested that “ontological shock” — the state of being forced to question your worldview — may “play an important role in the enduring positive life changes in attitudes, moods, and behavior attributed to these experiences.”

“As such, it is possible that, under appropriate supportive set and setting conditions, DMT could show promise as an adjunct to therapy for people with mood and behavioral problems (e.g. depression and addiction),” the researchers wrote.

The study also noted that DMT encounters have a lot in common with near-death and alien-abduction experiences, which also have been shown to produce long-lasting changes in personal beliefs.

Do DMT entities actually exist in some other dimension, or are they hallucinations that the brain generates when its visual processing system is overwhelmed by a powerful tryptamine?

The late American ethnobotanist Terence McKenna believed that DMT beings — which he called “machine elves” — were real. Here’s how he once described one of his DMT experiences:

I sank to the floor. I [experienced] this hallucination of tumbling forward into these fractal geometric spaces made of light and then I found myself in the equivalent of the Pope’s private chapel and there were insect elf machines proffering strange little tablets with strange writing on them, and I was aghast, completely appalled, because [in] a matter of seconds… my entire expectation of the nature of the world was just being shredded in front of me. I’ve never actually gotten over it.

These self-transforming machine elf creatures were speaking in a colored language which condensed into rotating machines that were like Fabergé eggs but crafted out of luminescent superconducting ceramics and liquid crystal gels. All this stuff was just so weird and so alien and so un-English-able that it was a complete shock — I mean, the literal turning inside out of [my] intellectual universe!”

McKenna believed machine elves exist in alternate realities, which form a “raging universe of active intelligence that is transhuman, hyperdimensional, and extremely alien.” But he was far from the first to believe that DMT is a doorway to other realms.

Indigenous peoples of the Amazon basin have used ayahuasca in religious ceremonies for centuries, though no one is quite sure when they first started experimenting with the psychedelic brew. The Jibaro people of the Ecuadorian rainforest believed ayahuasca allowed regular people, not just shamans, to speak directly to the gods. The 19th-century Ecuadorian geographer Villavicencio wrote of other Amazonian shamans who used ahaysuca (known as the “vine of the dead”) to contact spirits and foresee enemy battle plans.

In the West, research on DMT experiences has been sparse yet interesting. The psychiatrist Rick Strassman conducted some of the first human DMT trials at the University of New Mexico in the early 1990s. He found that “at least half” of his research subjects had encountered some form of entity after taking DMT.

“I was neither intellectually nor emotionally prepared for the frequency with which contact with beings occurred in our studies, nor the often utterly bizarre nature of these experiences,” Strassman wrote in his book “DMT The Spirit Molecule”.

Of course, many people believe that DMT elves are merely hallucinations. But the question remains: Why do so many people encounter similar beings?

One answer: That’s exactly what people expect to encounter. After all, it’s likely that people who seek out a rare and intense drug like DMT have researched it, and possibly stumbled across McKenna’s machine-elf idea. So, that’s the image their brain produces. (An Erowid survey on the topic of DMT beings once included the question: “Do you know who Terence McKenna is?” 54 percent of respondents reported having some knowledge of him.)

Another explanation comes from a 2004 DoseNation article by James Kent, the author of “Psychedelic Information Theory — Shamanism in the Age of Reason”. Kent argued that “humans across all cultures have alien and heavenly archetypes embedded in their subconscious, and psychedelic tryptamines can access the archetypes with a high level of success.”

Kent said he’s encountered DMT elves during his own experiences, and that he’s even managed to have “rudimentary conversations of sorts” with them. In his personal experiments, he tested whether these beings could reveal to him any information that he himself would be incapable of knowing. They couldn’t.

Whenever I tried to pull any information out of the entities regarding themselves, the data that was given up was always relevant only to me. The elves could not give me any piece of data I did not already know, nor could their existence be sustained under any kind of prolonged scrutiny.”

It’s also worth noting that not all people who smoke DMT see beings, and that some see beings that look nothing like elves or aliens. The diversity of these reports seems to count against the argument that DMT beings exist in some objective alternate reality.

In other words, if DMT beings exist in some other dimension, shouldn’t they appear the same to anyone who visits that dimension? Or do the beings assume a different appearance based on who’s looking? Or are there many types of beings in the DMT universe, but most look like elves?

You might start seeing elves just trying to sort this stuff out.

Ultimately, nobody knows exactly why DMT beings take the forms they do, or whether they’re just figments of overstimulated imaginations. And the answers might be beside the point.

In the recent survey, 60 percent of participants said their encounter with DMT beings “produced a desirable alteration in their conception of reality whereas only 1% indicated an undesirable alteration in their conception of reality.”

DMT elves may be nothing more than projections of the subconscious mind. But these bizarre encounters do help some people find real meaning, whether it’s through personal revelation or the raw power of ontological shock. 

:: 1--22 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What if the largest experiment on human beings in history is a failure?

Guest Post by Dr. Robert Malone

A report from an Indiana life insurance company raises serious concerns.

A seasoned stock analyst colleague texted me a link today, and when I clicked it open, I could hardly believe what I was reading. What a headline. “Indiana life insurance CEO says deaths are up 40% among people ages 18-64”. This headline is a nuclear truth bomb masquerading as an insurance agent’s dry manila envelope full of actuarial tables.

People frequently write to Jill and myself. People we have never met. They call, they arrive at the farm by appointment or unannounced, they fill our email in boxes with their inquiries. They all want something; time, attention, an interview. Many want to tell us about their fear, illness, nightmares, or (what often seems like) outright paranoid conspiracies. And then, over time, these fears and “conspiracies” keep getting confirmed. As Jan Jekielek (a senior editor with The Epoch Times) recently said to me, it is getting harder and harder to tell which ones are mere conspiracy theories and which are true reality.

One farm visitor told me of his foreshadowing massive numbers of deaths within three years consequent to the genetic vaccines, and that this was all about the “Great Reset” and the depopulation agenda of the World Economic Forum (WEF). I tried to reassure him that, in my opinion, this was highly unlikely- while privately thinking about how easily people fall into this type of conspiracy ideation, and how I need to be careful to avoid going there when confronting so many public health decisions that appear either incompetent or nefarious. At the time, I only knew of the WEF as the host of a big annual party in Davos Switzerland where the uber rich and the hoi oligoi of the Western nations went to watch Ted talks, drink the best wine, see and be seen. Silly me. What a long, strange trip this has been. I doubt that even Hunter S. Thompson could have imagined it in his most drug and booze addled state. Suffice to say, I nominate Ralph Steadman as official illustrator of the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic. Or a resurrected Hieronymus Bosch.

But I am wandering from a point that I am afraid to clearly state.

It is starting to look to me like the largest experiment on human beings in recorded history has failed. And, if this rather dry report from a senior Indiana life insurance executive holds true, then Reiner Fuellmich’s “Crimes against Humanity” push for convening new Nuremberg trials starts to look a lot less quixotic and a lot more prophetic.

Here is what lit me up in this report from The Center Square contributor Margaret Menge.

“The head of Indianapolis-based insurance company OneAmerica said the death rate is up a stunning 40% from pre-pandemic levels among working-age people.

“We are seeing, right now, the highest death rates we have seen in the history of this business – not just at OneAmerica,” the company’s CEO Scott Davison said during an online news conference this week. “The data is consistent across every player in that business.”

OneAmerica is a $100 billion insurance company that has had its headquarters in Indianapolis since 1877. The company has approximately 2,400 employees and sells life insurance, including group life insurance to employers in the state.

Davison said the increase in deaths represents “huge, huge numbers,” and that’s it’s not elderly people who are dying, but “primarily working-age people 18 to 64” who are the employees of companies that have group life insurance plans through OneAmerica.

“And what we saw just in third quarter, we’re seeing it continue into fourth quarter, is that death rates are up 40% over what they were pre-pandemic,” he said.

“Just to give you an idea of how bad that is, a three-sigma or a one-in-200-year catastrophe would be 10% increase over pre-pandemic,” he said. “So 40% is just unheard of.””

So, what is driving this unprecedented surge in all-cause mortality?

Most of the claims for deaths being filed are not classified as COVID-19 deaths,

Davison said.“What the data is showing to us is that the deaths that are being reported as COVID deaths greatly understate the actual death losses among working-age people from the pandemic. It may not all be COVID on their death certificate, but deaths are up just huge, huge numbers.””

Take a moment to read the entire article. Now. Then let’s continue on, assuming that you have.

AT A MINIMUM, based on my reading, one has to conclude that if this report holds and is confirmed by others in the dry world of life insurance actuaries, we have both a huge human tragedy and a profound public policy failure of the US Government and US HHS system to serve and protect the citizens that pay for this “service”.

IF this holds true, then the genetic vaccines so aggressively promoted have failed, and the clear federal campaign to prevent early treatment with lifesaving drugs has contributed to a massive, avoidable loss of life.

AT WORST, this report implies that the federal workplace vaccine mandates have driven what appear to be a true crime against humanity. Massive loss of life in (presumably) workers that have been forced to accept a toxic vaccine at higher frequency relative to the general population of Indiana.

FURTHERMORE, we have also been living through the most massive, globally coordinated propaganda and censorship campaign in the history of the human race. All major mass media and the social media technology companies have coordinated to stifle and suppress any discussion of the risks of the genetic vaccines AND/OR alternative early treatments.

IF this report holds true, there must be accountability. We are not just talking about running over the first amendment of the Constitution of the United States and grinding it into the mud with an army of artificial intelligence-powered heavy infantry. This article reads like a dry description of an avoidable mass casualty event caused by a mandated experimental medical procedure. One for which all opportunities for the victims to have become self-informed about the potential risks have been methodically erased from both the internet and public awareness by an international corrupt cabal operating under the flag of the “Trusted News Initiative”. George Orwell must be spinning in his grave.

I hope I am wrong. I fear I am right. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 12-27-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hillary's Five Step Plan for "Re-Educating" of America

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, December 27, 2021 - 15:51.

I have been consulting with federal officials, both military and law enforcement or recently retired people from these two groups for years. I have read and published government documents associated with a huge purge of conservatives, whose strategies, are already well underway. Of all the topics I write about, the topic of voter fraud and the genocidal takeover of America are the two topics that fall strongly within my personal and professional wheelhouse. This article briefly reviews facts already in evidence and the unfolding mechanisms of tyranny and genocide that are well underway.

We all agree that the Deep State is in trouble due to the stalled Biden legislation. The process must be accelerated because time is not on the side of the Deep State. A simultaneous power grab and deadly purge must commence in the near future because of the rising red tide.

Review of What Was Previously Discussed

In past articles, I have made it abundantly clear that the following is in the process of taking place:

Hillary has been selected to make a comeback and will assume the Presidency. It is her Deep State destiny that she will initiate a horrendous purge that rivals any past despotic dictator in the history of the planet.

I have detailed the order of succession that must take place and it is a two-step process.

The demise and forced resignation over her role in the Smollett attempt at starting a race war. Kamala was the mastermind and Kim Fox was her legal cover by refusing to prosecute Smollett for his obvious fraud. Fox is being rolled up on as are the Nigerian participants. After assuming the soon-to-be Biden departure, Kamala will be leveraged and she will be forced to resign, for personal reasons, the Presidency and Hillary, who will have been appointed for the Vice Presidency will have already been put in place.

I hope Biden leaves office, peacefully, through the 25th Amendment. However, there is much political fall out for a peaceful transition of power. The Democrats will be blamed by the public for selecting such an infirm subject to run for the President. His status as a puppet President would dominate water cooler discussion. Most Americans would wake up to the fact, that we do not live in any kind of a Democratic Republic. It is more beneficial to the Deep State that Biden would leave office in a violent manner. A Deep State assassin(s) (false flag of course) would be framed as a Christian and a Second Amendment Trump Supporter. This would open the door to gun confiscation and a political purge and mass arrest in FEMA camps under the NDAA. As far as the potential Deep State removal of Biden, a mass casualty event, perpetrated by the same right wing group, is a secondary possibility and this event would be blamed on the same right wing forces with the same result and Biden would be portrayed as an innocent victim. Before judging the assassination scenario that any sane person opposes, ask yourself, is there anything that the Left will not do to gain and solidify their power? This violent extreme Left approach accomplishes regime change, gun confiscation and persecution of key dissidents. In the second phase of this plot, it is obvious to assume that millions of right wingers would be on their way to the camps.

The Deep State Is Losing Control and They Are Moving to Accelerate Their Genocidal Plan

With every passing day, I am more convinced that a dramatic turn of events is needed by the Left because the masses are not on board with anymore mandates and restrictions on liberties. The public is beginning to become red-pilled and are starting to see through the mainstream media and the Democratic Party, Independents, the young voters and Hispanic voters are leaving the Democratic Party in droves. In fact, each one of the aforementioned groups has experienced an approximate 50% shift in party allegiance. This spells disaster for the Bolsheviks who are taking over this country and they are largely unopposed but they will not be unopposed for long given these dramatic political shifts in allegiance. This underlies the need for a violent regime change perpetrated by the Left which will invoke both public sympathy and outrage, for Biden, and this needed to head off the tide of populism that is sweeping the country. Biden is merely a pawn in the scheme and is expendable. He has played his role.

Following the removal of Biden, it is likely that a state of existing Civil War would be declared and the United Nations (eg Chinese wearing blue helmets) will be brought out into the open and actively begin to squelch any conservative political action and this would be legitimized by invoking the Kigali Principles. Led by UN Peacekeepers and the Democratic Party, the order of attack would quickly and clearly be established as the alt media, fired medical personnel, expunged military for vaccine refusal (the heart of any armed resistance) key conservative politicians (at all levels of government), conservative military officers and their families will be removed from society in a modern day “Night of the Broken Glass” event as a nation wide round up will take place at 4AM Eastern. The total number involved would be approximately 100,000 and this will be the Deep State’s version of the Rapture.

Hillary Is the “Fun Camp” President

Hillary, in the 2016 Presidential campaign was touted as the Fun Camp Presidential candidate because of her comments that any unhappy American should be incarcerated for their own good.

So, how will Hillary accomplish the takedown and the Bolshevik takeover of America? First, America needs to understand that Marxist-Communist takeover has gone as far as it can go without perpetrating violence against, first, the resistance leadership, and second, the rank and file of loyal Americans. In a Communist takeover, both groups are targeted for death. Steve Quayle used to call this the Red List…Blue List…etc., and Steve was 100% correct. How many will be liquidated? The baseline for liquidation would be at least the 80-90 million, and that is the estimated number who voted for Trump. Of course, this list would be greatly expanded as 150 million would not be an overestimate. By looking at this purge on this level, the similarity between the number of targeted Americans and the death toll as reported in the Deagel Report cannot be overstated. These numbers exceeds both Stalin and Hitler’s domestic purge leaving only Mao’s cultural revolution of the 1960’s in the same ballpark with regard to the number murdered citizens.

I have written extensively with regard to this purge beginning in late 2012. I am not alone, Doug Hagmann and Steve Quayle have been at the forefront of warning that the building blocks of American genocide were being put into place. Unfortunately, because this strategy was patient and progressive as was the Russian plan, called the Scissors Plan, which is now in full swing by the Chinese, the UN, the Democratic Party and the puppet masters of the Deep State, the public did not have the patience to observe this unfolding plan. Because we are closer to the ultimate takeover, and it is becoming increasingly obvious, I think it possible than millions of Americans will join the ranks of the awakened.

When I have spoken to a variety of civic groups, they frequently ask me what will this purge look like? Certainly Covid and related mandates will play a role in the incarcerations and extermination of the perceived enemies of the new emerging Bolshevik state. I have a substantial following in New Zealand some of the citizens are telling me that euthanasia for covid, in the camps, has been authorized. The information is not yet available. However, the reports are too numerous to not have some substance behind them. I have reported on state governments such as New York and Oregon which have declared the right to engage in unwarranted snatches of people off the street, call it covid, and indefinitely detain said citizens. This is the beginning of an enemies list.

Where is the Going?

America can expect to see the following take place:

The continued conversation of shopping malls, stadiums, arenas, strip malls and schools will greatly expand the number of FEMA camps through existing structure conversion. These camps will serve as slave labor camps and extermination camps, or both.

Obama’s Executive Order 13603 was created for Hillary’s anticipated 2017 Presidency. It contained the following general provisions:

Slave Labor camps

Extermination camps which also links to HHS documents called ESF# 8-14 used for medical incarceration

Control of all food and food production

Control of all water

Control of all private assets

The backdrop of a violent change in power and subsequent martial law under the Kigali Principles would provide the impetus for such actions.

The Gathering” so to speak has been rehearsed. It is possible to roundup the leadership opposition. However, the rank and file is another matter. It is necessary to bring the people to the camps willingly. This was first rehearsed a decade ago, in Colorado. in Operation Mountain Guardian.

The UN part of the final takeover was practiced in Jade Helm 15-16.

The backbone of the resistance will be purged military for not complying with vaccine mandates. How to deal with this was extensively practiced during Jade Helm 16, which took place in Obama’s last year in office.

These progressions of control needs to be fully exposed, from Executive Order 13603 to Operation Mountain Guardian, and exposed it will be in upcoming articles. Further, FM 39.4, the NDAA, and more will be exposed in future articles as well.


Hillary and her fellow globaists would not refer to this genocide. They will use a softer term that we know as "Re-Education Camps."

I am not the only source capable of providing this analysis and I am certain that many of my colleagues will join me in the exposure of what has already been practiced for what is coming. I have been writing about this for 10 years, in detail, and I feel I have the Deep State’s playbook. I understand their battle plan and the order of implementation. This will all be shared in upcoming articles.

Finally, my fellow Americans need to understand tens of millions of you have been marked for extermination. Further, and because this move is decidedly Satanic in its origins, we need to understand that your very soul is at risk as well. There are things that we can do as well and this will be discussed in future articles. However, before looking at long-term solutions, all people need to make their individual survival a priority. Whether you realize it or not, you are a frontline participant in a war and the mission of this series is get the average American to appreciate the gravity of everyone’s intended fate. Finally, pray for salvation and deliverance. 

:: 12--21 indeed :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Internment/Resettlement Specialist

US Army

78,008 reviews

Dearborn, MI

$30,000 - $120,000 a year - Full-time, Part-time, Contract

Employer actively reviewed job 21 days ago


$30,000 - $120,000 a year

Job Type




Number of hires for this role

On-going need to fill this role


High school or equivalent (Preferred)


Pulled from the full job description

Relocation assistance

Health insurance

Dental insurance


Tuition reimbursement

Paid time off

Parental leave

Employee assistance program

Vision insurance

401(k) matching

Employee discount

Professional development assistance

Life insurance

Retirement plan

Full Job Description

U.S Army / Army Reserve Enlistment – 31E Internment / Resettlement Specialist

No Experience required

Basic Job qualifications

· be between the ages of 17-38

· pass a drug test

· have high school Diploma or GED

Call: 517-862-5080 for any questions



Internment/resettlement specialists are primarily responsible for day-to-day operations in a military confinement/correctional facility or detention/internment facility.

Job Duties

· Supervision of confinement and detention operations

· External security to facilities

· Counseling/guidance to individual prisoners within a rehabilitative program

· Records of prisoners/internees and their programs


Those who want to serve must first take the Armed Services Vocational Aptitude Battery, a series of tests that helps you better understand your strengths and identify which Army jobs are best for you.


Job training for an internment/resettlement specialist requires 10 weeks of Basic Combat Training and seven weeks of Advanced Individual Training with on-the-job instruction. Part of this time is spent in the classroom and in the field.

Some of the skills you’ll learn are:

· Military laws and jurisdictions

· Self-defense and use of firearms

· Interpersonal communications skills

· Search/restraint and custody/control procedures

Helpful Skills

· Interest in law enforcement

· Physically and mentally fit

· Ability to make quick decisions

· Remain calm under heavy duress

Required ASVAB Score(s)

Skilled Technical (ST): 95


Total compensation includes housing, medical, food, special pay, and vacation time.

Earn Cash For In Demand Jobs

You could earn up to $40,000 in cash bonuses just for enlisting under certain Military Occupational Specialties.

Education Benefits

In the Army, qualified students can earn full-tuition, merit-based scholarships, allowances for books and fees, plus an annual stipend for living expenses.

Future Civilian Careers

The skills you learn will help prepare you for a career with federal, state and local law enforcement.


Those interested in this job may be eligible for civilian employment, after the Army, by enrolling in the Army PaYS program. The PaYS program is a recruitment option that guarantees a job interview with military friendly employers that are looking for experienced and trained Veterans to join their organization.


· New York City Police Dept.

· Louisville Metro Police

· Clearwater PD

· Alabama Department of Corrections

· Las Vegas Metro Police Department

· Kansas Highway Patrol

· City of Chicago

· Baltimore Police Department

· Corpus Christi Police Department

Job Types: Full-time, Part-time, Contract

Pay: $30,000.00 - $120,000.00 per year



401(k) matching

Dental insurance

Employee assistance program

Employee discount

Health insurance

Life insurance

Paid time off

Parental leave

Professional development assistance

Relocation assistance

Retirement plan

Tuition reimbursement

Vision insurance


8 hour shift

Day shift

Monday to Friday

Supplemental Pay:

Bonus pay

Signing bonus

Application Question(s):

are you between the ages of 17-36?


High school or equivalent (Preferred)

Work Location:

Multiple locations

Work Remotely:


Work Location: Multiple Locations

30+ days ago

If you require alternative methods of application or screening, you must approach the employer directly to request this as Indeed is not responsible for the employer's application process.


:: 12-26-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With Hillary Clinton Finding A Way To Sneak In The Back Door of The White House, Kamala Harris Better Remember 'The Clinton Body Count'

- The Cackling Duo Would End Up Destroying What Is Left Of America

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine December 26, 2021

We have all seen the signs, "gaffes", lies, misstatements and mentally questionable actions of Joe Biden as the current occupier of the White House, and the unpopularity of Kamala Harris, but until now, it wasn't clear that Harris was as mentally challenged, or more-so, than Biden himself.

How mentally challenged does one have to be to mimic Hillary Clinton's failed presidential runs and arguments for why she kept losing, using sexism and racism as excuses of why she is not more popular?

Take it a step further, how "out there" does someone have to be to look to who could arguably be the most unpopular woman on the planet, for advice on how to overcome her own unpopularity?

This is a woman that holds a very good chance of taking over the presidency of the United States should Joe Biden become incapacitated, which some argue, has already happened, so her judgement, decisions and excuses become all the more concerning.


The polling pattern is clear, where in all polls she is underperforming, and in some she is showing such low approval numbers they are calling it a "historic low for any modern vice president."

President Joe Biden has been on a months-long slide toward historically poor polling numbers, but yesterday's USA Today/Suffolk poll was even worse for Vice President Kamala Harris.

Biden's approval rating hit yet another a new low, this time at 38%, but Harris' dropped to 28%.

A 51% majority of respondents said they disapprove of the job Harris is doing as VP.

At this early stage of a modern presidency, Harris' numbers in the USA Today/Suffolk poll are unprecedented.

So, rather than acknowledge it has been a rough ride and assure Americans she would do better, she decided to take a page from twice-failed presidential candidate Hillary Clinton, and blame everything and anything except herself.

She blames sexism and racism in one shot, saying if she were a "white male," her media coverage would be better. That itself is laughable as the media has done everything in their power to protect the Biden regime from suffering the consequences of their failed policies.

Ms. Harris has privately told her allies that the news coverage of her would be different if she were any of her 48 predecessors, whom she has described as all white and male. (Charles Curtis, who served as vice president under Hoover, spoke proudly of his Native American ancestry.) She also has confided in them about the difficulties she is facing with the intractable issues in her portfolio, such as voting rights and the root causes of migration. The White House has pushed back against scathing criticism on both fronts, for what activists say is a lack of attention.

In that same NYT article, we see that Harris is in regular contact with Hillary Clinton, as they quote Clinton on her take of why Harris is so unpopular:

There is a double standard; it’s sadly alive and well,” Mrs. Clinton said in an interview. “A lot of what is being used to judge her, just like it was to judge me, or the women who ran in 2020, or everybody else, is really colored by that.”

The two speak every few months on the phone; in November, Mrs. Clinton visited Ms. Harris in her West Wing office.

Playing the gender, and in Harris' case the gender and race cards, are always the fallback positions for female Democrats that fail in politics. In their minds, they are always the victims of sexism or racism, rather than their own failures.

Breitbart describes the Harris game plan as "Kamala Harris has sought the counsel of twice-failed presidential aspirant Hillary Clinton on the best way to reverse diving approval ratings while at the same navigating the travails of public life, according to a report Thursday."

The NYT also states "In recent weeks, she has seen a string of departures from the communications office; a number of other officials departed earlier this year."

In other reports we see "Kamala Harris Staffers Worried About 2024 Chances: ‘She’s F***ing Up, Maybe She Shouldn’t Be the Heir Apparent’"

The Democrats and the media, insisted during the entire 2016 presidential campaigns that Donald Trump was the most unpopular candidate ...evah! Yet Hillary Clinton lost her butt to him, so what does that say about her popularity?

(ANP FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running a fundraising drive until we catch up on expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)


Interestingly, both the Breitbart piece and the NYT piece, coming from total opposite sides of the aisle politically, both called Kamala Harris the "heir apparent," to Joe Biden, which is extremely telling, at least on the part of the NYT.

Joe Biden has made it clear that should his health last (many believe that ship sailed long ago) he was going to run again in 2024, saying he would be more likely to try for reelection if Donald Trump threw his hat into the ring, yet, the media is already acting like Harris is the de-facto presidential candidate.

Many, including myself, speculated during the 2020 presidential campaign that the only reason Biden was chosen was for name recognition because all the other Democrat candidates were performing horribly, and Harris was selected by Democrats because; 1) She is a woman; 2) She is considered a "person of color," and; 3) because of #'s 1 and 2, she could be selected, rather than elected, as the 2024 candidate, since her 2020 candidacy failed so spectacularly she had to drop out of the running.

Now, once again, Hillary Clinton is back in the fold, as a confidant to Kamala Harris giving her advice on how to properly avoid responsibility for her failures and unpopularity, using the race and gender cards.

The fact that Harris is turning to Clinton is concerning on a number of levels.

• It brings Clinton back into the fold with the ability to "influence" any decisions and actions taken by Harris.

• It once again brings Clinton one step closer to the White House.

If Harris takes over for Biden before 2024, due to his mental or physical state, who would Harris nominate or turn to as her VP?

It sure as hell won't be a man, and the other Democrat 2020 female candidates were all as or more unpopular than she was. While it is speculative, there is a very good chance, a high likelihood, that Harris will again turn to Hillary Clinton.


The bottom line is a warning to Harris and it is only four words: The Clinton Body Count. 

:: 12-27-21 News Thud :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WATCH: Jordan slams Biden admin for doing “everything wrong” says Biden has “given” Americans “record crime” and inflation

written by Paul Goldberg December 27, 2021

Appearing on Fox News, Rep. Jim Jordan argued President Biden has “given” Americans “record crime” and inflation.



[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 12--21 Hoistle Living :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In America today and throughout the so-called “free West” people are punished for exercising First Amendment rights. The Constitution and human rights laws do not protect them.

The extraordinary measures we are witnessing in Austria and Europe and the news report that Australia is moving covid patients and contacts into quarantine camps comprise proof that the covid measures are unrelated to public health. 

Both HCQ and Ivermectin are known Covid cures and preventatives. The evidence is overwhelming. In India’s largest province, Uttar Pradesh, with a dense population three times larger than the combined population of Australia, Canada, and New Zealand, covid was contained by the use of Ivermectin.


In no country has covid vaccination had success, much less success like Ivermectin in India.

Fake “fact check” sites funded by Big Pharma have tried to bury the news of India’s success with Ivermectin by covering it up with disinformation in order to protect Big Pharma profits.

This presentation PROOVES WITHOUT DOUBT that America is in for a major fight that will put you and your family in the firing line, literally… So make sure you watch this presentation while it’s still online…

The reason why you should pay attention now is that is because these techniques don’t come from books, they’re taken from actual 21st century warzones, from lawless states where social chaos is the name of the game… … and where not having enough time or money to prepare doesn’t stop real-world preppers from creating virtually impenetrable defenses for their families.

In Uttar Pradesh, Ivermectin was used as a preventative as well as a cure. A pill a week keeps the virus away. Moreover, it is thoroughly established that covid’s mortality is essentially limited to people with serious illnesses who are not treated with HCQ or Ivermectin when they catch Covid, but are left to get well on their own and when they don’t are killed in hospitals with ventilators or remdesivir, two proven highly unsuccessful “treatments.”

The Austrian lockdown makes no sense for a variety of reasons. The most obvious is that Austria’s lockdown does not apply to people who go to work. So a large percentage of Austrians will be free to move about. What is the point of allowing people to go to work but not to a restaurant? It is too silly for words and must have some other purpose.

In Law, Legislation, and Liberty, Friedrich A. Hayek wrote that emergencies are the pretexts that governments use to erode civil liberties and that the erosions remain after the emergency passes or the pretend emergency is exposed. In the past 20 years we have seen the demise of civil liberty because of the “war on terror” and now again on the basis of a faked “Covid pandemic.” President George W. Bush used 9/11, an obvious false flag attack, to set aside the Constitutional protection of habeas corpus and detain people indefinitely without presentation of evidence to a court. President Obama used the fake war on terror to execute citizens on suspicion alone without due process of law. Now people are losing their jobs, businesses, and freedom based on an occasionally lethal virus, the prevention and cure of which is blocked by Big Pharma and Big Medicine’s Covid protocol.

When the Soviet Union collapsed and China abandoned communism, people expected a reign of freedom to result. Instead, the Western World has seen an assault on civil liberty that is reminiscent of life under Stalin and Mao. In America today and throughout the so-called “free West” people are punished for exercising First Amendment rights. The Constitution and human rights laws do not protect them. Journalist Julian Assange has been held in violation of Anglo-American habeas corpus for a decade, and no court has done anything about it. There are no protests from law schools, bar associations, or journalists. An obvious conclusion is that the members of institutions designed to support civil liberty no longer believe in civil liberty.

As the belief in freedom has weakened in the West, unless we join together and revive it by refusing to accept lockdowns and “vaccine” mandates, we won’t much longer be free.

I highly recommend this book: The Home Doctor – Practical Medicine for Every Household – is a 304 page doctor written and approved guide on how to manage most health situations when help is not on the way.

If you want to see what happens when things go south, all you have to do is look at Venezuela: no electricity, no running water, no law, no antibiotics, no painkillers, no anesthetics, no insulin or other important things.

But if you want to find out how you can still manage in a situation like this, you must also look to Venezuela and learn the ingenious ways they developed to cope. 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 12-25-21 Law Enforcement Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Revealed: 33 members of Congress sit on advisory board tied to Chinese Communist Party

Posted by: Jim Patrick|December 25, 2021 |Categories Around The World, Featured, News

WASHINGTON, DC- Another day, another story about Chinese influence over American politicians. This time, Breitbart is reporting that 33 members of Congress are currently listed on the “congressional advisory board” of an organization linked with a Chinese Communist Party (CCP) think tank, citing a Washington Examiner report.

The Examiner reports that organization, the strangely-named Humpty Dumpty Institute (HDI) bragged about it’s partnership with the Taihe Institute, a China-based think tank which employs a number of current and former members of the CCP and the People’s Liberation Army as senior fellows.

In August, the Taihe Institute was one of three think tanks associated with China behind a report which referred to the United States as a “failed country” for our response to the COIVD pandemic, while pushing the false narrative that a military base in Maryland was behind the leak of the virus.

The list identified by the Examiner shows seven House Republicans and 26 Democrats sit on the advisory board, which “informally advises on programming and CAB [Change Advisory Board] members are active in HDI’s domestic and international activities,” the website says.

Breitbart reports that HDI has maintained a partnership with Taihe since 2017. HDI worked with Taihe on their first annual Taihe Civilizations Forum held in August of that year. HDI’s CEO was present for all of Taihe Institute’s forums, with the exception of the one held this year.

The Examiner reported:

HDI CEO Joseph Merante, a former career U.S. foreign service officer, spoke at the Taihe Institute’s annual Beijing-based Taihe Civilization Forum every year between 2017 and 2020.

During his talk at the 2017 Taihe Civilizations Forum, Merante urged China to improve its “cultural soft power” and worldwide influence by making better use of cultural and artistic exchanges.

And in his 2018 talk, Merante highlighted the HDI’s cooperation with Chinese businesses such as the video game developer Perfect world.

Upon learning HDI was tied to the Taihe Institute, a number of Republican House members condemned HDI, with at least some being unaware they were listed on HD’s advisory board, including Rep. Andy Harris (R-MD).

Harris told the Examiner:

It comes as a complete surprise to me that I am listed as a member. I was never notified by the Institute that I was named to the “Advisory Board,” and I have had no interaction with the Institute at all since 2019, when I traveled on one sponsored trip to the Port of Antwerp as a member of the Ports Caucus.”

Furthermore, another Republican, Gus Bilirakis (FL) submitted his resignation from the board in a letter addressed to HDI:

It is particularly abhorrent to me to be associated with an organization that has ties to a government widely known to actively support infanticide, engage in forced sterilization, exploit slave labor, and persecute religious minorities and political dissidents.

“Therefore I renounce any participation in HDI’s Congressional Advisory Board and seek the removal of my name from any promotional materials, documents, letterhead, and website references of your organization.

“Additionally, I implore you to reconsider your associations with the CP and to rethink what this connection has to your stated humanitarian mission.”

Breitbart noted that no Democrat member of Congress listed on HDI’s advisory board have yet spoken out against the organization after the Examiner’s blockbuster report. The Examiner did note that Texas Rep. Al Green (D) was removed from the website sometime between last Monday and Tuesday.

Among Democrats listed on HDI’s advisory board are some rather prominent House liberals, including Rep. Debbie Wasserman-Schultz (D-FL), Mad Maxine Waters (D-CA) and Mark Pocan (D-WI).

The strangely-named Humpty Dumpty Institute (HDI) received its name in 1998, with their mission defined as “putting the pieces back together,” speaking of broken international relations while also finding solutions to humanitarian problems. Those problems apparently do not include China’s human rights abuses of Muslim Uyghurs.

HDI says they have hosted over 550 members of Congress and staffers for summits with senior United Nations officials, while also organizing Congressional delegations to over 30 countries.

There is, however, no evidence HDI ever sponsored congressional travel to China. Republican members also noted they hadn’t discussed any matters related to China with the group.

Last Sunday, HDI issued a statement in which they claimed not to have accepted any funds from either the Taihe Institute or any Chinese Government entity. The group also said they had collaborated with the government of Taiwan on humanitarian projects in Vietnam and Sri Lanka, and had organized cultural programs in Taiwan.

While HDI also claims it hadn’t operated any program inside China, that doesn’t seem to match up with a January 2015 statement, in which they announced a Chinese video game developer, Perfect World, would represent HDI’s Higher Education Alliance program in Chinese universities, a five-year deal struck between the two groups.

Meanwhile, two other Republicans contacted by the Washington Examiner said they would maintain their affiliation with the group.

Rep. August Pfluger of Texas said, “After the Biden administration botched the Afghanistan withdrawal, I was pleased to work with any group willing to help confront the crisis. I am taking HDI at their word, and they have denied working with the CCP. If new information comes to light, I will reevaluate my position on the board.”

One other Republican board member, Rep. Don Bacon of Nebraska said the HDI’s press release “satisfied” him that everything was legitimate via a statement issued by his office:

The congressman was not aware of any reported relationship with the Taihe Institute when he joined. HDI has confirmed they have spoken on cultural diplomacy and the need for dialogue at conferences organized by Taihe but they have never accepted funding from Taihe or the PRC. Rep. Bacon is satisfied with their explanation.”

Two men arrested and charged with the attempted murder of a Chicago cop after shooting him during a traffic stop

Earlier this year, we warned about Chinese ties abounding among many individuals nominated by Biden for administration posts. For more on that, we invite you to:


This editorial is brought to you by a former chief of police and current staff writer for Law Enforcement Today.

WASHINGTON, DC- What could possibly go wrong? President Trump warned about Biden’s ties to the Chinese, yet somehow “80 million” people “voted” for him. Well, we are about to find out exactly how much we’re going to be compromised. We warned you.

Bill Burns, Biden’s pick to head the CIA has been president of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, which has enjoyed a decade-long relationship with the China-United States Exchange Foundation (CUSEF), the National Pulse has reported. The foundation dates back to at least 2009.

CUSEF is part of the Chinese Communist Party’s United Front, which seeks to “co-opt and neutralize sources of potential opposition” while encouraging other foreign interest to “adopt positions supportive of Beijing’s preferred policies.”

CUSEF has sponsored trips for CCP officials to speak at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, the outlet reports.

For example, in 2009 CUSEF brought in the former mayor of Shanghai who also served as vice-chairman of the CCP’s Political Consultative Conference for a keynote speech, a trip that was paid for by CUSEF.

Moreover two years later, the founder of CUSEF Tung Chee-hwa spoke at a Carnegie event. He chairs the so-called “highest-ranking entity” which oversees China’s United Front.

The South China Morning Post reported that the Carnegie Endowment received “money from” CUSEF, and the two organizations often worked together on projects seeking to facilitate U.S.-China collaboration.

The two organizations also collaborated in 2012 on a project that sought to investigate the “views of the public and elites in five distinct categories—government, business, academia, the military and the mediaregarding a number of national security issues, among them the nature of American and Chinese power both worldwide and in Asia to how each nation viewed each other.”

A collaboration was also developed with the China Strategic Culture Promotion Association (CSCPA), the leader of which is a former Chinese Navy officer who pushes a “strong” Chinese military.

The report, numbering 62 pages included a bevy of “recommendations for U.S. and Chinese policymakers, including the recommendation to ‘emphasize cooperation over competition’ and to ‘prevent the Taiwan issue from derailing broader cooperation.’”

As we said, what could possibly go wrong?

CUSEF produced a quarterly journal entitled “China-US Focus.” A number of Carnegie Endowment leaders have contributed to the publication, including a number under Burns’ leadership, who have contributed at least six articles to the publication together with Chinese Communist Party officials and People’s Liberation Army leaders.

That isn’t the only connection between the Carnegie Endowment and the CCP; introducing the Carnegie-Tsinghua Center, based in Beijing. A number of those associated with the institute have worked at the Chinese government-funded university as “guiding scholars.”

In addition, two of the senior fellows have significant, explicit ties to the CCP, including a man named Tong Zhao, who worked for the Office of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Government of Beijing Municipality, and Yan Xuetong, a member of the Consultation Committee of China’s Ministry of Commerce.

Not to be outdone, Tsinghua University is CCP leader Xi Jinping’s alma mater. It has a “clear connection” to the Chinese “state administration for technology and industry in discussions on what they can do to hep the national security,’ said former Senior Intelligence Officer and State Department official Nicholas Eftimiades.

That school was responsible in part for cyberattacks against the United States government and partners with such “news” outlets such as CNN and the New York Times for its “Marxist journalism” program, the Pulse said.

In addition, the center has hosted a number of American lawmakers as part of its desire to boost U.S.-China collaboration.

Those officials include former House Speaker Paul Ryan, former Secretary of State and US Senator John Kerry, and Elaine Chao, President Trump’s former transportation secretary and wife of Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell. How weird is that?

Biden’s “China problem” has a lot of conservatives and Republicans concerned. And unfortunately it doesn’t stop with Burns.

LET Unity

The National Pulse is also reporting that Biden’s pick for Chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission delivered a keynote at the American Chamber of Commerce in China’s 2016 business conference held in Beijing.

Gary Gensler spoke at the group’s 2016 Asia Pacific Council of American Chambers of Commerce (APCAC) Business Conference.

A press release publicizing the event read:

The theme of this year’s conference addresses China’s shift toward a new stage of economic development. Discussion topics will cover the wide rang of challenges and opportunities that are affecting US business in Asia, the future of Asia as a financial hub, China’s regional engagement, the “One Belt, One Road” initiative and the regional trading environment.”

The conference also included speakers from the Chinese Communist Party (CCP), including the Ministry of Commerce’s Trade Representative, high-level leadership from state-run universities, think tanks and media outlets. American interests included corporations such as PepsiCo which were trying to access Chinese markets and…wait for it…DLA Piper, the firm where the husband of vice president Kamala Harris works. Another coincidence!

And the connections to Democrats don’t end there. Former Ambassador to China Max Baucus, a former United States Senator who was appointed by Barack Obama now consults for Chinese government-linked firms.

Baucus, who leveraged his ambassadorship into that arrangement, also gave an “off the record” keynote which identified the “environment and opportunities for US businesses operating throughout the Asia Pacific.”

Gensler meanwhile spoke at a luncheon which was entitled “China and the Global Economy: Slowing Growth, Increased Volatility and Implications for American Business.”

A group called AmCham China is a pro-Chinese Communist Party lobbying group, the leadership of which is comprised of American companies—investment banking firms, law firms, technology companies and so on—all invested in getting market access and outsourcing American jobs to China.

AmCham says:

“As a primary pillar in our pursuit of improving the business environment and helping American companies succeed in China, AmCham China’s advocacy efforts address a wide scope of industry needs and extend from the central government to the local municipality levels. AmCham China advocates on behalf of our members ‘evolving needs in the ever-changing China business landscape through a host of central and subnational government engagement efforts, large events such as the Annual Appreciation Dinner, and ongoing policy analysis and recommendations.”

Meanwhile, AmChan’s chairman has praised Huawei, a company which has collaborated with the Chinese military for years and was labeled a national security threat by President Trump and his administration.

The company’s ties to the Chinese Communist Party has raised concerns not only in the United States, but also in the UK and Sweden, which banned the use of the company’s equipment in their 5G networks. It is believed that Huawei uses its technology as a spying tool on consumers and governments.

Gensler is a typical Washington swamp creature of the type President Trump spent four years trying to eradicate from government.

He was Chairman of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under Obama, Chief Financial Officer of Hillary Clinton’s failed 2016 presidential campaign, and led Biden’s Federal Reserve, Banking and Securities Regulators Transition Team efforts, the Pulse reported.

Want to make sure you never miss a story from Law Enforcement Today? With so much “stuff” happening in the world on social media, it’s easy for things to get lost.

Make sure you click “following” and then click “see first” so you don’t miss a thing! (See image below.) Thanks for being a part of the LET family!

Jim Patrick is a pseudonym for a retired police chief, who asks to remain anonymous due to employment and safety concerns. Jim is a 31-year law enforcement professional who is passionate about law enforcement and politics. He is an unabashed Reagan/Trump conservative and loves America. 

:: 12--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Free and the Brave

Guest Post by Todd Hayen

Whatever happened to that (the free and the brave)? Whatever happened to the attitude that had Patrick Henry at the Virginia convention in 1775 say “give me liberty, or give me death”?

Whatever happened to the patriotic fervour and the uncanny commitment to face suffering and death that resulted in over two million young men volunteering for service in World War I, and five times that number volunteering to serve in World War II?

Whatever happened to the ability to conquer fear and ride on the excitement for adventure and potential for immeasurable success that drove hundreds of thousands of men and women into the wild, and dangerous, frontiers of the American West?

Whatever happened to the spirit that filled the souls of those that faced stark adversity, danger to life and limb, that lead over 50,000 hapless men and women (mostly men) into the jungles of Central America to build the Panama Canal? ultimately killing over 5,000 of them as a result of accidents, all manner of diseases including malaria and dysentery?

What happened?

Yeah, this is about us, guys (me included!) Sure, women can be brave — any biological sexual orientation can activate the warrior archetype — but more commonly it is the gendered male that falls into this archetypal constellation.

Bravery — a compulsion to protect those he loves, have a critical and logical assessment of a difficult situation, and the force and power, at the very least a potential force and power, ready to inflict whatever necessary to protect partner and family, community and nation.

We, us men, have seemed to have lost much of that. Have we become a bunch of puss-balls?

Dr Mark McDonald, a prominent medical doctor with a specialty in psychiatry, doesn’t mince words when he says while describing the psychological state of men and women during this crises:

we essentially have men with no balls, and then we have histrionics, women who have no emotional containment, because there are no men to contain them anymore.”

Sexist? Maybe some will think so, but McDonald is not putting all the blame on one sex, or exclusively on the masculine or feminine archetypes, the responsibility here is rather well balanced.

What does this mean?

Very basically it means we have created a culture that has done a pretty good job of emasculating men the radical feminist movement, as well as a general lack of situations where men can express their “man-ness” in a healthy way, has been a big part of the problem.

Toxic Masculinity” is a phrase and concept that has taken the world by storm, and contributes quite a bit to the confusion that men are experiencing while trying to ascertain what a “real man” is in today’s “anti male” culture.

“Oh boo hoo” some of you may be saying. “Men, through their powerful patriarchal history of abusing women and treating them as inferior partners in relationships deserve a little pull back!”

There certainly is truth to that, but two wrongs don’t make a right. You can’t carve out an essential part of being a “man” without some collateral damage, all the way around.

So what does being a “real man” have to do with bravery? A lot, actually. Facing adversity and danger, primarily in order to protect the physically weaker, is a very important attribute of the masculine archetype of warrior, or even king if you want to get more detailed about it.

Actavis Breakthrough

Historically and traditionally the man has been the protector, the physical, and sometimes intellectual (intelligence that is present in logic reasoning and critical thinking) found in masculine archetypes (again, archetypes both men and women have access to).

These attributes are primarily directed toward protection and outwardly projected as strength and resolve. This often stabilizes the more emotional feminine archetypal factors that again, typically, are activated by the female, or woman, in a relationship.

As a psychotherapist, and an archetypal psychologist at that, I see these archetypal powers and influences playing out in my clients every day. Most of the problems I find in a couple’s therapy stems from an imbalance, or a dysfunction, in these energies of masculine and feminine.

Again, the “man” in a couple can be activating both masculine and feminine archetypes, as well as the “woman.” The problem comes in if the archetypes activated are inappropriate, out of balance, and create a result that is unexpected, undesired, or not beneficial. Most of these influences run in the unconscious, so very seldom are they consciously manipulated.

It wasn’t until I met Dr McDonald that I connected some very important dots. McDonald recently wrote and released a book titled United States of Fear. The subtitle of the book, “How America Fell Victim to a Mass Delusional Psychosis” is the primary focus.

McDonald holds nothing back when he addresses what he believes to be a fundamental cause of this mass psychosis. He believes that women (feminine archetypes driving the woman’s behaviour) need a strong, and masculine man, to contain her emotionality (due to the unfettered expression of her feminine archetypes.) McDonald, in an interview given on Jerm Warfare, said:

Do you think men with masks on make women feel safe? It only shows they have no balls. I’ve spoken with female police officers who see men in camouflage, tattooed, driving around in trucks with gun racks — wearing masks. They tell me, ‘this does not make me feel safe. This makes me afraid. If they are this scared of a virus, how will they react to a real threat what’s going to happen when the bear comes out of the woods? What’s going to happen when a rapist tries to attack me? What’s going to happen when my children are going to be kidnapped by the man in the park, what are they going to do? With their mask on are they going to say, “please stop. Please. Please.” They’re not going to put their lives on the line. They won’t even put their mouth on the line.’”

Harsh words, my brothers. Harsh words, but I think quite on the money.

Is this the only thing that is driving the collapse we are seeing in those that cannot stand up to this current tyranny, and say “enough is enough, step back!” No, of course not, but, in my opinion, it is a large part of the problem.

Our culture, at least in the West, has been set up for this to happen. We have become more and more dependent on government taking care of us, thus losing our own personal drive to develop character and strength. We depend on government and authority to think for us, and tell us what is best for us, to, in a word, parent us. We comply, we stay children, and we ultimately suffer.

The brave hold onto what makes them free and are willing to fight for it. Freedom is a God given right, not one bestowed upon us by any other authority. The healthy masculine archetypes of warrior and king have at their side the symbolic sword representing their power over adversity and danger.

There is a time for the warrior to pull the sword from its scabbard just a few inches to allow the sun to glint off of its polished surface, flashing in the eyes of a potential enemy, letting them know who they are dealing with.

And then there is the time to pull the sword completely free from its confines and slash what is seriously threatening the warrior and those he loves.

Now is the time to fight. 

:: 12-23-21 Vaccine Deaths :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The depopulation smoking gun: Alarming charts show the number Of Americans ‘vaxxed’ aligns ominously with Deagel’s forecast depopulation numbers for 2025

12/23/2021 / By News Editors

While checking out all of the absolutely bizarre news the last several days, including the fact that a ‘fully-vaxxed‘ Buzzfeed holiday party in New York turned into a COVID super-spreader event, Radio City’s Rockettes being forced to cancel all of their remaining performances due to numerous fully vaxxed and ‘boosted‘ members ‘catching the COVID‘ as well as the heavily vaxxed NFL canceling a number of games because of a ‘COVID surge’, I came across another story that caught my eye.

(Article by Stefan Stanford republished from

As most ANP readers who have been reading us for quite some time know, we’ve often covered the very mysterious and ‘deep state sourced‘ website, and their very bizarre forecast for America and most of the Western world for the year 2025, a forecast which, while varying slightly from year to year, always forecast America as a hugely depopulated, 3rd world nation by 2025.

With Deagel’s sources being the ‘deep state‘ and ‘globalists,‘ including the US Department of State, the US Department of Defense, the CIA, the World Bank and the European Union among others, the MSM and other called Deagel’s forecasts a ‘crazy dystopian conspiracy theory‘ but as we had pointed out in this ANP story just days ago, the MSM long called the ‘Wuhan lab weaponized COVID virus theory‘ a ‘crazy conspiracy theory,‘ too, before finally admitting days ago it is the ‘most likely theory‘.

And as we’d also pointed out in this April 22nd of 2021 ANP story, soon after Deagel was exposed on Doug Casey’s International Man website in a story titled “Doug Casey on the Shocking 2025 Deagel Forecast: War, Population Reduction and the Collapse of the West”, Deagel’s forecast for 2025 got ‘nuked‘, disappearing from the internet, though you can see some of their previous forecasts in both of the screenshots seen below which we had used as evidence of something sinister happening in previous ANP stories.

So when I ran across this recent story at CNN listing the total number of Americans currently fully vaxxed at approx. 202 million, with approx. 241 million at least partially vaxxed as seen in the screenshot on the top of this page, I immediately recognized those numbers as aligning very eerily and alarmingly with the number of Americans being forecast to ‘die off‘ by the year 2025 according to Deagel’s forecast from several different years. Just a bizarre coincidence, or ‘the depopulation smoking gun‘?

As you’ll notice in the screenshot below originally from this May of 2018 ANP story, the number of Americans being forecast by Deagel to be ‘culled‘ back then by the year 2025 was 227 million, which falls right in line with the number of currently ‘vaxxed‘ Americans. If mRNA vax inventor Dr. Robert Malone is correct in his warning that many of the vaccinated will die from the after-effects of the shot, should Americans really be taking their children to get it? Just think. The globalists want just that.

For those who may not have ever heard of Deagel before, let’s go ahead and take a look at this Doug Casey story from the International Man that led Deagel to nuke their bizarre forecasts of massive depopulation before we continue.:

International Man: Deagel is a private online source for the military capabilities of the world’s nation-states. It recently released a shocking five-year forecast.

The report analyzes countries by projected population size, GDP, defense budget, and more.

In it, they predict a 70% reduction in the size of the United States population. This is a bold prediction. What are your thoughts on this?

Doug Casey: I’ve got to say that I wasn’t familiar with Deagel—it keeps a low profile. Deagel is in the same business as Jane’s—which has been in the business of analyzing weapons systems for many decades.

A look at the Deagel website, which is quite sophisticated, makes it clear we’re not dealing with some blogger concocting outrageous clickbait. It seems to be well-connected with defense contractors and government agencies like the CIA.

They’ve predicted that about 70% of the US population, and about the same percentage in Europe, is going to disappear by 2025. It’s hard to believe that anybody in their position would make a forecast like that. There’s no logical business reason for it, especially since it was done before the COVID hysteria gripped the world. It stretches a reader’s credulity.

Could it possibly happen? It would be the biggest thing in world history. Does it have a basis in reality, or is it just some bizarre trolling exercise? I’m not sure—it’s hard to take almost anything from any source at face value these days. But for the last several years, I’ve been saying that World War III would basically be a biological war. Of course, it will have substantial conventional, nuclear, space-based, and AI/computer elements as well, but its most serious component will be biological. Essentially, it will involve the use of bacteria and viruses to wipe out the enemy. The odds are that it will be between the US and China. But since anyone with a CRISPR in their garage can hack the genome and DNA of almost anything and anybody… there are no limits to the possibilities.

Certainly, from the Chinese point of view, a biological war makes all the sense in the world. That’s because the Han Chinese share a lot of genetic similarities. Presumably, a bacteria or virus can be bred to favor the Chinese and take out most everybody else. The fact is that anything that can be done eventually will be done. It’s just the law of large numbers.

And as we’ve reported time and again on ANP, Deagel’s forecast not only warned of America being completely decimated by 2025 but ‘Western nations‘ across the planet as well, and look at what’s happening now in places across Europe, Australia and New Zealand, where government’s are racing full speed ahead towards tyranny, locking down populations and putting a dagger in ‘liberty‘.

Just another ‘bizarre coincidence‘ or did Deagel show us the globalists evil genocide plans all along? As seen in the next screenshot below taken from a previous ANP story, back in 2016 they were forecasting a 270 million person ‘die-off‘ by 2025, leaving the US with only 54 million people living here by 2025, with that 270 million figure just over the high end of currently vaxxed Americans.

So if ‘the vax‘ REALLY does work, why are so many of the fully vaxxed and fully boosted still getting COVID? As we had reported just days ago on ANP, with the globalists ‘the vax is the answer‘ narrative now having fully blown up in their own faces as people across America and the world slowly awaken to the fact that it’s not stopping people from getting or spreading or dying from COVID, and in fact, the vax itself is killing people, we expect the globalists to kick up their level of tyranny ahead as people all around the world reject the rule of psychopaths.

Perfectly stated in this CNBC story in the words of Dr. Anthony ‘Faust-i‘ who claimed they’ll soon have to ‘re-define‘ the term ‘fully vaccinated‘ and that ‘more restrictions are on the table‘, America’s Founding Fathers and their great Wisdom of writing the 2nd Amendment ensured that tyrants will never be able to fully impose tyranny upon very well-armed and very free Americans without destroying themselves in the process.

And with more evidence emerging every day that this entire COVID episode was manufactured to accomplish a series of globalists objectives, including forcing Americans to stay at home, conditioning them to ‘slavery,‘ which allowed Democrats to carry out massive mail-in voting fraud to get Joe Biden into office and Trump out, while also allowing them to carry out the moves towards tyranny and genocide we’ve seen since, one could be forgiven for asking what the ‘true purpose‘ of ‘the shot‘ is when it’s clearly not working for what we’ve been told it was ‘manufactured‘ for.

Former General Hospital soap opera star Ingo Rademacher, who is no longer with the show following his refusal to take ‘the vax‘, stated of the unfolding tyranny perfectly.:

If we don’t choose what to put in our bodies, we don’t own our body. The government owns you.”

No thank you.

So with ‘Joe Brandon‘ now pushing a ‘Winter of Death‘ for unvaccinated Americans a year after he warned America faced a ‘dark winter‘ during the Winter of 2020/2021, and all of us knowing for a fact that ‘Operation Dark Winter‘ was the code name for a senior-level bio-terrorist attack simulation conducted on June 22–23, 2001 that was designed to carry out a mock version of a covert and widespread smallpox attack on the United States, it’s not just a coincidence that Joe Biden was the Chairman of that exercise’s Committee, and now he’s tripling down on his dark winter warnings.

Each of the videos below take a look at the unfolding madness across America and the world, with a group of global elite POS’s pushing tyranny in the name of public safety, mandating vaxxes that don’t work for their stated purposes and pushing America and the once-free world closer and closer to the globalists diabolical world government endgame. If America’s Founding Fathers were alive right now they’d surely be saying: keep ‘loading for bear‘, America! 

:: 12-26-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Racist school board unanimously approves plan to pay non-white teachers more

Jack Gist, The Western Journal By Jack Gist, The Western Journal

Published December 26, 2021 at 2:48pm

If you feel like you live in an alternative universe where reductionism replaces logic and superficiality trumps character, here's more evidence that you may be right. We might just be living in a racist version of The Twilight Zone.

The Mankato School Board in Minnesota voted unanimously to pay non-white teachers “additional stipends” based only on the color of their skin, according to BizPac Review. If you happen to be born black or Native American and teach for the school district, you ostensibly deserve to be paid more than your peers.

You don't have to earn the raise for going the extra mile to help students or for actually doing anything at all. The pay raise is based upon the accident of skin color and nothing else. Forget the fact that nobody gets to determine the color of skin they're born with.

The chair of the board, Jodi Sapp, is no stranger to controversy. She raised eyebrows when she required parents to give their name and address before commenting on school matters, The Daily Wire reported.

In this latest move, Sapp led the charge to amend district policy so that only non-white teachers are eligible for additional stipends to become mentors to other non-white colleagues.

Whites need not apply. If this isn't racist, what is?

Not everyone was happy with the vote. Republican state Rep. Jeremy Munson criticized the policy, saying, “Our largest local school district just voted to pay people differently, not on merit, or by the content of their character, but based solely on the color of their skin."

This is allowed and encouraged under a revision to Minnesota state Statute 122A.70," Munson continued. "Mankato Area Public Schools Policy number 466 provides pay for black and native American school staff above which is paid to white employees.”

Board member Erin Roberts defended the policy by saying the policy isn't a form of segregation.

Vice-chair Kenneth Reid joined Roberts in defending the vote by claiming that, “It creates global citizens at the end of the day.”

Aha! Now it begins to make sense. It's not The Twilight Zone unless a neo-Marxist move to strip U.S. citizens of the individual human dignity guaranteed by the Constitution can only happen in an alternative universe. In the neo-Marxist world, there are no individuals. Each person is put in a group based on something outside of their control.

Maybe it's becoming more like The Outer Limits where the audience must relinquish control of the television screen.

Is this a world you would choose to live in? Neo-Marxists are doing everything in their power to strip the individual of the power to choose.

You can't choose what skin color you are born with, who your parents happen to be or whether you are born rich or poor. But, in America, you are born with the freedom to choose how, as an individual, you will navigate your God-given life. In America, no two lives are the same. Even identical twins experience the world uniquely. Each individual is one of a kind.

The Mankato School Board decision is akin to saying all German Shepherds are more deserving to be police dogs than their cousin Belgian Shepherds. The individual dog doesn't matter. No need for contests. No need for training. The German Shepherds, by accident of birth, are more deserving. You get the picture. Don't let these people do this to your children. You can't.

I wonder what Martin Luther King, Jr., the gold standard in race relations and the American Dream, would say. Bearing in mind MLK's signature quote, “I have a dream that my four little children will one day live in a nation where they will not be judged by the color of their skin, but by the content of their character,” it's safe to say he would call it what it is: racist.

MLK's vision of America is one of a work-in-progress. We're not there yet, but we're on the way. The radical left seeks to undermine King's legacy with policies that are anti-American and blatantly racist.

Don't let them.   This article appeared originally on The Western Journal. 

:: 12-20-21 Catholic Herald :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Zealand okays euthanasia for COVID patients

Simon Caldwell December 20, 2021 at 10:44 am

Patients admitted to hospital with COVID-19 can die by euthanasia if doctors decide they might not survive, the New Zealand government has declared.

The Ministry of Health confirmed that a right to a lethal injection under a new euthanasia law could extend to patients who were either dying from the coronavirus or suffering unbearably from its consequences.

In response to a request for clarity on a euthanasia law which came into force last month, the government declared that “in some circumstances a person with COVID-19 may be eligible for assisted dying”.

The admission that COVID patients were eligible for a lethal jab came after Henoch Kloosterboer, editor of the anti-euthanasia The Defender website, made a request under the Official Information Act – the New Zealand equivalent to the 2000 Freedom of Information Act.

He said the policy left “the door wide open for abuse” of elderly and vulnerable patients – especially if the country’s health service came under pressure from a COVID surge.

He said: “It would not be hard to envisage a situation in which a speedy and sizeable rise in COVID-19 hospitalisations could result in pressure to utilise euthanasia and assisted suicide as tools to resolve such a serious crisis.”

The euthanasia law, he added, “has now made the COVID-19 pandemic potentially even more dangerous for the people of Aotearoa New Zealand”.

The 2019 End of Life Choice Act is considered to be one of the most extreme euthanasia laws anywhere in the world, and critics say the safeguards are so flimsy that they are easily circumvented.

It permits both euthanasia and assisted suicide for adults suffering from an illness which would be terminal within six months, or who were in an advanced state of irreversible physical decline or who were suffering unbearably.

The law, ratified following a referendum in 2020, guarantees all residents the right of access to a doctor who will kill them within a period as short as four days from receiving a request.

Doctors receive a government fee of $1,000 plus expenses for every euthanasia death they perform.

Just 96 of the country’s 16,000 doctors have offered to participate, however, and all but one of the nation’s 32 hospices have indicated that they will not permit euthanasia.

The one exception – Totara Hospice in South Auckland – has agreed to allocate space on its premises for the practice while its staff will conscientiously object to any participation.

In the UK, Baroness Finlay of Llandaff, a professor of palliative medicine, said the New Zealand euthanasia law contradicted the fundamental purpose of medicine and health services to heal the sick.

She said: “It is bizarre that a country which has been trying to protect it citizens by closing down completely from a virus from which people can fully recover … is now suggesting that these patients should be killed by their doctors.

“It turns the ethos of medicine on its head,” she said.

You really cannot predict death 100 per cent,” she added. “So why not support them while they are dying and leave the door open in case they are in the group that defies all odds and recovers completely?”

At present, Baroness Meacher is seeking to legalise assisted suicide in England and Wales through her Assisted Dying Bill, which in October received its Second Reading in the House of Lords.

The crossbench peer, who chairs the campaign group Dignity in Dying, has also tabled an amendment to the Health and Social Care Bill in an attempt to make assisted suicide a part of palliative care.

In Scotland, Liam MacArthur, the Liberal Democrat MP is intending to introduce an assisted suicide Bill and in politicians in Jersey last month agreed in principle to legalised both assisted suicide and euthanasia.

The overwhelming majority of palliative care practitioners and all 12 disability rights organisations in the UK fiercely oppose a change in the law, however.

They argue that assisted suicide and euthanasia would be discriminatory and dangerous and open to abuse irrespective of any safeguard, posing a grave threat to the safety of patients and other vulnerable people.

They also say that the experience of other countries suggests that even a modest assisted suicide law would serve as a beachhead for broader, liberalising amendments which will remove initial safeguards as ‘barriers to access’.

Last month, it was revealed that Nancy Russell, a 90-year-old Canadian woman, chose to die by assisted suicide rather than endure another COVID lockdown in her care home that would isolate her from her friends and family. 

:: 12-27-21 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The New Modified-Divisive-Free Bible: Nothing is Sacred Any Longer

by Celeste Solum December 27, 2021

We live in an age where everything is being modified and changed to adapt and prepare the way for the revelation of the Anti-Christ. This past October, the National Council of Churches (NCC) elected all "female" officers to steer the church toward "inclusiveness" at this pivotal time in history authorized bible with 20,000 acknowledged edits that will modify key biblical scriptures. In the Holy Writ idolatry is primarily indicated in female language. Some new additions will be elevated, while non-politically correct words and concepts such as sin will be changed or erased. The Bible states that it should not be added to or subtracted fro and that every jot and title will come to pass. God's Word is absolute, no matter how the world seeks to change it. What will happen is that it will confuse biblical students and eliminate key overcoming passages.

Bishop Teresa Jefferson-Snorton, Chair of the National Council Churches, said in a statement. “The denominations that make up the NCC demonstrate a commitment to embody the diversity of God’s creation in so many ways. This commitment is a call for all of us to show the love of God to all, promote unity in Christ Jesus and to resist the current cultural trends of divisiveness.”

This stands in marked contrast to the composition of the new board in many ways. They are all women, and all but one are women of color. I have many concerns about this new board, but foremost in my mind, is that they will embody the diversity of God's creation. These women specifically chose the word “embody.” I do believe that we will witness the day that these women embrace the sterilized and mutated human race commingled with creatures of every sort celebrating the new age of hybrid lifeforms. These deviants will favor synthetic lifeforms such as Synths, which contain biological genetic material fused with silicon as they trend their way to hell.

New Age Bibles

WARNING: There have been PC Bibles for some 30 years, but a new version will be released in May 2022 that changes the Word of God. It subtracts and adds to the Word of God (Deuteronomy 4:2; Revelation 22:18-19) according to political correctness and for the purpose of uniting all faiths. If you want to know the danger of a tainted Bible, please read the seminal work on this topic: New Age Versions of the Bible.

New Revised Standard Updated Bible

The New Revised Standard Bible Updated Edition includes 20,000 revision to the sacred text to align with "modern sensibilities." This grieves my heart greatly as I was presented with a Revised Standard Bible when I became a Christian way back in the day, which I still possess, but never used due to its previous distillation. I did study it in my early days of Christianity until I leaned that Bibles can be tainted. What will be the fruit of this this Bible update aberration?

The New Revised Standard Version Updated Edition Bible is the result of a commission of the Society of Biblical Literature (SBL) by the National Council of Churches, which includes dozens of denominations representing 30 million church members. Representatives of both organizations joined in a presentation Tuesday (Nov. 16), as NCC subsidiary Friendship Press released to publishers the newest rendition of the translation, which was first published as the New Revised Standard Version in 1989.”

“It is both ecumenical and interfaith, suitable in Catholic, Protestant, Orthodox and Jewish contexts,” said John Kutsko, Society of Biblical Literature’s executive director at an event attended by dozens via Zoom. He added, “In a period of social and political divisiveness, it’s a virtue to be celebrated.”

The project took over two years, seven general editors, and 56 book editors tracking changes using tools to organize their rationales for proposed revisions. They held 76, two-hour meetings about the Hebrew Bible, New Testament and the Apocryphal/deuterocanonical books, frequently used by Catholic and Orthodox communities, before a final review of their recommendations. The NCC governing board approved the NRSVue in October.

Changes in the Wind

Once change includes a reference to “sin offering” in the Hebrew Bible’s Book of Leviticus that has been updated to the more precise “purification offering.”

“For example, the NRSV lowercased the names of some Jewish holidays and holy days, such as Passover, Sabbath and Festival of Unleavened Bread,” said Bob Buller, director of SBL Press. “This could be interpreted as a sign of disrespect for these Jewish holy days, so we capitalized them just as we would for other religious communities.”

Buller noted the new edition does not use the word “girl” when referring to a young woman. Mark 14:69 now speaks of a “female servant” instead of a “servant-girl.”

Another update is the increase of more than 25 words to a reference to David in 1 Kings, which now reads, “‘Since the day that I brought my people Israel out of Egypt, I have not chosen a city from any of the tribes of Israel in which to build a house, that my name might be there, nor did I choose anyone to be a ruler over my people Israel. But I have chosen Jerusalem in order that my name may be there, and I have chosen David to be over my people Israel.’”

Other changes reflect a decision to avoid identifying people based on their disabilities. For example, a verse in Matthew that previously referred to “demoniacs, epileptics and paralytics,” now reads “people possessed by demons or having epilepsy or afflicted with paralysis.”

Video on this Troubling News

Bikram Lamba does an excellent summation on this heart-breaking news. LINK. Other religious texts are also being altered as we careen towards the beast system and revelation of the Anti-Christ.

Look up for your redemption draweth nigh.


Celeste Solum is a broadcaster, author, former government, organic farmer and is trained in nursing and environmental medicine. Celeste chronicles the space and earth conditions that trigger the rise and fall of modern & ancient civilizations, calendars, and volatile economies. Cycles are converging, all pointing to a cataclysmic period between 2020 to 2050 in what many scientists believe is an Extinction Level Event.

Tracking goods and people will be a part of managing the population during this convergence.

Backstories on tracking



Diseases, Testing, Vaccinations, and Sensors (including nCov and the new Phytophthora ~the plant-destroyer



GenSix, Keynote Speaker, True Legends, Ancient Cataclysms & Coming Catastrophes 


Electromagnetic Radiation Protection Solutions

7- Thunders Revealed

Inspirational Homestead Recipes

Videos: Celestial Report, Special Broadcasts, Breaking News by Subscription 

:: 12-24-21 Odysee :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


December 24th, 202134,171 views

Let @StopTheCrime know you enjoyed this!

1552SupportSave17 Reposts NEW





LBRY URLlbry://@StopTheCrime#d/WARNING-USA-Interstate-Tr 

[:: 11-24-2021 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

It’s time to lift our voice in praise and thanksgiving for all that he has done for us.  For we’re the only nation in the world that gives thanks to God for his blessings, for they don’t know the God of America and America is the greatest country in the world for giving blessings to others.

:: 12-27-21 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'I Lost Everything but My Faith': Firefighters Surprise Family With Christmastime 'Fresh Start'

1:00PM EST 12/27/2021 Charisma News Staff

Crystal Givens (YouTube/Fox 8 WBHP)

It started out as a Christmas story gone wrong.

Crystal Givens returned home the evening of Dec. 22 after spending four hours at the hospital with her husband, who suffered a work-related injury, per Fox News. But when she arrived, she watched her entire house—including the family puppy, Bella—go up in flames. It looked as though a bleak Christmas lay ahead for the family, including Givens, her husband and their three children, ages 3, 4 and 12, until a group of Greensboro, North Carolina, area firefighters came to the rescue.

"The first thing I thought about was 'let me get my dog,'" Givens tells Fox 8 Greensboro. "But when we called her name, and she didn't answer, I already knew she was gone because I couldn't even see her cage when I opened the door."

Not only did the family lose Bella, but they also lost their clothes, toys, furniture and even their Christmas presents. But Captain Ken Lilly, one of the firefighters responding that night, stepped in to help along with his fellow firefighters.

"Wanted to share a story of something that GFT Station 43 B shift spearheaded," GFD Battalion Chief Larry Cockman posted on Facebook. "It shows how your Greensboro Firefighters not only save lives but are still caring after the fire. A family of 5 recently lost everything they had in a fire including Christmas gifts. Station 43 "B" Shift organized a fund raising campaign to help the family out. Stations 2, 14, 1, 5, 40 also contributed money to help this Family. Over 2500 dollars was donated by the Firefighters. A few private donors contributed as well. What a wonderful thing to do. This is why your Greensboro Firefighters are also a caring and giving organization. This story while being sad is what the spirit of giving back at Christmas is all about."

Givens shares the spiritual impact of the incredible gift she and her family received from the firefighters on Christmas Eve with Fox 8. "I cried on my way over here. [Lilly] has been on my phone since that night, making sure I was OK. ... I tell everybody I lost everything but my faith, and that's what's keeping me going right now. I have to keep faith; He's not going to bring me this far to let me go now."

"We just hope it blesses her family this Christmas and just give[s] them a fresh start, because they lost everything," Lilly adds.

To donate to the family via Givens' GoFundMe Page, click this link. 

:: 12-23-21 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

1,700-Year-Old 'Good Shepherd' Ring, Representing Jesus, Discovered in Israel

Michael Foust | Contributor | Thursday, December 23, 2021

Israeli archeologists have discovered a rare 1,700-year-old gold ring that includes an image of a shepherd that is thought to represent Jesus and likely belonged to an early Christian, the Israel Antiquities Authority said this week.

Divers with the Israel Antiquities Authority’s Marine Archaeology Unit uncovered the ring in a shipwreck off the coast of Caesarea, a region frequently mentioned in the New Testament, including in the book of Acts as influential in Christianity’s growth.

The octagonal gold ring is set with a green gemstone and carved “with the figure of a young shepherd boy dressed in a tunic and bearing a ram or a sheep on his shoulders,” according to the website of the Friends of the Israel Antiquities Authority.

Jesus in John 10:11 describes himself as the Good Shepherd who “lays down his life for the sheep.”

“The ‘Good Shepherd’ image is one of the earliest and oldest images used in Christianity to symbolize Jesus,” the Friends of the Israel Antiquities Authority said. “It represents Jesus as humanity’s compassionate shepherd, extending his benevolence to his flock of believers and all humankind.”

Its owner likely was an early Christian, the Times of Israel said.

The find was part of a discovery by marine archeologists who uncovered treasure, including hundreds of silver coins and figurines, from two ancient shipwrecks. One shipwreck occurred about 1,700 years ago, the other around 600 years ago.

The ships were probably anchored nearby and were wrecked by a storm,” said Jacob Sharvit and Dror Planer of the Israel Antiquities Authority’s Marine Archaeology Unit. “They may have been anchored offshore after getting into difficulty, or fearing stormy weather because sailors know well that mooring in shallow, open water outside of a port is dangerous and prone to disaster.”

The treasure was found scattered in shallow water at a depth of about 13 feet.

Michael Foust has covered the intersection of faith and news for 20 years. His stories have appeared in Baptist Press, Christianity Today, The Christian Post, the Leaf-Chronicle, the Toronto Star and the Knoxville News-Sentinel. 

:: 12-26-21 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thousands of Russian troops withdrawing from Ukraine border: report

By Mychael Schnell - 12/25/21 08:11 AM EST

Thousands of Russian troops are reportedly withdrawing from the Ukrainian border after conducting drills for roughly a month.

Reuters reported on Saturday that more than 10,000 Russian troops were leaving a number of regions near Ukraine — including Crimea, Rostov and Kuban — and returning to permanent bases.

The news service pointed to reporting from the Interfax news agency, which cited the Russian military.

A stage of combat coordination of divisions, combat crews, squads at motorized units... has been completed. More than 10,000 military servicemen... will march to their permanent deployment from the territory of the combined arms' area of drills,” the Russian army is quoted as saying in the Interfax report, according to Reuters.

Russia had amassed tens of thousands of troops in regions north, east and south of Ukraine, Reuters noted, which alarmed Kyiv and Western nations that Moscow may be planning an attack.

U.S. intelligence earlier this year revealed that Russia was planning a military offensive against Ukraine as early as next year that would involve the deployment of 175,000 troops near the border.

The intelligence document, which was obtained by The Washington Post, included satellite photos of the military buildup.

Russia, however, has denied having any plans of that kind. Instead, Moscow has called on NATO to promise that it will not extend the alliance in the direction of Russia’s borders, according to Reuters.

Russia has reportedly said that Ukraine’s increased association with NATO is presenting a threat to Moscow.

The Kremlin has also said it has the authority to deploy troops within its borders as it sees necessary, according to Reuters.

Reports of Russian troops withdrawing from the Ukrainian border come more than two weeks after President Biden and Russian President Vladimir Putin spoke by phone for more than two hours.

The White House said Biden during the conversation warned Putin against invading Ukraine, cautioning that Moscow would suffer economic consequences if it mobilized an offensive against Ukraine.

Biden also reportedly presented the option of de-escalating the situation through diplomatic channels with the U.S. and other European nations.

Updated 12/26/2021 at 6:30 a.m. 

[ :: 4-15-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::] 

etc. Do not think it is over with those little missiles that hit, for it is not over, saith your Father God, for I have warned over and over quit poking the bear, quit poking the bear and you shall see the results in not many days.  So begin to pray, begin to pray, begin to seek my face, for truly you shall see things you do not want to see, but man would not listen, but man listened to the harlot as she whispered in his ears and she is not of me.  Even though she says she is me, she is not of me, saith your Father God, but watch out, watch out, for now it shall come. 

[ 4-22-18 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc for great disaster now cometh upon the face of the earth and you shall see it all.  For you cannot poke a dog in its eye continually no matter how tame and not have him respond, and you shall see the responses, they shall not be what you want, but it is that time and they shall not change because it is that time.  For I have told you to watch this month, watch, watch, watch, be a watchman etc. 

:: 12-26-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Now Putin threatens to take 'military-technical measures' if the West continues its 'aggression' in Ukraine that has pushed Russia 'to a line that we can't cross'

Moscow has officially demanded that NATO deny membership to Ukraine

Putin today said he would consider several options if the West does not comply

He argued that NATO could deploy missiles in Ukraine to threaten Moscow

'They have pushed us to a line that we can't cross and we must tell them - stop!'

The Russian President's comments come just one day after he announced the successful test-firing of a salvo of Russia's new 'Zircon' hypersonic missiles

Russia still maintains roughly 100,000 troops near to Ukraine and yesterday released a 'war-games' video showing extensive combat exercises

By David Averre For Mailonline and Ap

Published: 11:12 EST, 26 December 2021 | Updated: 11:30 EST, 26 December 2021

Russian President Vladimir Putin today announced he would ponder a slew of options if the West fails to meet his push for security guarantees preventing NATO's expansion to Ukraine.

Earlier this month, Moscow submitted draft security documents demanding that NATO deny membership to Ukraine and other former Soviet countries and roll back its military deployments in Central and Eastern Europe.

Putin has urged the West to move quickly to meet the demands, warning that Moscow will have to take 'adequate military-technical measures' if the West continues its 'aggressive' course 'on the threshold of our home.'

'We have nowhere to retreat,' he said, adding that NATO could deploy missiles in Ukraine that would take just four or five minutes to reach Moscow.

'They have pushed us to a line that we can't cross. They have taken it to the point where we simply must tell them - `Stop!´'

Putin's announcement comes just one day after Russian authorities released a video of large-scale 'war games' in which Russian troops in five separate locations conducted military drills and live-fire exercises, with many taking place close to the Ukrainian border.

Asked to specify what such Moscow's response could be, he said in comments aired by Russian state TV Sunday that 'it could be diverse,' adding without elaboration that 'it will depend on what proposals our military experts submit to me.'

The U.S. and its allies have refused to offer Russia the kind of guarantee on Ukraine that Putin wants, citing NATO´s principle that membership is open to any qualifying country.

They agreed, however, to launch security talks with Russia next month to discuss its concerns, and Putin said the talks with the U.S. will be held in Geneva.

In remarks broadcast today, Putin said that Russia submitted the demands in the hope of a constructive answer from the West.

'We didn't do it just to see it blocked... but for the purpose of reaching a negotiated diplomatic result that would be fixed in legally binding documents,' Putin said.

The Russian President reaffirmed that NATO membership for Ukraine, or the deployment of alliance weapons there, is a red line for Moscow that it wouldn't allow the West to cross.

He voiced concern that the U.S. and its allies could try to drag out the security talks and use them as a cover to pursue a military buildup near Russia.

He noted that Russia published its security demands to make them known to the public and raise the pressure on the U.S. and its allies to negotiate a security deal.

'We have just one goal - to reach agreements that would ensure the security of Russia and its citizens now and in a long-term perspective,' he said.

The Kremlin presented its security demand amid the tensions over a Russian troop buildup near Ukraine in recent weeks that has fueled Western fears of a possible invasion.

U.S. President Joe Biden warned Putin in a video call earlier this month that Russia will face 'severe consequences' if it attacks Ukraine.

Russia has denied an intention of launching an invasion and, in its turn, accused Ukraine of hatching plans to try to reclaim control of the territories held by Moscow-backed rebels by force.

Ukraine has rejected the claim.

Putin's comments on the dangers posed to Russia by a possible NATO expansion into Ukraine come just one day after a video released on Christmas Day showed the Russian army drilling in 'new forms and methods of modern combined arms combat in the Voronezh region' - which borders Ukraine.

The video shows more than 1,200 air assault troops and 250 pieces of military equipment engaged in military drills in snow and fog at the Opuk range in Crimea, annexed by Russia from Ukraine in 2014, and at the Rayevsky range near Novorossiysk in Krasnodar region, close to the Ukrainian border.

The show of strength - coinciding with Christmas celebrations in the West - was accompanied by another announcement from Putin, who revealed that a successful salvo launch of Russia's Mach-9 capable Zircon missiles, which Russia boasts can evade all missile defences, had been conducted.

'Zircon are our newest missiles fired from the sea at sea targets, and land targets,' he said.

'The tests were carried out successfully, flawlessly. This is a big event for our country, a significant step in improving Russia's security, in increasing (our) defence capability.'

It is the first time a successful Zircon salvo test has been reported, and was announced personally by Putin.

According to a survey conducted by the Kiev International Institute of Sociology (KIIS) in December 2021 and published on 17 December 2021, 50.2 percent of Ukrainians said they would resist in case of a Russian military intervention into their city, town or village.

Every third respondent to the poll, 33.3 percent, said they were ready to engage in armed resistance while 21.7 percent said they were ready to participate in 'civil resistance actions'. 

:: 12-27-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China develops AI 'prosecutor' that can identify 'dissent' and press charges for common crimes 'with 97% accuracy'

The system can press charges for Shanghai's eight most common crimes

It runs on a standard computer and can take part in decision-making process

But there are fears the machine could be weaponised by the state

By Jack Newman For Mailonline

Published: 03:36 EST, 27 December 2021 | Updated: 06:29 EST, 27 December 2021

China has developed an artificial intelligence prosecutor that can charge people with crimes with more than 97 per cent accuracy, researchers claim.

The dystopian machine can identify 'dissent' against the state and suggest sentences for supposed criminals, removing people from the prosecution process.

There are already fears the system could be weaponised by the Chinese Communist Party with human prosecutors concerned about who would take responsibility for the AI's decisions.

The tool can file a charge based on a verbal description of the case and was built and tested by the Shanghai Pudong People's Procuratorate, the biggest and busiest district prosecution office in China.

The AI would allow human prosecutors to ease their workload and allow them to only focus on the more complex cases, the project's lead scientist Professor Shi Yong said.

The system can run on a standard desktop computer and would press charges based on 1,000 'traits' from the human-generated case description text, the South China Morning Post reported.

It was 'trained' using 17,000 real life cases from 2015 to 2020 and is able to identify and press charges for the eight most common crimes in Shanghai.

These include 'provoking trouble' - a term used to stifle dissent in China, credit card fraud, gambling crimes, dangerous driving, theft, fraud, intentional injury and obstructing official duties.

Soon the AI prosecutor will be able to recognise more types of crime and file multiple charges against one suspect once it is upgraded.

Shi said in a paper published in the Management Review journal: 'The system can replace prosecutors in the decision-making process to a certain extent.'

Some AI technology already exists in law enforcement but this would be the first time it is involved in pressing charges.

In Germany, image recognition and digital forensics are used to help with caseloads, while China uses a tool known as System 206 to evaluate evidence, a suspect's potential danger and the conditions for arrest.

But the system has no role in the decision-making process and does not suggest sentences.

One prosecutor in Guanghzhou says he has concerns about the new technology.

He said: 'The accuracy of 97 per cent may be high from a technological point of view, but there will always be a chance of a mistake.

'Who will take responsibility when it happens? The prosecutor, the machine or the designer of the algorithm?'

He added that many human prosecutors will not want computers interfering in their work.

'AI may help detect a mistake, but it cannot replace humans in making a decision,' the prosecutor said.

There are also fears it will fail to keep up with changing social standards and could be weaponised by the state.

The Chinese government is increasingly relying on AI to boost its productivity, with machines already in place to crack down on corruption and increase state control. 

:: 12-23-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

6 Million Face Evictions And Foreclosures As Rental Prices Rising To The Highest Level In Decades

87,320 views  Dec 23, 2021  Epic Economist

371K subscribers

A devastating eviction crisis is rapidly worsening all around the country, and it is threatening to push millions of families out of their homes this holiday season. Even though there was a brief pause in evictions after the moratorium ended in September, that didn't happen because the number of filings had decreased, but because courts were extremely overwhelmed with a record backlog of unprocessed filings. Now, housing advocates are saying that the number of evictions has started to rise at an alarmingly high pace in many parts of the United States. Courts have just started to catch up on the backlog of eviction cases. The latest upsurge highlights the limits of federal emergency rental assistance in places where distribution remains slow and safety nets for tenants are incredibly weak. Soaring housing prices in many markets also are playing a role, as landlords rush to evict non-paying tenants to sell their properties at record prices.

Recent data released by the Eviction Lab at Princeton University has shown that eviction rates have been escalating in all of the 31 cities and six states where it collects data. Evictions in September jumped by 10.4 percent from August. In October, the month-to-month rate climbed to 38 percent. And according to the U.S. Census Bureau’s Household Pulse Survey, in November, the number of households claiming they weren’t confident in their ability to pay next month’s rent went up from about 5 million to 6.3 million in the latest data. The biggest problem is that government officials aren't assessing the severity of the problem. The federal government believes it has already done everything in its power to prevent an eviction tsunami. In fact, officials are truly convinced that the poorly distributed rental assistance program has effectively averted a disaster.

But the truth is that mass evictions didn't occur all at once because many courts were only running part-time due to mandates related to the health crisis, and they still have an enormous excess of cases to litigate and millions of hearings to make while the number of filings continues to pile up. Ben Martin, the senior researcher at Texas Housers, a nonprofit focused on housing issues, said that he was particularly disturbed by the initial commentaries issued by government officials after the moratorium ended, saying that "well, there wasn’t a tsunami so we don’t have an eviction crisis on our hands”. “That initial narrative was somewhat misleading. What we are seeing now is a reflection of reality, which is that evictions take time to work their way into and through the court system,” Martin stressed.

As we move towards the end of the year, there are plenty of signs that eviction cases will keep rising. With millions of children already homeless in America, housing advocates just released some shocking statistics suggesting that an additional 500,000 households with children are under threat of eviction this winter. While the number of homeless children in America is estimated at 1.6 million, many studies indicate the number could be far higher, as homeless statistics are often under-reported at the city, county, and state levels.

"When you’re struggling to pay rent or have an eviction notice hanging over you, the worry can be consuming," explains Polly Neate, chief executive of a homeless shelter. "Oftentimes, it’s impossible to hide it from your kids, even though these are adult fears no parents want their child to experience". "Millions of parents will spend sleepless nights this Christmas worrying about the eviction notices coming, where they will go, and if their next ‘home’ is going to be a gloomy hotel," Neate added, saying that her shelter's emergency helpline is receiving more calls about eviction than it did at the peak of the health crisis, as thousands of families fight to keep a roof over their heads.

To call it a disaster is an understatement. America's housing instability and eviction crisis are becoming a major national emergency that our leaders keep refusing to look at. Our housing crisis is simply catastrophic and we must treat it with seriousness before millions of hard-working Americans are pushed into a poverty spiral that's exceedingly difficult to recover from This is going to be a very difficult winter for many families across the country. Things have started to spin out of control, and we should all pay very close attention to the coming events because several challenges are still waiting for us. 

:: 12-26-21 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING NEWS: Chicago Has No Money in Payroll Account; Bank Refuses to Cash Paycheck

Nation NewsDesk 26 December 2021 Hits: 34917

The city of Chicago apparently has no money in it's employee Payroll account. An employee of the city has uploaded video showing the bank upon which a city paycheck is drawn, refusing to cash a Chicago Paycheck because the city "Does not have money in this account."

What's even more amazing is that the bank teller informs the person that they might be able to deposit the check in some other bank, and maybe funds will be in the Chicago Payroll account by the time the check arrives!

Yet the Teller cannot cash the check at that branch because that Branch is where the city's account is located and they can see there is no money in the account.

Is Chicago officially broke?

Did they lay-off city employees under the GUISE of COVID-19 vaccines, when in fact, the whole thing was a cover for the city being financially broke?

Where did the money go? 

:: 12--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lessons From An Underground Economy

by J.G. Martinez

How is it possible to survive a nation with inflation rates of 20%/month and 1700%/year? The answer? The underground economy. This is the level of hyperinflation we have found ourselves with here in Venezuela, and considering the spread of inflation worldwide, it would be well worth the prepper’s time to glean what we can learn here.

Virtually everything you read dictates inflation on this scale necessitates civil war.

Yet Venezuela hasn’t seen this. Why not? Why are the streets not being taken by armed civilians?

While the main reason revolves around 20 years of disarmament and anti-self-defense teachings, I would argue that there is a second reason we haven’t delved into full on anarchy as well: our underground economy.

Underground economies keep people fed.

I’ve lived in four different and fallen South American countries, and it’s been the underground economy which has kept people going in each case.

When I used to work in the Venezuelan oil industry, our salary was taxed heavily just like everyone else’s. As expected, these taxes can quickly make it hard for a family to pay its bills.

But the underground economy? It’s completely unregulated.

I know guys with a hot dog cart who make much more money than engineers down here. And this isn’t new – our world has been like this for many years now. The guy working with the hot dog cart doesn’t pay taxes. He doesn’t pay rent. And usually, (and this is a now an “accepted” practice) these street vendors will run a wire from some nearby pole for their music and lights.

This man is a member of the underground economy. And he is just one of many.

Our stated hot dog vendor is not an isolated case either. He is part of what is keeping this country alive. In all probability, it is the men of this underground economy who likely comprise over half of our GDP here in Venezuela.

More than half of the money generated here is a result of men such as our hot dog vendor. Of course, much of this money also comes from the cartel and Russian mafia, but the point remains: it is the underground economy which is keeping the people of Venezuela (somewhat) fed.

More overreach, more underground.

One thing is for sure. The larger and more bloated the government control is, the greater the underground activity. “Irregular” business is the answer to these controls. It’s simply to be expected – especially in Latin American countries.

I believe I don’t need to explain why.

The government has seized the right to own foreign currency, trapping you in your hyper-inflated national fiat currency? A booming forex black market will spring up, regardless of how hard one attempts to stamp it out.

Store shelves are empty? Well, I know a guy who knows a guy that can get you a 20 kilo pack of cornmeal flour for a bit of arepas (a Venezuelan bread). (You should also check out our FREE Quickstart Guide to help you figure out how to keep a properly stocked larder to help your family ride out troubled times…)

Corruption and trafficking of certain items was already a way of life here. These statist thugs just came into the equation to incorporate it further as a part of our lifestyle. How else do you explain that a simple Venezuelan pilot of a former State President can buy himself a 200 million dollar yatch? Unless this guy works for pleasure and his surname is Onassis, I find that highly suspicious.

Need further proof? The rumor in Caracas is that Ferraris, Lamborghinis and other luxury cars are being brought in for the corrupt elite. And all paid for by our tax dollars.

You can still prepare for this though.

Yes, rampant corruption and government overreach is bad, but it doesn’t have to hit your family as hard as it could if you’ve made some preparations beforehand.

For Venezuelan preppers, getting rid of these insane controls actually worked. It kept us alive.

I sold the inflated money I earned and then bought food, and everything else we needed in the black market. It was the only way we could make it.

But one thing I’ve realized is that there are some underground services which are more profitable than others (outside of the truly criminal). For the prepper considering how he is to survive an underground economy during an economic crisis, one may want to consider the following list of occupations I’ve seen perform well here in Venezuela…


One of the most attractive business you can develop in an underground economy is fumigation. Sure, you need a machine and chemicals, and unless you really know what you’re doing, you can face problems, but this is something most don’t like to mess with. The end result? A lot of potential.

Local regulations do impact some of the people down here with this job, however.

Fast Food

I’m astonished about how extensive this income source is for families all throughout Venezuela. Yes, I do know we Venezuelans love hot dogs, hamburgers, shawarmas, and the like, but it’s simply ridiculous to see the excessive amount of fast food businesses flourishing near my home.

I can’t figure it out, and neither can anyone else.

The best I can figure is this: people like to eat.

In the Venezuelan underground economy, almost every business related to food is going to put food on your table as well. Honestly, these people do so well (such as our previously mentioned hot dog man) that I’m to get my own deep fryer to delve into the market on fried chicken.

Machine Repairs

It doesn’t matter the machine here. If you’re skilled enough to repair it, congrats. You’ve the makings of an incredible underground business. I’ve written about this extensively in the past, but whether it’s HVAC, small engines, cars, sewing machines, farm equipment, or anything else, you will never be short on business in an underground economy.

A prepper should seriously consider becoming knowledgeable in at least some aspect of machine repairs.

House Repairs

Every single house owner will sooner or later need to repair something that is outside of their range of experience. I’ve found here that if your fees are reasonable, you work fast, you do good work, and you arrive on time (a rare combination for a contractor, I know), you will get multiple jobs from the same customer.

I’ve also discovered that the suburbs seem to have more money in their pockets than do many of the other neighborhoods in Venezuela. If you’re going to delve into the world of underground house repairs, that may be a profitable market to dive into.

When the normal economy dies, the underground economy thrives.

The Venezuelan people have been through a lot. Hyperinflation, famine, rampant corruption and crime – we’re not new to any of it. Yet despite all this, people still had to find a way to keep bread on the table and in their family’s tummies. And the underground economy was the way we did it.

That’s the way things have played out here (and are continuing to play out), and will be the way things happen in other collapsing nations as well. The prepper needs to not only be prepared for disaster, but prepared for this form of black market as well.

But what are your thoughts on the situation? Are there other aspects of an underground economy to discuss? Other jobs you think would do well? Let me know in the comments below!

Thanks for reading! Jose

About Jose

Jose is an upper middle class professional. He is a former worker of the oil state company with a Bachelor’s degree from one of the best national Universities. He has an old but in good shape SUV, a good 150 square meters house in a nice neighborhood, in a small but (formerly) prosperous city with two middle size malls. Jose is a prepper and shares his eyewitness accounts and survival stories from the collapse of his beloved Venezuela. Jose and his younger kid are currently back in Venezuela, after the intention of setting up a new life in another country didn’t go well. The SARSCOV2 re-shaped the labor market and South American economy so he decided to give it a try to homestead in the mountains, and make a living as best as possible. But this time in his own land, and surrounded by family, friends and acquaintances, with all the gear and equipment collected, as the initial plan was. 

:: 12-25-21 Geoengineering Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Geoengineering Watch Global Alert News, December 25, 2021, #333

December 25, 2021 Dane Wigington

As 2021 draws to an end, global controller criminality, climate intervention operations, biosphere implosion and societal collapse, all continue to accelerate exponentially. Climate modification operations remain a primary weapon of the power structure and the military industrial complex that serves them. Increasingly radical weather and temperature extremes are wreaking havoc on infrastructure, ecosystems, food production and thus already struggling societies all over the world. As the great unraveling picks up momentum, the vast majority of media sources (corporate and alternative) are focused on everything but the wider horizon. Biosphere implosion has been, is, and will always be the bottom line factor fueling escalating insanity, chaos and collapse on every front. Thank you for tuning in to this year end extended version of Global Alert News.

All are needed in the critical battle to wake populations to what is coming, we must make every day count. Share credible data from a credible source, make your voice heard. Awareness raising efforts can be carried out from your own home computer.


The NOAA "departure from normal high temperature" map below is beyond shocking. Each darkening color shade represents a temperature departure of 3-4 degrees or more toward hot or cold (depending on the corresponding shade). This NOAA map clearly reveals the incredibly extreme impacts of ongoing climate intervention operations. The western and northern regions of the US are being subjected to directed flows of atmospheric moisture from the Pacific. This moisture is then being continuously seeded by climate engineering chemical ice nucleation operations. The result is an extremely cold dense layer of air that sinks to the Earth's surface, often along with accompanying frozen forms of precipitation. In the South and East, record warm temperatures are widespread under ionosphere heater induced domes of high pressure which the weather-makers use to direct upper level wind and moisture currents. Welcome to a world of weather warfare. 

:: 12-26-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Great Plains aquifers are disappearing! If we lose these aquifers, we lose nearly 20% of the world’s grain crop, >40% of our nation’s beef production and about 40% of vegetables, nuts, and fruits consumed in the US

Dec 26, 2021

The next disaster coming to the Great Plains is currently playing. Acute scarcity drives the search for water underground. But the West’s major aquifers are in trouble, too.

A century after the Dust Bowl, another environmental catastrophe is coming to the High Plains of western Kansas. The signs are subtle but unequivocal: dry riverbeds, fields of sand, the sound of irrigation motors straining to pump from dwindling aquifers.

“We face a fundamental choice,” Connie Owen, the director of the Kansas Water Office, said to a group of state legislators, lobbyists, groundwater managers, and experts who assembled here last summer to debate the future of the region’s groundwater, now in steep decline due to overuse by industrial agriculture.What hangs in the balance is even more than the loss of livelihoods, communities, or an entire region’s economy—it is the character of who we want to be as a people.”

Similar conversations are under way across the American West, as an unprecedented water crisis comes into sharp focus. It is no secret that one of the worst droughts in 1,000 years is intensifying heat waves and megafires; that historic drops in surface-water levels coincide with historic spikes in demand as the region grows hotter, drier, and more populated; or that conflicts are escalating over who gets to use how much of what remains. Acute scarcity drives the search for water underground. But the West’s major aquifers are in trouble, too.

Aquifers are essential resources for human survival. Groundwater provides the only source of drinking water for one-third of the world’s people and supports nearly half of the planet’s irrigated agriculture. Yet far more groundwater is being pumped out than can be naturally replenished. Most dry-area aquifers are vanishing. These include the two primary groundwater systems in the western United States: California’s Central Valley aquifer and the Ogallala Aquifer, which underlies America’s heartlands from South Dakota to Texas.

If we lose these aquifers, we lose nearly 20 percent of the world’s grain crop, more than 40 percent of our nation’s beef production, and about 40 percent of the vegetables, nuts, and fruits consumed in the United States.

Aquifers are not underground lakes or oceans, but complex mosaics of sediment, fluid, and movement. Each behaves as if it has a unique personality. Shallow aquifers tend to be volatile, reacting quickly to surface activities such as construction, farming and pollution. Deep aquifers are usually older and self-contained; they recharge slowly or not at all. Aquifers do not die all at once. Patchy even when full, they run out piecemeal, too.

Some consequences of aquifer loss are already visible in western Kansas. Eight decades of intensive pumping caused the water table to plummet. Nearly all springs and streams have gone dry. Most wells have dwindled, and many have been emptied altogether. Now the same place that nurtured generations of my family has one of the world’s highest rates of aquifer decline.

Today, the same deep-well irrigation that gave farmers a second chance after the Dust Bowl, in the 1930s, is exhausting the portion of the aquifer that remains. This poses a threat to the existence of many Plains communities, which have already been hit hard by the corporate takeover of farmland, declining populations, rising deaths from suicide and substance abuse, and racial and economic inequities. The profits of industrial agriculture flow from groundwater; so do our communities’ tax bases, land values, and budgets for hospitals, schools, and social services.

Many people on the Plains would like to save the aquifers and share some of this groundwater with future generations. But stopping depletion is not as straightforward as it may seem. The deeper reasons for aquifer loss are hard to pin down, often eluding explanation in the myths and slogans of today’s partisan divides. That is, depletion condenses many of America’s problems into a single drama.

One myth about aquifer decline is that conservative rural farmers are solely to blame for this self-destructive loss. This is not true. Instead, farmers’ choices to continue pumping groundwater reflect a wider system of finance, profiteering, and resource consumption.

Many independent Plains farmers scrape by, break even, or lose money to grow irrigated crops. Depending on yearly market fluctuations, the earnings from corn, alfalfa, and wheat may not cover the costs of production. These losses are papered over by federal farm subsidies, crop insurance programs, and bank loans, aid that compels farmers to double down on wasteful practices. To make up losses, some farmers cultivate more acres. This does not always improve their income, but it does trap farmers in an irrational cycle of debt and waste, glut commodity markets, and drain the aquifers.

Corporate profiteering is a major driver of depletion. Big industries, their shell companies, and distant investors have displaced many family farms here over the past three decades. Absentee owners control about 60 percent of the land around some farms. Some of the nation’s largest meatpacking plants, mega-dairies, and ethanol factories have moved in. They pay nothing for the groundwater they use other than the cost of pumping it. Their profits are exported to shareholders and managers far away. When one area goes dry, such businesses just move to another, while local residents are left to face the growing bills.

Groundwater governance can also be sullied by corporate influence and exclusionary rules. The state of Kansas set up “groundwater management districts” to allow communities in regions of heavy water use to decide their own futures. In principle, it was a good idea. In practice, it caused the opposite result.

Today, only those who own at least 40 acres of land or substantial water rights can vote on aquifer policy, which means the people allowed to decide the fate of the Ogallala Aquifer include the same producers and corporations that reap the most short-term benefits from draining it. Yet the majority of rural Kansans are excluded from the processes that will determine the long-term futures of their families and communities. The burdens fall most heavily on those already struggling to make ends meet.

Together, these dynamics form one of the great groundwater swindles of our time. Rural people and lands are being exploited and then blamed for the conditions of their own marginality. Corporations reap the reward and spread distrust and division to do so. Failures of policy, democracy, and perception turn into an environmental calamity. Similar dramas of groundwater loss are spreading around the world. Most of the planet’s arid-region aquifers are in decline. As Earth warms and droughts intensify, these pressures will only increase.

When groundwater runs out, myths of growth and profit collapse into dust. Drying aquifers can result in starvation, migration, and violence. Or they can prompt us to rethink our relationship to one another and to the irreplaceable natural resources that we share. Aquifers belong to everyone, and especially to future generations.

Soon, the Kansas House Water Committee is expected to release its proposal for revising groundwater policy. It is a unique opportunity to find a better way ahead. If the measure fails, pressure will increase on state authorities to impose restrictions. But challenges remain, including the preference of powerful agribusiness interests to continue pumping what water is left.

Reasons to hope might be found in Kansas, too. Citizens are mobilizing for inclusion into conservation districts. Environmental groups are filing lawsuits to protect wetlands drained by irrigation. In 2016, farmers in northwestern Kansas worked with their management district and voluntarily agreed to cut extraction; a study published the next year showed that they were able to make more money by pumping less water. That news may ease resistance to change. Recognizing the need to slow aquifer loss, more farmers are speaking out and calling for state officials to impose transparent, fair limits.

Groundwater loss is a generational test of our ability to come together around shared problems. The solution is obvious: We cannot keep taking more water out of aquifers than can be naturally replaced. Aquifer use must be sustainable.

Meeting that goal will require better policy, public action, personal responsibility, and political leadership. Authorities should establish benchmarks for reductions in groundwater use and be prepared to impose mandatory restrictions if those are not met. Benchmarks should be tailored to local conditions and coordinated across regions.

At the same time, the long-term economic and social value of groundwater should be correctly calculated. Everyone—including small farmers, growing cities, and giant agribusinesses—should be held to the same standards of sustainability and pay for what they use.

Profit alone cannot justify eradication. We need guidelines to make sure that sustainably managed groundwater is distributed in transparent, effective, and equitable ways. Federal farm subsidies, crop insurance, and conservation programs should be rebuilt with sustainable agriculture as the goal. Such programs should allow farmers to save groundwater while making ends meet. Additional programs should help support rural people and communities during their transition toward a sustainable relationship with their aquifers.

These steps may help prevent an environmental calamity in the American West. And they may help us begin to value aquifers for what they are: precious national treasures that deserve our protection, stewardship, and care. [The Atlantic] 

:: 12-29-21 The Prophetic Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Conspiracy Theory: What Is The Connection Between The Omicron Strain, The Reptilians And 666?

On November 26, 2021, the World Health Organization gave the new strain of coronavirus B.1.1.529 the name omicron, which can be considered as the birthday of a new plague. And, somehow surprisingly, it coincided that January 30, 2020, the birthday of the pandemic, and November 26, 2021, the birthday of the new plague, are separated by a magic number of 666 days.

November 29, 2021 | SOUL ASK

The WHO identified Omicron as “a strain of great concern. After the news, the conspiracy community became quite worried:

As follows from this semi-official print screen, circulating in the lists since the summer of 2021, the “omicron” strain was expected in May 2022, we are only in November 2021, and this “omicron” has already started its march across the planet. What’s next? Omega?

Another oddity that did not go unnoticed by conspiracy theorists: Omicron is an anagram from Moronic.

In the case of B.1.1.529, we are talking about some new and dangerous strain, which, according to doctors, is 500 times more dangerous than the delta. And yet, as they write, this strain is most dangerous for people who have received treatment from earlier types of covid or have been vaccinated.

If so, then this is a bomb. It is indirectly confirmed by the fact that the British government ordered PCR tests to be done and all those who come to the country, regardless of whether you are vaccinated or not, sit on 10-day isolation.

How so? Why then were they vaccinated?!

The authorities have suggested that the old vaccines will not work for the new virus, and therefore everyone urgently needs to be vaccinated, who has not yet done so plus the boosters for the rest.

Follow the logic: the Omicron strain does not give in to the vaccine, on the contrary, those vaccinated with it get sick and spread.

The 666th day since pandemic declaration

Also, 666 days passed between the date of January 30, 2020, when the WHO declared the Covid-19 pandemic and November 26, 2021, when the “omicron” strain was announced:

A very strange coincidence combined with a difficult day – 666th since the beginning of the fight against the pandemic.

Constellation Draco

According to astronomy handbooks, the letter Omicron is a double star in the constellation Draco, the smaller of which astronomers cannot see, and the larger is a white giant with a radius of 30 solar. It is located at a distance of 322 light years from us.

If you calculate the distance even more accurately, then the figure turns out to be even more magical – 32 2.93 light years. One of the features of Omicron is the fact that in the Northern Hemisphere it never goes beyond the horizon.

The next package of information about this star can be found in reference books on ufology, compiled on the basis of messages received from contactees. They write the following:

Dragon Moth or Omicron Draconians are one of the factions behind the Orion Group. These reptilian creatures are extremely vicious and violent. Their area of ​​responsibility is the region of Iran and Iraq – they stand behind the terrorist groups that govern these countries. Omicron Dragon is the main star of their planetary system.

Omicron Draconians are not the main ones in the dark consortium, but work, as it were, in the catch-up of more advanced civilizations, in particular, at the moment they are the henchmen of the Orion forces. In the earlier past, they were mercenaries of the Annunnaki who had a war with the Nephilim. During this war, together with Orion, the so-called Dragon Grid was built in Siberia, later expanded to South Asia and reaching South America.

The grid is controlled by a program that controls and launches the Armageddon scenario. Therefore, now these or those regimes under the control of the Draconians seek to gain access to all structures of the artifact technological device. As soon as full control is gained, Armageddon will be launched and the collection of energy from the harvest will begin.

In the consortium of the Omicron dark civilizations, the Draconians are like a military wing. They are great specialists in military strategy, so war and terrorism is their topic. Other areas of their interests are energy harvested from people, transhumanism, demography and psychotronic mind control.

In exchange for military services, the more advanced Orion gives the Draconians protection from higher civilizations, which was realized by the creation of the so-called Phantom Spatial Matrix, where they all sit. The Orions are great specialists in creating wormholes and now their strategic task is to try to draw the entire Earth into their Matrix, gaining complete control over it.

The voices of astropaths and telepaths are, of course, not a very reliable source of information. However, the 666 days between the fashion disease innovations is also a rather strange coincidence. In addition, telepaths explain well the friendship between China, Iran and the Russian Federation. It becomes clear that this group of countries is interested in such regions as Venezuela and Syria – obviously, there are some important components of that very grid. As soon as control is established over them – so Armageddon will be turned on.

Naturally, at the moment all this is only a conspiracy theory, and quite hardcore, as it does not fit into the head of an ordinary man in the street. But if it works, we will hear some updates on the Third World War pretty soon. The 666 days after the announcement of the global quarantine and the Omicron announcement by WHO couldn’t be a coincidence. 

[ :: 8-16-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Change has come today, saith your Father God, not like your President says, and not the changes you have seen, but change has come, for you have entered into the very last days, you have entered into them. And many things shall come rapidly now, but fear not, etc..

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 12-20-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Surviving What Is Coming In the Very Near Future

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, December 20, 2021 - 15:20.

I was positively shaped by my academic and athletic experiences as a child, a teen and an adult. I was blessed to have had parentally instilled discipline to become the most I could be as a student, an athlete, a teacher, a professor, an athlete and later a coach. I wasn’t the smartest, the most innovative, the fastest and I certainly never warmed up to illegitimate authority and bad leadership. However, I was resilient. I could apply myself to overcoming barriers to success with such tenacity that I eventually would overcome the obstacles to success and I certainly knew how to bounce back from defeat with a renewed vigor and tenacity. No, I am not bragging, I am reflecting about how the generations have become weak and drifted away from God. I am also warning about whatever traits of resilience that I possess are not enough to survive what is coming. I, we, all need the guidance and protection of the Lord. However, the weakness of the younger American mindset will prove devastating in terms of meeting the national challenges. We are destined for national failure on a catastrophic nature. I know that this is not a popular view, but this is not Hollywood. The Bible tells us exactly what is coming and we arrived at the beginning of the prophecy for the End Days.

I grew up on many military bases. My friends, my fellow students, my teammates and the athletes I coach were mostly the same way. We were the sons and daughters of America’s greatest generation. My parents overcame a crippling depression, two formidable military opponents and faced down the tyrannical Soviet Union and did not blink. My parents were a younger part of a generation that did not accept defeat and fully understood how to bounce back from setbacks, and they had a lot of practice honing the personality skill known as resilience which is the most under-researched of all personality attributes. As an adult, I was so shocked by the lack of collective resolve and mental toughness of the generation that followed me, I dedicated my thesis efforts to researching the essential elements of resilience found in individuals that overcame great challenge, and I must admit that I was not surprised in the least by what I found. More on that later…

My generation was a little softer than our parents, but the generations that followed, lived on the momentum that was created by the World War II generation and each generation was softer than the previous. As a country, collectively speaking, we have become so soft, so lacking in mental toughness and moral fiber (with some exceptions), that I thank the Lord that the bulk of our countrymen were not around in 1776 for we would still be a colony of England. If our present set of emerging adults were around in 1941, we would be flying the Nazi flag over Washington DC. And we are approaching the point where we might as well fly the hammer and sickle over DC, because this is what our self-absorption, apathy, laziness, ignorance, lack of discipline and distinct lack of moral character derived from not obeying the teachings of Jesus, has led us to.

What I have come to realize that all the work that I have done in trying to meet challenges and setbacks has served me well, at the end of the day, or should I say … at the End of Days, it will only be my faith in Jesus that will save me.

On a personal note, I have experienced four major losses of dear friends and family over the past 14 months. For those of you that understand the notion of receiving a word from God, I have, as a result of these devastating losses. God is telling me that I should view these deeply personal losses as being preparation for what is coming, which will prove horrifying for most people. We are about to enter a period of unimaginable horror and suffering. What we are experiencing now is a picnic compared to what is coming.

I have even considered withholding some very bad news, on multiple fronts until after Christmas and the New Year, because I believe that this may be the last relatively peaceful holiday season for the foreseeable future. However, the withholding of devastating information is what we do to buffer children from being overwhelmed because they lack the developed personality traits to deal with serious threats. However, I am speaking to the adults of my country and I am going to be purposely forthright. Most people will have idea what is about to hit them and this will not be a singular event in which we can adapt. Rather, chaos and danger will become a daily part of living in our society. America, and the rest of the world, is on the verge of experiencing devastation that we have never experienced in our lifetime. The combination of mental toughness, work ethic and resilience that collectively resides among most in our country is not going to be sufficient to successfully meet the challenges for what we are about to face although when they are combined with a faith in the Lord, one can expect to be able to cope with what is coming.

The positive character traits, mentioned in the previous sentences will fail most people this country because we do not derive our ultimate strength from the word of the Lord. There is no escaping what is coming. Please keep in mind that I am writing these words and I am someone who has never accepted defeat. Since I fought my battle against the globalist forces that tried to steal my property and 300 of neighbors without compensation, largely against John McCain, I began to take stock of the direction the country was and I observed a direct disconnect from the personality traits and resolve that would be needed to successfully meet these challenges. I pray to God that I have the strength to face what is on our doorstep. On my own, I know I have no chance. Through the power Holy Spirit, I have confidence although I already know that my most desired outcome, in this earthly existence, will not be realized as it is up to the Lord

Jesus stated there would be wars and rumors of wars, famines, earthquakes in various places (Matthew 24:6-7). It is also written that “signs in sun and moon and stars, and on the earth distress of nations in perplexity because of the roaring of the sea and the waves, people fainting with fear and foreboding of what is coming upon the world. Evil has been unleashed across the planet. For the powers of the heavens will be shaken. And then they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory” (Luke 21:25-27). That is all very comforting. However, our ultimate salvation is guaranteed for those that know Jesus. The problem for the weak-will today, is that they have to traverse the gap between the promises of the Bible and the time of His actual return. Remember, Jesus promised great persecution would break out against his followers and would cause many to fall away (Matthew 24:9-10). We are clearly entering this period.

Watch for wars as in very big wars, little wars, ethnic wars, race wars, along with escalating violence and increasing lawlessness, bioweapons, weather weapons, etc.

The gospel of Matthew contains Jesus’ prophecy to His disciples about the state of the world just prior to His Second Coming. “And you will hear of wars and rumors of wars. See that you are not troubled; for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom.” There will also be random shootings, murders, and mass killings? Jesus predicted this societal breakdown just before his return. “And because lawlessness will proliferate, the love of many will grow cold” (Matthew 24:12) and (Matthew 24:6–7). Jesus predicted that “there will be famines” and the United States is sitting on the edge of massive famine (Matthew 24:7). The Book of Revelation speaks of the coming famine. “When he had broken the third seal [shortly before the coming of Christ], I heard the third Living Being [an angelic personage] say, ‘Come!’ And I saw a black horse, with its rider holding a pair of balances in his hand. And a voice from among the four Living Beings said, ‘A loaf of bread for $20, or three pounds of barley flour, but there is no olive oil or wine” as we welcome in the Joe Biden world of hyperinflation (Revelation 6:5–6). Pandemics are prophesied to sweep the earth. “I heard the fourth Living Being say, ‘Come!’ And now I saw a pale horse, and its rider’s name was Death. And there followed after him another horse whose rider’s name was Hell. They were given control of one-fourth of the earth, to kill with war and famine and disease and wild animals” (Revelation 6:7–8). Hell on earth and there is nothing that is going to turn this back.

We learn in Daniel 11 that a powerful leader is yet to come on the world scene. This “king,” who will rise up in Europe, “shall do according to his own will: he shall exalt and magnify himself above every god, shall speak blasphemies against the God of gods” (Daniel 11:36). Be not deceived because your very soul is at risk.

People say, Dave, what is coming? if you have the courage, I will tell over the next several days as a clear picture of war, disease, famine, natural disasters, crime, violence, economic upheaval, etc., are all rearing their ugly heads under the control of Satan. Yes, that is right, Satan. You can no longer sit on the fence. You are either for Jesus or Satan, there is no in-between.

What can you do in the meantime? Pray, pray for a quick return and that you will have what you need to persevere for Jesus warns us that men’s hearts would fail them if he did not return. 

:: 12-19-21 The Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satanic Temple to Install ‘Baby Baphomet’ Statue Among Illinois Capitol Holiday Display on Monday During Christmas Week

By Cassandra Fairbanks Published December 19, 2021 at 2:45pm


The Satanic Temple is installing a “Baby Baphomet” statue among the Illinois Capitol Rotunda holiday display.

The statue will be installed on December 20th at 1 pm.

The Satanic Temple recently made headlines for seeking a court declaration to allow abortions for their Texas members, claiming that the laws violate their “religious freedom” to perform “abortion rituals.”

In a press release about the Baphomet statue, the group said that it is in celebration of the Satanic holiday Sol Invictus, which, like Christmas, takes place on the 25th of December.

According to their website, the day is a “celebration of being unconquered by superstition and consistent in the pursuit and sharing of knowledge.”

“The new display, created by artist Chris P. Andres, depicts the Satanic deity Baphomet as a swaddling babe,” the Satanic Temple said in their statement.

The group noted that it is third year displaying their statues in the Illinois Capitol building — “except for 2020, when the Capitol building was closed for all displays due to the COVID-19 pandemic.”

This year’s tradition marks a greater urgency in the Baphomet’s message of harmony and reconciliation,” noted The Satanic Temple’s Director of Campaign Operations Erin Helian in the press release.

The Diocese of Springfield in Illinois and Bishop Thomas Paprocki recently installed a nativity scene in the rotunda and are outraged by the upcoming addition.

According to a report from the State Journal-Register, Paprocki said at the nativity unveiling that satanic displays “should have no place in this Capitol or any other place.”

Mocking the millions of Christians in the state of Illinois and billions around the world by depicting the baby Jesus this Christmas with the ‘satanic deity’ Baphomet is the very definition of evil and causing division, but that is to be expected from an organization that is in existence to troll people of faith,” said Andrew Hansen, a spokesperson for the diocese, according to their report.

The Satanic Temple invited the Bishop to attend their event, which he flatly declined.

“Bishop Paprocki declines the invitation to associate with evil and urges all people of true religious faith to shun the devil,” Hansen said. 

:: 12-20-21 Sons of Liberty media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Joe Biden About To Impose Lawless, Destructive Regulations On US Economy To Fight New Moronic Omicron “Scariant”

Written by: Michael Snyder Published on: December 20, 2021

It seems like it was just yesterday that we were told that a new variant called “Omicron” had been discovered in southern Africa. Now it is being reported that Omicron is suddenly spreading like wildfire all over North America and Europe, and we are being told that a very “dark winter” is ahead of us. Of course whenever case numbers start rising again, the Biden administration feels as though it must do something. So on Tuesday, Joe Biden is going to deliver another “major address” to the nation. Unfortunately, many are anticipating that he may introduce more destructive restrictions which could significantly damage the U.S. economy as we head into 2022.

When it comes to the pandemic, we all know that Biden listens to the “scientists”, and right now the “scientists” are scaring the living daylights out of the general public.

For example, over the weekend Dr. Television warned that Omicron will soon put severe stress on hospital systems all across America…

And the director of the NIH has suggested that the U.S. could soon see a million cases a day…

It is completely and utterly irresponsible for Collins to say something like that, and all such similar projections have been totally inaccurate in the past.

But Joe Biden believes these guys, and so even though there has only been one documented death from Omicron anywhere in the world, Biden appears poised to take this crisis to an entirely new level…

Right now, we don’t know exactly what those “new steps” will look like, but there is a lot of speculation that they could include new mandates and/or restrictions.

Unfortunately for Biden, he is deeply failing as a leader, and at this point the vast majority of Americans simply do not trust him…

Just about everything that Biden has done during his time in the White House has turned out badly, and a whole lot of people out there are going to be really angry if he decides to do even more to mess up our economy.

Thanks to our “leaders” in Washington, inflation is completely out of control and we are now facing the worst supply chain crisis in our entire history.

In an excellent article that he just published, James Rickards explained how complex and how vulnerable our global supply chains have become…

Our way of life depends on the smooth operation of thousands upon thousands of immensely complex supply chains. Unfortunately, restrictions and mandates that have been implemented by politicians all over the planet have caused massive problems for those supply chains, and now politicians all over the planet are imposing even more restrictions and mandates to combat the Omicron variant.

Because of this insanity, it looks like 2022 is going to be a very rough year for the global economy.

Of course all of the mandates and restrictions have also taken a great toll on our mental health…

Ultimately, many would argue that the global response to the pandemic has been far more destructive than the virus itself.

And if we can’t handle a crisis of this magnitude, how are we possibly going to be able to handle something far more severe?

COVID has filled our leaders with great fear, and being fearful is never a way to handle a crisis.

Now it appears that fear is about to push Biden to make even more mistakes, and that is extremely unfortunate.

Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder 

:: 12-18-21 JR Nyquist Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on December 18, 2021

The Communist Long Range Strategy: A Discussion with Dave and Fabio

…between the ‘grey’ and the ‘red’ terror there may be an intermediate period — the ‘pink’ terror, when active military operations have not yet begun and there is still peace, but when some of the best spetsnaz units have already gone into action.

Viktor Suvorov

The Interview below is on the Soviet long range strategy. It begins with an introduction in German, but quickly switches to English after the first couple of minutes. Dave, Fabio and I are each broadcasting from a different continent. 

:: 12-16-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Skynet” microchip breakthrough announced that will ENSLAVE humanity with AI cyberlords… the end of humanity approaches

Thursday, December 16, 2021 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) In the Terminator sci-fi movie series, scientist Miles Dyson is given an exotic microchip from the AI cyborg sent from the future and uses it to pursue “radical” new developments in microprocessors. This research ultimately becomes Skynet, the global AI supercomputer system that achieves self-awareness and decides to eliminate humanity by initiating nuclear war.

This story line isn’t far from reality. Transistor technology was first studied and developed in the 1940s by studying non-terrestrial craft crash hardware that was first acquired by the US military in the Roswell crash of June, 1947. This technology was quickly handed to powerful American corporations who soon announced the “discovery” of the transistor. This topic is too detailed to explore here, but a good overview of the reverse engineering of non-terrestrial technology is found at this link on, which writes:

In December 1997, Jack Shulman, as president and CEO of the American Computer Company in Cranford, New Jersey, would claim to have in their possession proof that technology recovered from the crash site of Roswell was reverse engineered [1] and then patented as great American scientific breakthroughs in technology. Shulman would particularly focus on the patenting of the transistor by the Bell Labs company. And asked a vaguely disguised question as “what if” they hadn’t actually invented their technology? But merely reverse-engineered it?

According to these documents, the transistor developed at Bell Labs, most notably credited to Bardeen, Brattain, and Shockley, was, in fact, “provided” to the company. What’s more, when some researchers have investigated the history of the transistor prior to Bell’s groundbreaking technological marvel, there is no obvious developing point between all that came before and Bell Lab’s version.

By December of 1947 — and seemingly out of nowhereBell Laboratories had managed to demonstrate the first Earth-made transistor, which by any honest analysis appears to violate the laws of physics. (All transistors are quantum devices.) Transistor technology was then heavily researchers and refined throughout the 1950s and beyond.

The global surveillance grid would have never been possible without MOSFET transistor technology

In 1959, the MOSFET transistor was created. It stands for Metal–Oxide–Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor, and it allows microchips to go into mass production. There are more MOSFET devices in existence on planet Earth than any other device that has ever been manufactured in the history of the known world.

It is crucial to note that the widespread usage of MOSFET devices is now ushering in the digital technocracy surveillance state that allows tyrannical governments to surveil and monitor citizens: their movements, transactions, internet activity, speech histories and more. Today, billions of people carry spy devices with them at all times. These are called “mobile phones” and they watch and listen to people while uploading surveillance details to “the cloud” where it is analyzed by highly complex computing systems in order to control and manipulate humanity. (People also foolishly install Alexa and Ring devices in their homes, literally inviting spy devices into their own private spaces.)

The mass monitoring of humanity through digital means is the necessary step for non-terrestrial AI systems to surveil and control the entirety of the human race. We have covered this in great detail in a recent article and podcast about exopolitical Artificial Intelligence and the plot to depopulate planet Earth. Right now, Earth is being prepared for a post-human future, and the humans who currently populate Earth are being persuaded to commit biological suicide via vaccine bioweapons injections. This is a species-wide self-immolation campaign under the guise of a “pandemic” that doesn’t even exist.

Importantly, the “crash” of non-terrestrial craft in the 1940s just coincidentally allowed these microprocessors to fall into the hands of humans who then built the global technology surveillance grid that is now enslaving humanity and forcing billions into vaccine suicide. (Hint: There are no coincidences.)

IBM and Samsung announce “skynet” breakthrough in microprocessor hardware miniaturization and power consumption

Now, 74 years after the Roswell crash, IBM and Samsung have announced an historic leap in semiconductor manufacturing that “defies conventional design,” as they say in their own press release on PR Newswire.

IBM, the same technology company that provided punch card technology machines to the Nazi regime to make the Holocaust mass murder more efficient, is now rolling out this powerful new semiconductor manufacturing tech that will revolutionize microchip manufacturing. In our assessment, this new chip design is the “skynet” tipping point moment that will enable widespread AI supercomputing systems that will track and monitor everything that humans do.

Combined with neuralink technology that allows AI supercomputers to interface with human neurology, these microchips will enable digital surveillance of human thoughts, emotions, actions and “inner speech” narratives. Once fully interfaced with optic nerves, the inner ear and other sensory processing neurological centers of the brain, this will enable digital control over a person’s entire “reality,” including digital “augmented” reality without any need for goggles or glasses. The augmented reality will simply be digitally overlaid, directly into the person’s neurology.

The “full Matrix,” in other words, is about to become a reality. Evil Zuckerberg’s Metaverse project won’t just live in “the cloud,” it will live in your head because every human being will be neuralinked into the AI supercomputer simulation, or they will be ostracized from society as it currently happening with vaccine passports. The entire world is about to be blue-pilled into the Matrix. (That is, if you agree to have these systems embedded in you.)

IBM “skynet” microprocessor design allows radical improvements to computational density, wearable supercomputers and processors embedded in humans

The IBM / Samsung technology is truly revolutionary for a variety of reasons. The manufacturing breakthrough allows transistors to be stacked in the Z plane (not just X and Y), which allows for extremely high computational densities. From the IBM press release:

IBM (NYSE:?IBM) and Samsung Electronics jointly announced a breakthrough in semiconductor design utilizing a new vertical transistor architecture that demonstrates a path to scaling beyond nanosheet, and has the potential to reduce energy usage by 85 percent compared to a scaled fin field-effect transistor (finFET).

Historically, transistors have been built to lie flat upon the surface of a semiconductor, with the electric current flowing laterally, or side-to-side, through them. With new Vertical Transport Field Effect Transistors, or VTFET, IBM and Samsung have successfully implemented transistors that are built perpendicular to the surface of the chip with a vertical, or up-and-down, current flow.

The press release specifically cites the potential for such microprocessors to be embedded in all sorts of new systems, greatly expanding the Internet of Things (IoT), which is the global digital surveillance system for the total enslavement of humankind:

Continued expansion of Internet of Things (IoT) and edge devices with lower energy needs, allowing them to operate in more diverse environments like ocean buoys, autonomous vehicles, and spacecraft.

The greatly reduced power consumption of this configuration also means far less heat production. Since heat dissipation is one of the key challenges of computational density (microprocessors create so much heat, they can melt themselves), the 85% reduction in energy usage translates into 85% less heat production. Because there’s less heat to deal with, high-density microprocessors using this new breakthrough technology can be stacked in all three physical planes (X, Y, Z) into densities that go far beyond what’s currently possible. In addition, the 85% energy consumption reduction means that smaller microprocessors can be embedded in clothing and wearable devices that generate electricity through kinetic movement. Even smaller systems can be embedded in human bones and tissues (in the skull, for example) and simply operate based on bioavailable electrical potential. In other words, human beings are about to become actual copper top cyborgs.

Do not forget what I explained in my previous article and podcast: Moving transistors technology from the micro scale to the nano scale, when considering all 3 dimensions (X, Y, Z) results in a 10 ^ 9 increase in computational density. Why? Because it’s a factor of 1,000 (or 10 ^ 3) in each of the three dimensions. So a pico-scale microprocessor will express 10 ^ 9 more computational density than a nano-scale microprocessor. (The scale goes like this: Micro, nano, pico, femto)

IBM is currently manufacturing 2nm microprocessors, which means the company is already in the low single-digit nano-scale realm of microprocessor technology. This new Z-axis breakthrough allows “stacking” at the 2 nm level (or even smaller), and with the next incremental improvement, IBM will have achieved pico-scale microprocessors, perhaps at 800 pm (picometers) in size.

According to my sources, IBM has already achieved this scale of microprocessor design, although pico-scale microprocessors are not yet in actual production. They exist in the lab, however.

This is not good news for humanity. This is, in fact, the end of humanity as we know it. The “borgification” of the human species is now unstoppable, and it will end with the obliteration of everything it means to be human.

Get full details in today’s Situation Update podcast: 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 12-19-21 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – The World Has Now Entered The First Of Four Major Phases Of Chaos And Financial Destruction

December 19 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz, founder of Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): One of the most horrifying works of art is Bruegel’s “The Triumph of Death” painted in 1562. The painting depicts the end of life on earth.

I sincerely hope that this is not what the world will literally look like in the next decade or two but metaphorically this is not an unlikely depiction of the chaos that could hit us all. For a detailed description of the grim painting see The_Triumph_of_Death

The Black Death plague in the 14th century which killed up to half of the world’s population clearly had a major influence on the painter..

The moral message is that when chaos hits, the destruction will affect everyone, rich and poor, young and old. No one will escape by power or devotion.

The financial, economic and moral devastation which is about to hit the world will for more than 99.5% of the people will come out of the blue like a flash from a clear sky.

For most people the coming events will thus be like the definition of the word CHAOS: “A state of total confusion and disorder”… 

:: 12--21 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Depopulation Smoking Gun: Alarming Charts Show The Number Of Americans ‘Vaxxed’ Aligns Ominously With Deagel’s Forecast Depopulation Numbers For 2025

While checking out all of the absolutely bizarre news the last several days, including the fact that a ‘fully-vaxxed‘ Buzzfeed holiday party in New York turned into a COVID super-spreader event, Radio City’s Rockettes being forced to cancel all of their remaining performances due to numerous fully vaxxed and ‘boosted‘ members ‘catching the COVID‘ as well as the heavily vaxxed NFL canceling a number of games because of a ‘COVID surge’, I came across another story that caught my eye.

As most ANP readers who have been reading us for quite some time know, we’ve often covered the very mysterious and ‘deep state sourced‘ website, and their very bizarre forecast for America and most of the Western world for the year 2025, a forecast which, while varying slightly from year to year, always forecast America as a hugely depopulated, 3rd world nation by 2025.

With Deagel’s sources being the ‘deep state‘ and ‘globalists,‘ including the US Department of State, the US Department of Defense, the CIA, the World Bank and the European Union among others, the MSM and other called Deagel’s forecasts a ‘crazy dystopian conspiracy theory‘ but as we had pointed out in this ANP story just days ago, the MSM long called the ‘Wuhan lab weaponized COVID virus theory‘ a ‘crazy conspiracy theory,‘ too, before finally admitting days ago it is the ‘most likely theory‘.

And as we’d also pointed out in this April 22nd of 2021 ANP story, soon after Deagel was exposed on Doug Casey’s International Man website in a story titled “Doug Casey on the Shocking 2025 Deagel Forecast: War, Population Reduction and the Collapse of the West”, Deagel’s forecast for 2025 got ‘nuked‘, disappearing from the internet, though you can see some of their previous forecasts in both of the screenshots seen below which we had used as evidence of something sinister happening in previous ANP stories.

So when I ran across this recent story at CNN listing the total number of Americans currently fully vaxxed at approx. 202 million, with approx. 241 million at least partially vaxxed as seen in the screenshot on the top of this page, I immediately recognized those numbers as aligning very eerily and alarmingly with the number of Americans being forecast to ‘die off‘ by the year 2025 according to Deagel’s forecast from several different years. Just a bizarre coincidence, or ‘the depopulation smoking gun‘?

As you’ll notice in the screenshot below originally from this May of 2018 ANP story, the number of Americans being forecast by Deagel to be ‘culled‘ back then by the year 2025 was 227 million, which falls right in line with the number of currently ‘vaxxed‘ Americans. If mRNA vax inventor Dr. Robert Malone is correct in his warning that many of the vaccinated will die from the after-effects of the shot, should Americans really be taking their children to get it? Just think. The globalists want just that.

For those who may not have ever heard of Deagel before, let’s go ahead and take a look at this Doug Casey story from the International Man that led Deagel to nuke their bizarre forecasts of massive depopulation before we continue.:

International Man: Deagel is a private online source for the military capabilities of the world’s nation-states. It recently released a shocking five-year forecast.

The report analyzes countries by projected population size, GDP, defense budget, and more.

In it, they predict a 70% reduction in the size of the United States population. This is a bold prediction. What are your thoughts on this?

Doug Casey: I’ve got to say that I wasn’t familiar with Deagel—it keeps a low profile. Deagel is in the same business as Jane’s—which has been in the business of analyzing weapons systems for many decades.

A look at the Deagel website, which is quite sophisticated, makes it clear we’re not dealing with some blogger concocting outrageous clickbait. It seems to be well-connected with defense contractors and government agencies like the CIA.

They’ve predicted that about 70% of the US population, and about the same percentage in Europe, is going to disappear by 2025. It’s hard to believe that anybody in their position would make a forecast like that. There’s no logical business reason for it, especially since it was done before the COVID hysteria gripped the world. It stretches a reader’s credulity.

Could it possibly happen? It would be the biggest thing in world history. Does it have a basis in reality, or is it just some bizarre trolling exercise? I’m not sure—it’s hard to take almost anything from any source at face value these days. But for the last several years, I’ve been saying that World War III would basically be a biological war. Of course, it will have substantial conventional, nuclear, space-based, and AI/computer elements as well, but its most serious component will be biological. Essentially, it will involve the use of bacteria and viruses to wipe out the enemy. The odds are that it will be between the US and China. But since anyone with a CRISPR in their garage can hack the genome and DNA of almost anything and anybody… there are no limits to the possibilities.

Certainly, from the Chinese point of view, a biological war makes all the sense in the world. That’s because the Han Chinese share a lot of genetic similarities. Presumably, a bacteria or virus can be bred to favor the Chinese and take out most everybody else. The fact is that anything that can be done eventually will be done. It’s just the law of large numbers.

And as we’ve reported time and again on ANP, Deagel’s forecast not only warned of America being completely decimated by 2025 but ‘Western nations‘ across the planet as well, and look at what’s happening now in places across Europe, Australia and New Zealand, where government’s are racing full speed ahead towards tyranny, locking down populations and putting a dagger in ‘liberty‘.

Just another ‘bizarre coincidence‘ or did Deagel show us the globalists evil genocide plans all along? As seen in the next screenshot below taken from a previous ANP story, back in 2016 they were forecasting a 270 million person ‘die-off‘ by 2025, leaving the US with only 54 million people living here by 2025, with that 270 million figure just over the high end of currently vaxxed Americans.

So if ‘the vax‘ REALLY does work, why are so many of the fully vaxxed and fully boosted still getting COVID? As we had reported just days ago on ANP, with the globalists ‘the vax is the answer‘ narrative now having fully blown up in their own faces as people across America and the world slowly awaken to the fact that it’s not stopping people from getting or spreading or dying from COVID, and in fact, the vax itself is killing people, we expect the globalists to kick up their level of tyranny ahead as people all around the world reject the rule of psychopaths.

Perfectly stated in this CNBC story in the words of Dr. Anthony ‘Faust-i‘ who claimed they’ll soon have to ‘re-define‘ the term ‘fully vaccinated‘ and that ‘more restrictions are on the table‘, America’s Founding Fathers and their great Wisdom of writing the 2nd Amendment ensured that tyrants will never be able to fully impose tyranny upon very well-armed and very free Americans without destroying themselves in the process.

And with more evidence emerging every day that this entire COVID episode was manufactured to accomplish a series of globalists objectives, including forcing Americans to stay at home, conditioning them to ‘slavery,‘ which allowed Democrats to carry out massive mail-in voting fraud to get Joe Biden into office and Trump out, while also allowing them to carry out the moves towards tyranny and genocide we’ve seen since, one could be forgiven for asking what the ‘true purpose‘ of ‘the shot‘ is when it’s clearly not working for what we’ve been told it was ‘manufactured‘ for.

Former General Hospital soap opera star Ingo Rademacher, who is no longer with the show following his refusal to take ‘the vax‘, stated of the unfolding tyranny perfectly.:

“If we don’t choose what to put in our bodies, we don’t own our body. The government owns you.”

No thank you.

So with ‘Joe Brandon‘ now pushing a ‘Winter of Death‘ for unvaccinated Americans a year after he warned America faced a ‘dark winter‘ during the Winter of 2020/2021, and all of us knowing for a fact that ‘Operation Dark Winter‘ was the code name for a senior-level bio-terrorist attack simulation conducted on June 22–23, 2001 that was designed to carry out a mock version of a covert and widespread smallpox attack on the United States, it’s not just a coincidence that Joe Biden was the Chairman of that exercise’s Committee, and now he’s tripling down on his dark winter warnings.

Each of the videos below take a look at the unfolding madness across America and the world, with a group of global elite POS’s pushing tyranny in the name of public safety, mandating vaxxes that don’t work for their stated purposes and pushing America and the once-free world closer and closer to the globalists diabolical world government endgame. If America’s Founding Fathers were alive right now they’d surely be saying: keep ‘loading for bear‘, America!


:: 12-19-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In The Age Of Omicron, The Jabbed Are Now Catching & Spreading Covid At A Higher Rate Than The Unvaxxed - Time To Lock Down The Vaxxed Now That They Are The Super-Spreaders?

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine December 19, 2021

For the last nearly two years we have heard vax worshipers accuse those refusing to take the experimental COVID vaccines that were created and fast-tracked, bypassing traditional testing for long-term effects, and refusing the lock down their entire lives, as "grandma killer," as well as "nurse killer, a doctor killer, a cop killer, a grocery clerk killer, a student killer, a 5 year old killer, a bus driver killer, a father killer who just had a child killer, a family killer."

Wow, let's get Mr. Joe Lockhart, who is quoted above, a fainting couch and throw in some pearls to clutch while we are at it.

First it was the Covid vax, or a set of two, then because they didn't work the way vaccines are supposed to, it was then discussed that the definition of vaccinated be changed to include another shot, a "booster," before one could be considered fully vaccinated.

Chief medical advisor to the president Dr. Anthony Fauci echoed similar sentiments on COVID vaccine boosters last week during an interview with Reuters.

Right now, officially, ‘fully vaccinated’ equals two shots of the mRNA and one shot of the J&J, but without a doubt that could change. That’s on the table for discussion,” Fauci said.

As an aside, it is very disconcerting how these days if a definition is not the "preferred narrative", certain dictionaries and online sites will just change the definition, like words do not matter anymore at all.


The first year, everyone had a complete freakfest over the COVID pandemic that came out of Wuhan China, to the point where Americans were forced to stay home, social distance, and mask up everywhere they went, but what we didn't see in any meaningful way, were mutating variants, until the vaccines..... but that is neither here nor there at this point.

The overreactions and power grabs from liberal state leaders did far more harm, to the economy, mental health of adults and children, including stress levels and depression, the supply chain, causing food shortages and more, than the COVID virus ever could.

In a paragraph from a piece at the very liberal website The Atlantic, we see, at least some liberals are finally starting to "get" what is happening.

At this point, the CDC has recorded that less than a quarter of adults who are fully vaccinated under the existing definition have gotten a third shot. That leaves about 150 million people who are vaccinated but unboosted. Given that the people in this group are less protected against infection, they’re at greater risk of passing on the disease to unvaccinated or partially vaccinated kids, as well as to unvaccinated or immunologically vulnerable adults. They will also pass the coronavirus more readily among themselves. Settings that might have previously seemed safe for vaccinated folks—say, a restaurant or performance venue that strictly checks vaccination status—could become fertile ground for transmission, because the people inside them are more likely to catch and spread the virus. Indeed, anecdotal reports already suggest that large indoor gatherings of fully vaccinated people can become super-spreader events in the age of Omicron.

Yes, those with one shot are dangerous to those with two shots, and those with two shots are dangerous to those with a booster shot, making it three, and those with one, two, and three jabs are dangerous to everyone.... vaxxed or unvaxxed.

(ANP FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running a fundraising drive until we catch up on expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

Reuters, hardly a conservative bastion of thought, has a piece published on December 10, 2021, titled "Most reported U.S. Omicron cases have hit the fully vaccinated - CDC," which pretty much says it all when it comes to the efficacy of the vaccines or the booster, since many of the cases cited also had received the "booster," that the Biden regime is trying to force Americans to take.

NBC News, again, a liberal leaning news outlet, reports the following:

As cases of Covid-19 rise throughout the U.S., health officials warn that an increasing number of fully vaccinated people are being hospitalized or going to the emergency room. The concern about waning immunity against severe Covid infection comes as the Food and Drug Administration is expected to authorize a Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine booster shot for all adults 18 and older.

Astounding that these new reports are reporting what Independent News has been reporting for months, yet still claiming that the next "booster" will do the trick. Remember though, when Independent Media reported it, we were accused of misinformation.

The vaccines are not working. The citations used are purposely those in the liberal mainstream media, so no one can look and say "well those are conservatives sources."

What those reports are not informing their audiences of is that before the Omicran variant was being used as a hammer to intimidate people into taking a "booster," or third jab, reports were seen about hospitals seeing more breakthrough cases (fully vaxxed getting Covid), even in other countries.

In fact, it seems the media in other countries have been far more honest than the Biden's regime's propaganda arm in the U.S., aka the MSM.

Irish Times, back in September:

Vaccination has drastically reduced the overall number of infections and reduced the severity of infections where they occur. However, the number of breakthrough infections has increased as the population of vaccinated people has grown.

At the end of August, 54 per cent of Covid-19 patients – or 168 patients – were fully vaccinated. Some 44 per cent were not fully vaccinated, and in 2 per cent of cases, the vaccination status was unknown.

To this day, liberals who have trusted the MSM still claim that the breakthrough cases are "rare." on December 16, titles their article "Doctor Says Fully Vaccinated People Are Going to Test Positive with Omicron: 'Our New Normal'."

Of course, being part of the liberal media establishment, they insist "that is fine."


So, using the same "logic" that liberal state leaders and the Biden regime has been using, since it isn't the unvaxxed spreading the Omicron variant, shouldn't we now be locking down the vaxxed and boostered, since the are now the super-spreaders?

Shouldn't they be limited in where they go and what they can do, just as the unvaxxed has been since Covid first showed up?

The same crowd that has been very vocal about their insistence that the unvaxxed be prevented from being allowed entrance into supermarkets, and shunned by societies, hasn't made the same argument from those responsible for the majority of recent outbreaks and infections.

The silence from them on who is now killing the grandmothers, is deafening.

We have seen the media, Democrats and online liberals pushing a narrative that families should not allow unvaccinated members to come to their homes for the holidays, or to make them get tested before entering the home.

Holiday hell: 3 in 5 Americans BANNING unvaccinated relatives from family gatherings!

• Why unvaccinated family members shouldn’t be invited to the holiday dinner table

• Fauci: Families Should Require Vaccination Proof Before Holiday Gatherings

Maybe it should be the other way around since this has become the "pandemic of the vaccinated."

Lock em down, lock em out, and give them all a taste of their own medicine. 

:: 12-20-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Watch: Fauci Says Don't Have Family Over At Christmas Unless They Are Vaxxed

by Tyler Durden Monday, Dec 20, 2021 - 09:04 AM

Authored by Steve Watson via Summit News,

Anthony Fauci did his best to play the grinch who stole Christmas once again Sunday by declaring that Americans should refrain from attending any gatherings where they don’t know everyone’s vaccination status.

Presumably Fauci means that if someone in the family isn’t vaccinated then don’t let them in to the gathering, for if you merely know they are not vaccinated what’s the point?

Fauci told ABC ‘s This Week “Don’t do things like go to gatherings with people you do not know what their vaccination status is.”

Fauci also said that it would be even better if people conducted tests at their family gatherings.

“Some people are actually going the extra step and the extra mile of maybe even being tested when you have people coming over to the house,” he declared, adding “We now have much wider availability of point of care tests where you can get a result in about 15 minutes. So you might want to do that.”


Fauci sounds like the CNN doctor who last week said Americans should take COVID tests on Christmas morning before opening presents, and then wear masks at their own gatherings just like his family does:

There was no mention from either of these doctors about asking if the family has natural immunity. Given the fact that the “fully vaccinated” are still contracting and passing on the virus en mass, perhaps that would be more prudent.

Brand new merch now available! Get it at 

In the age of mass Silicon Valley censorship It is crucial that we stay in touch. We need you to sign up for our free newsletter here. Support our sponsor – Turbo Force – a supercharged boost of clean energy without the comedown. Also, we urgently need your financial support here. 

:: 12-20-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Emergency update from Adams – Biden’s promised “winter of severe illness and death” is coming true, and here are the states that will see the highest death rates

Monday, December 20, 2021 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) An emergency update here, Sunday night, Dec. 19th.

Biden has promised a “winter of severe illness and death.” His threat is real, but the real victims will, of course, be the vaccinated and the unprepared.

Over the weekend, I have received additional confirmations on what I suspected was already accelerating. Local funeral homes are seeing sudden spikes in deaths among vaccinated people as Antibody Dependent Enhancement (ADE) collides with winter-induced vitamin D deficiency. Deaths are accelerating rapidly and will continue to rise through the end of February. At that time, I’m told, an estimated 25,000 Americans will be dying each week (significantly more than the 15,600 the CDC is publicly warning about), all due to covid vaccine complications.

Vitamin D is a fat-soluble vitamin, you see, and it stores in human tissues such as the liver and kidneys. As people first enter the winter months, they often have vitamin D supplies left over from the Summer or Fall. But due to the indoor winter months with very little sunshine (and no bare skin outdoors due to the temperature), people use up their vitamin D supplies rather quickly. Most Americans are vitamin D deficient by early January, and without vitamin D circulating in their blood, they become highly susceptible to infections and cancer tumor growth throughout the remainder of the winter.

(Notably, Australia is entering its peak summer season which would normally benefit Australian citizens due to sun exposure, but the strict lockdowns and travel restrictions there are depriving people of outdoor time, exacerbating their chronic vitamin D deficiency, just as planned by the evil death cult lunatics running that country.)

This is why right now, all across America, paramedics, morticians, EMTs and funeral directors are already noting a striking uptick in all-cause mortality. It’s just the beginning, however. It’s going to get far worse through at least the end of February. We could see as many as 400,000 Americans killed this winter alone by covid vaccines, adding to the estimated 800,000 who have already been murdered by the jabs. (That’s 20,000 reported VAERS deaths multiplied by the Under Reporting Factor of 40, as rough estimates.)

Life insurance companies are also seeing record payouts on their policies due to the spike in post-vaccine deaths. Covid vaccines are going to devastate the life insurance industry over the next decade, and premiums will double or triple in the coming year.

Which states will see the highest vaccine deaths this winter

Watch for a late January announcement of a deadly new strain that’s dropping people like flies. But understand in advance that it will be the vaccinated who are dying, not the unvaccinated. The media will, of course, lie to you about this and claim all the dead people are unvaccinated. They will lie until the very end because they are complicit in this vaccine holocaust.

The population of America is over 330 million. The vaccine deaths of even 400,000 people this winter is barely above 1/1000th of the population, or 0.1%. This is why the media can still cover up the significant deaths… it’s not yet enough for people to see the masses dying with their own eyes. But that will change…

According to the CDC, 241 million Americans have received two doses. The CDC also claims 73% of all Americans have received “booster doses,” meaning they are claiming that nearly everyone who has received two doses has also taken booster doses (this claim seems fraudulent, but it’s the CDC, so no one believe them anyway).

The CDC has released the following map that shows vaccine doses administered per capita on a state-by-state basis. The dark blue states claim to have administered 1.5 doses for every person in the state, making them the states with the highest vaccination rates:

The states with the highest vaccination rates, of course, will be the states with the most deaths this winter. It’s not difficult to see that these states and regions include California, Oregon, Washington, Colorado, New Mexico, Illinois, Michigan, Florida and most of the Northeast. Florida is likely in this list due to its high percentage of elderly, who are about 95% vaccinated.

Importantly, these are the states where the most deaths are going to occur this winter. So when the Pretender-In-Chief Joe Biden claims America is headed into a, “winter of severe illness and deaths,” he’s not wrong. He’s just failing to mention it’s going to be the blue states where most of these deaths occur.

In Texas, interestingly, the counties with the highest vaccination rates are the border counties which tend to be heavily populated with ethnic Latinos. This shows how Latinos are far more compliant than other ethnic groups:

Aside from the border counties, the areas of Texas also showing darker blue are the liberal cities of Austin, Dallas / Ft. Worth, Houston and El Paso. These is where the die-offs are going to be concentrated. Similar maps are shown for Florida and other states which have “blue” areas designated by county.

As you can see from these maps, the US states that will be least impacted by the vaccine death wave will be Idaho, Wyoming, Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama.

Both the government and the media are trying to bury the covid vaccine deaths right now, but at some point in 2022, the death statistics will become undeniable. Increases in all-cause mortality will track almost perfectly with per capita vaccination rates. It won’t take long for statisticians to see the obvious.

Each winter, another wave of vaccine deaths will take place

Unfortunately for the blue cities, counties and states, the vaccine can’t be undone. Deaths will hit hard this coming winter but will likely wane during the summer of 2022 due to increased natural vitamin D. The winter of 2022 / 2023, however, will be absolutely devastating, given that the mRNA spike protein factories will have had another year to damage vascular systems and suppress immunity. Even worse, many people will be convinced to take additional booster shots through 2022, leading them right into a second winter die-off next year.

This cycle of die-offs, booster injections and media hysteria will continue until tens of millions of Americans are dead (unless somehow the genocide is stopped). This might require several years to fully play out, but during this time, America’s economy will be decimated and our civil liberties will be under constant assault. With the State of New York now considering legislation that would legalize armed medical kidnapping of the unvaccinated — and throwing them into covid concentration campswe are testing the limits of how much medical tyranny the government can try to shove down the throats of Americans without setting off a spirited revolt.

Dead Democrats will be replaced by unvaccinated illegals given special protection status

Blue states, cities and counties, meanwhile, will suffer devastating economic consequences over the next several years, and the demographics of the die-off will see two Democrats dying from the vaccine for every one Republican. The corrupt left-wing leaders already know this, which is why they are bringing in replacement illegals who are protected from vaccinations so that they can remain fertile and reproduce once they occupy America.

It’s true: Vaccines are not being given to illegal immigrants because vaccine manufacturers don’t want the liability of lawsuits stemming from vaccine injuries. Thus, American citizens can be systematically poisoned, killed or made infertile by the vaccines while illegals are given “protected” status and allowed to occupy and repopulate the United States in order to replace the soon-to-be-dead Democrats.

What’s especially ironic is how the very Democrats who voted for this still have no clue that they are being systematically exterminated and replaced through illegal immigration.

The mass murder and depopulation of Americans is further understood by the fact that the FDA has announced the availability of abortion pills via the US mail in all 50 states while, at the same time, the FDA is conspiring with the USPS to intercept and destroy all ivermectin shipments in the mail. The mail can be used, in other words, to murder unborn babies, but never to save the life of a citizen from covid.

Thus, the United States of America, with the aggressive push of criminal mastermind Fauci and the CDC, has become a giant death camp that will produce tens of millions of covid vaccine casualties over the next decade, with replacements at the ready to take the place of the dead Democrats.

Illegals are far more reliable socialists than brainwashed left-wing Americans

Illegal immigrants from Central and South America, it turns out, vote socialist even more reliably than delusional left-wing white liberals. Thus, they have been chosen as the protected class to usher in the next century of mass poverty combined with government authoritarianism and medical tyranny. Just as illegals in America are rarely required to carry auto insurance or driver’s licenses — they essentially have legal immunity in Texas, California, New Mexico and other states — they will also not be required to produce any vaccine compliance documentation. They will be allowed to move through every sector of societyincluding voting booths — without producing any form of identification or compliance.

The vaccine compliance will only be inflicted upon actual American citizens in order to exterminate them.

This is the scenario under which you are now living, and only those who refuse the vaccines will remain as survivors of this vaccine holocaust.

If you comply, you die. Resist the jab and you may have a chance, although it will be difficult to stem the flood of illegals currently sweeping across the country by design. They are given air tickets and deposited in swing counties and states where Democrats need an extra voting boost. They can no longer reliably pull off with ballot fraud, you see, due to increased scrutiny of electronic voting machines following the rigging of the 2020 election.

Once again, Democrats are plotting two or three moves ahead on the chess board while the GOP is playing tiddly winks and getting bamboozled at every turn. The GOP is still fighting the last war while the Democrats and the globalists are overrunning the country with each passing day.

The America you once knew is already gone. The youth have been hopelessly corrupted with LGBT grooming and the complete failure of public education. The injections required to achieve the mass die-off have already been administered. The fiat currency has been printed to the point of ruin. Now it’s just a matter of these maneuvers playing out.

Few people have yet come to realize that the America we once knew is already lost. Like Sun Tzu, the outcome of this war has already been determined before the first shot is yet to be fired. Now the only question is who will be in charge as America falls. Will it be the Democrats who deliberately engineered the destruction of this great nation? Or will it be the Republicans who stood by and did nothing while the Marxists and communists took over every institution?

Either way, the world you once knew is gone.

To be continued…

Hear my Situation Update podcasts each day at: 

:: 12-20-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ex-FDA commissioner Dr Scott Gottlieb says there’s NO indication COVID Omicron variant causes more severe illness and highlights South African data showing those infected are less likely to end up in hospital

Dr Scott Gottlieb, the former commissioner for the FDA, said that there is no indication the COVID Omicron variant causes more severe illness

Gottlieb spoke with CBS Face the Nation host Margaret Brennan to address new developments with the new variant

The former commissioner noted that despite rising fears over the variant the hospitalization rates for Omicron have decreased

He also attributed the low severity of the illness to the strong immunity of US and South African populations

However, he noted that extra guidelines such as wearing masks, receiving the booster shot and social distancing should still be taken into effect

By Tommy Taylor For Dailymail.Com

Published: 22:43 EST, 19 December 2021 | Updated: 07:56 EST, 20 December 2021

The former commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration said that there was no indication that the new Omicron variant of COVID causes more severe illness.

Dr Scott Gottlieb spoke with CBS's Face the Nation on Sunday to discuss new developments of the variant which was first detected in South Africa in late November.

Despite being considered more transmissible, Gottlieb made an effort to ease fears surrounding Omicron based on the low number of hospitalizations of patients infected with the new variant.

'There's no indication that it causes more severe illness,' he told network host Margaret Brennan. 'What we've seen in South Africa in particular, is a decoupling between the cases and hospitalizations,' meaning those infected are less likely to need professional medical treatment.

Gottlieb also added that the hospitalization rate was down 30 percent in South Africa relative to cases with more severe admissions linked to past waves down 80 percent.

He also attributed low severity of the illness to the immunity level of populations in both the US and South Africa.

'Probably around 80 percent of Americans and 90 percent of South Africans have some level of immunity, either from prior infection or through vaccination,' he added.

'So even though we're still getting infected because this is spreading through immune evasion, it's spreading by evading the immune- immunity that we've acquired.'

South Africa announced on Friday that hospital admission rates had lowered since the Omicron variant surfaced on November 25.

About 7,600 people with COVID are seeking treatment in the country's hospitals with the current excess death rate measured at below 2,000 a week.

According to the National Institute for Communicable Diseases, more than 90 percent of hospital deaths were among the unvaccinated.

In the US, a total of 45 states have reported at least one case of the new variant amid the surge of COVID cases prior to the upcoming holiday season.

Scientists including White House COVID tsar Dr Anthony Fauci have also highlighted preliminary data showing Omicron is less likely to cause serious illness, although they've urged people to remain cautious while more evidence is collected.

Since the start of December, both U.S. COVID cases and deaths have risen about 50 percent and the number of hospitalized COVID patients climbed 26 percent, according to a Reuters tally.

The presence of the new Omicron variant has so far been identified in 830 cases across the country.

During the interview, Brennan noted that Americans feared another lockdown or stricter guidelines may be in order due to the new variant and surge of cases.

'Well, look, I think people are really tired of living diminished lives from COVID generally, and you're seeing that in terms of what people are doing, they're re-engaging activity that we know are going to be conducive to the spread of this virus,' he responded. 'Omicron really has thrown a curveball here.'

Gottlieb added that extra precautions needed to be taken such as receiving a COVID test, wearing masks and getting the booster shot.

He said, however, that the new variant is 'moving very fast' in other nations and that we may 'face a hard four to six weeks' in the near future. 

:: 12-19-21 SCRIBD :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Message For American People Vigano Dec 19

Original Title: Message for American People Vigano Dec 19

Uploaded by Jim Hoft

Description: Message from Arch Bishop Vigano Dec 19 2021

Full description

Download Now 

:: 12-19-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Amazon Bowed To Beijing's Propaganda Arm To Keep Chinese Sales Secured, New Report Reveals

by Tyler Durden Sunday, Dec 19, 2021 - 07:10 PM

Similar to what we noted about Apple and its "pay to play" arrangement with the Chinese government at the beginning of the month, it looks as though Amazon is also in the midst of trading integrity for profit when it comes to Beijing.

Amazon was "marketing a collection of President Xi Jinping's speeches and writings on its Chinese website about two years ago, when Beijing delivered an edict," according to a new report from Reuters. Beijing wanted Amazon to stop allowing customer ratings and reviews from China.

The demand from the CCP came as a result of negative reviews of Xi's book, the report says. "I think the issue was anything under five stars," a source told Reuters.

Amazon complied with the demand, according to two sources, and on, customers are unable to review or rate the book. The comments section for the book is also disabled.

Adhering to the demands of the CCP is one piece of a "deeper, decade-long effort by the company to win favor in Beijing," the report claimed.

Amazon said in an internal 2018 memo about doing business in China: "Ideological control and propaganda is the core of the toolkit for the communist party to achieve and maintain its success. We are not making judgement on whether it is right or wrong."

The report claims that "helping to further the ruling Communist Party's global economic and political agenda" has been crucial to Amazon's success in China.

In fact, Amazon even partnered with Beijing's propaganda apparatus to create a selling portal for U.S. customers called "China Books". While it hasn't generated significant revenue, the report says, "it was seen by Amazon as crucial to winning support in China".

The same 2018 Amazon briefing document called China Books "the key element to safeguard" to keep its licensing problem with China at bay.

Reuters reports that the books push favorable CCP lines on everything from Uyghur labor camps to Covid-19:

One book extols life in Xinjiang, where United Nations experts have said China interned one million ethnic Uyghurs in a network of camps. The book – "Incredible Xinjiang: Stories of Passion and Heritage" – discusses an online comedy show situated in the region. The book quotes an actor who plays a Uyghur "country bumpkin" saying that ethnicity is "not a problem" there. That echoes the position of Beijing, which has denied mistreating minority groups.

Some books portray China's battle against the COVID-19 pandemic, which began in the Chinese city of Wuhan, in heroic terms. One is titled "Stories of Courage and Determination: Wuhan in Coronavirus Lockdown." Another begins with commentary from Xi: "Our success to date has once again demonstrated the strengths of CPC (the Communist Party of China) leadership and Chinese socialism."

Recall, earlier this month we also shed light on a secret $275 billion deal Apple signed with the Chinese government. The deal emerged after a series of meetings between Cook and Chinese officials back in 2016, we wrote.

China is Apple's second-biggest market after the US, and has long been targeted as a critical market for growth. Apple's iPhones have seen growing popularity despite rising tensions with the US. This year, Apple became the second-biggest smartphone maker in China.

The deal, which was forged over the span of years, represents a five-year plan, according to documents from inside Apple that were seen by The Information. Whether talks on another five-year plan are in the works isn't yet clear.

"The fact that Apple never disclosed this deal to the US will likely trigger an angry response from lawmakers, who are bound to question Apple's loyalty to the US, along with whether it prioritized profits and growth over respecting human rights (so much for all that climate virtue signaling)," we wrote earlier this month.

Before the deal was struck, documents show, Apple executives were scrambling to salvage their relationship with Chinese officials, who had accused Apple of not contributing enough to the local economy. Amid the government crackdown and the bad publicity that accompanied it, iPhone sales plummeted, though they have since bounced back. 

:: 12-20-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rai hits the Philippines and claims at least 169 lives

Julia Atherley  0:54, 20 Dec 2021Updated: 0:57, 20 Dec 2021

At least 169 people have now died after a powerful storm struck the Philippines.

Super Typhoon Rai - with winds of about 195km/h (120mph) - sent some 300,000 people running for safety when it hit the country’s south-eastern islands on Thursday.

Rescue teams have described scenes of “complete carnage”.

But establishing the scale of the losses is difficult, as communication to a number of areas has been cut off.

There are fears widespread landslides and flooding may have claimed more lives.

Many areas have no power, no communications, very little water,” the chair of the Philippines Red Cross, Richard Gordon, told the BBC.

“There are some areas that look like it has been bombed worse than World War Two.”

The International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies has launched an emergency appeal seeking 20 million Swiss francs (£16m; $22m) to fund long-term relief efforts.

“Red Cross emergency teams are reporting complete carnage in the coastal areas,” Mr Gordon said. “Homes, hospitals, school and community buildings have been ripped to shreds.”

"Volunteers are on the scene giving out urgent help “for people who have lost everything”, he said. 

:: 12-19-21 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

12.19.2021 09:00 AM

Autonomous Weapons Are Here, but the World Isn’t Ready for Them

A UN report says a drone, operating without human control, attacked people in Libya.

International efforts to restrict such weapons have so far failed.

This may be remembered as the year when the world learned that lethal autonomous weapons had moved from a futuristic worry to a battlefield reality. It’s also the year when policymakers failed to agree on what to do about it.

On Friday, 120 countries participating in the United Nations’ Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons could not agree on whether to limit the development or use of lethal autonomous weapons. Instead, they pledged to continue and “intensify” discussions.

It's very disappointing, and a real missed opportunity,” says Neil Davison, senior scientific and policy adviser at the International Committee of the Red Cross, a humanitarian organization based in Geneva.

The failure to reach agreement came roughly nine months after the UN reported that a lethal autonomous weapon had been used for the first time in armed conflict, in the Libyan civil war.

In recent years, more weapon systems have incorporated elements of autonomy. Some missiles can, for example, fly without specific instructions within a given area; but they still generally rely on a person to launch an attack. And most governments say that, for now at least, they plan to keep a human “in the loop” when using such technology.

But advances in artificial intelligence algorithms, sensors, and electronics have made it easier to build more sophisticated autonomous systems, raising the prospect of machines that can decide on their own when to use lethal force.

A growing list of countries, including Brazil, South Africa, New Zealand, and Switzerland, argue that lethal autonomous weapons should be restricted by treaty, as chemical and biological weapons and land mines have been. Germany and France support restrictions on certain kinds of autonomous weapons, including potentially those that target humans. China supports an extremely narrow set of restrictions.

Other nations, including the US, Russia, India, the UK, and Australia, object to a ban on lethal autonomous weapons, arguing that they need to develop the technology to avoid being placed at a strategic disadvantage.

Killer robots have long captured the public imagination, inspiring both beloved sci-fi characters and dystopian visions of the future. A recent renaissance in AI, and the creation of new types of computer programs capable of out-thinking humans in certain realms, has prompted some of tech’s biggest names to warn about the existential threat posed by smarter machines.

“The technology is developing much faster than the military-political discussion. And we’re heading, by default, to the worst possible outcome.”

Max Tegmark, MIT professor and cofounder, the Future of Life Institute

The issue became more pressing this year, after the UN report, which said a Turkish-made drone known as Kargu-2 was used in Libya’s civil war in 2020. Forces aligned with the Government of National Accord reportedly launched drones against troops supporting Libyan National Army leader General Khalifa Haftar that targeted and attacked people independently.

Logistics convoys and retreating Haftar-affiliated forces were … hunted down and remotely engaged by the unmanned combat aerial vehicles,” the report states. The systems “were programmed to attack targets without requiring data connectivity between the operator and the munition: in effect, a true ‘fire, forget and find’ capability.”

The news reflects the speed at which autonomy technology is improving. “The technology is developing much faster than the military-political discussion,” says Max Tegmark, a professor at MIT and cofounder of the Future of Life Institute, an organization dedicated to addressing existential risks facing humanity. “And we're heading, by default, to the worst possible outcome.” Tegmark is among a growing number of technologists concerned about the proliferation of AI weapons. The Future of Life Institute has produced two short films to raise awareness of the risks posed by so-called “slaughterbots.” The most recent of these, released in November, focuses on the potential for autonomous drones to carry out targeted assassinations.

There's a rising tide against the proliferation of slaughterbots,” Tegmark says. “We are not saying ban all military AI but just ‘if human, then kill.’ So, ban weapons that target humans.”

One challenge with prohibiting, or policing, use of autonomous weapons is the difficulty of knowing when they’ve been used. The company behind the Kargu-2 drone, STM, has not confirmed that it can target and fire on people without human control. The company’s website now refers to a human controller making decisions about use of lethal force. “Precision strike mission is fully performed by the operator, in line with the Man-in-the-Loop principle,” it reads. But a cached version of the site from June contains no such caveat. STM did not respond to a request for comment.

We are entering a gray area where we're not going to really know how autonomous a drone was when it was used in an attack,says Paul Scharre, vice president and director of studies at the Center for New American Security and the author of Army of None: Autonomous Weapons and the Future of War. “That raises some really difficult questions about accountability.”

Another example of this ambiguity appeared in September with reports of Israel using an AI-assisted weapon to assassinate a prominent Iranian nuclear scientist. According to an investigation by The New York Times, a remotely operated machine gun used a form of facial recognition and autonomy, but it’s unclear whether the weapon was capable of operating without human approval.

The uncertainty is “exacerbated by the fact that many companies use the word autonomy when they’re hyping up the capabilities of their technology,” Scharre says. Other recent drone attacks suggest that the underlying technologies are advancing quickly.

In the US, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency has been conducting experiments involving large numbers of drones and ground vehicles that collaborate in ways that are challenging for human operators to monitor and control. The US Air Force is also investigating ways that AI could assist or replace fighter pilots, holding a series of dogfights between human pilots and AI ones.

Even if there were a treaty restricting autonomous weapons, Scharre says “.” Adversariesthere is asymmetry between democracies and authoritarian governments in terms of compliance such as Russia and China might agree to limit the development of autonomous weapons but continue working on them without the same accountability.

Some argue that this means AI weapons need to be developed, if only as defensive measures against the speed and complexity with which autonomous systems can operate.

A Pentagon official told a conference at the US Military Academy in April that it may be necessary to consider removing humans from the chain of command in situations where they cannot respond rapidly enough.

The potential for adversaries to gain an edge is clearly a major concern for military planners. In 2034: A Novel of the Next World War, which was excerpted in WIRED, the writer Elliot Ackerman and US Admiral James Stavridis imagine “a massive cyberattack against the United States—that our opponents will refine cyber stealth and artificial intelligence in a kind of a witch's brew and then use it against us.”

Despite previous controversies over military use of AI, US tech companies continue to help the Pentagon hone its AI skills. The National Security Commission on AI, a group charged with reviewing the strategic potential of AI that included representatives from Google, Microsoft, Amazon, and Oracle, recommended investing heavily in AI.

Davison, who has been involved with the UN discussions, says technology is outpacing the policy debate. “Governments really need to take concrete steps to adopt new rules,” he adds.

He still holds out hope that countries will agree on some restrictions, even if it happens outside of the UN. He says countries’ actions suggest that they disapprove of autonomous weapons. “What's quite interesting is that the allegations of the use of autonomous weapons to target people directly tend to be refuted by those involved, whether militaries or governments or manufacturers,” he says.



:: 12-26-21 Strategic Culture Foundation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Klaus’ Great Narrative: Locking the Plebs Into Plato’s Cave for the 21st Century

Matthew Ehret  November 26, 2021

Unfortunately for the Davos Guardians, the reality of the New Great Narrative is a world devoid of those very principles that humanity requires to survive and thrive within our creative, reasonable universe.

In case you were beginning to feel like your world was becoming a cliché dystopian movie script, don’t feel bad. It appears that at least some of the villains agree with you.

Not happy with unsatisfying stories, scripts and narratives that shape our disorganized zeitgeist, Klaus Schwab and other creepy dungeon masters trying to manage the post-covid world have called for a ‘New Narrative’ to shape our 21st century and beyond. Schwab described the World Economic Forum’s Great Narrative Initiative announced on November 11 as a “collaborative effort of the world’s leading thinkers to fashion longer-term perspectives and co-create a narrative that can help guide the creation of a more resilient, inclusive and sustainable vision for our collective future.”

It is no question that this new project is bone chilling, but can it work? Does it have any basis in reality or is the oligarchical high priesthood stage managing this shit show intoxicated by their own self-induced narratives and completely incapable of seeing the seeds of self-destruction they have created for themselves?

Let’s examine this question in a bit of detail.

As far back as we look, recorded history demonstrates myths and stories that shape each culture’s subjective experience trying to make sense of the objective world and the many tenuous challenges that are tossed into our path.

Deep Structure Narratives

An ice age comes to an end and sea levels rise hundreds of feet drowning millions while wiping out coastal cities. As a consequence, flood myths appear across various cultures of the world.

Fires from the sky reflect terrible asteroids striking the earth wrecking havoc on ecosystems and perhaps even inducing volcanism and vast weather anomalies. As a consequence, more myths are created featuring heroes, villains, angels and Gods punishing sinners and rewarding those with virtue.

Throughout history, countless stories have been created by shamans, priests, and poets which have attempted to infuse meaning onto traumatic events induced by either nature or geopolitical strategies. Some classical stories may have even exposed geopolitical evils under the safer terrain of fiction when literal truths were impossible. One instance of this latter case can be found in the Olympian Gods of Homer’s stories who were in all likelihood representative of actual oligarchical families who manipulated never ending wars and exploited the folly and corruption of their chosen chess pieces on the Great Game of ancient Greece.

These stories are a part of the human condition and for the most part, perfectly natural.

However, in our supposedly enlightened secular era, these forms of myths are discarded as the foolish practices of simpler unscientific times.

Science has taught us to believe in logic. Not faith in God or the health of our immaterial souls.

The medieval myths of sea monsters and flat earths beyond which unsuspecting voyagers would meet a terrible fate were superseded for a new set of narratives during the enlightenment period. During this period, pure logic and empiricism were placed upon the new altars where religion once stood and we were told to worship new godheads by the names such as Kant, Locke, Hegel, Bacon and Newton. When Nietzsche proclaimed God to be dead, this was the current of thinkers that supposedly killed him.

The Indian poet Rabindranath Tagore referred to those suffering from this disease of metastasized logic saying: “A mind all logic is like a knife all blade. It makes the hand bleed that uses it.”

When the foundation of enlightenment logic began to break down under the pressure of reality over a century ago, new narratives taking the form of the Standard Model quantum mechanics began teaching modern man that what appears to be living is in truth, just made up of non living atoms and chemical interactions… and what appears to be ordered form operating with purpose is merely the stochastic motion of atoms devoid of purpose, beauty or even objective truth. We were told that all of this was held together only by a mix of luck (statistical probability) and four fundamental forces created 13.7 billion years ago. All behavior in human life or in nature thus explained away by Darwinian models of survival of the fittest and random mutations. The rise of modern monstrosities like eugenics, and neo-Malthusianism were the sick children of these ghoulish assumptions.

The more we probe behind the impressive veneer of these popular narratives, the more we discover that myths spun by modern day high priests on behalf of political interests has not only continued into our present age, but have continuously adopted new costumes to adapt to our changing world. Those brilliant minds whose discoveries actually overturned old narratives by leaping beyond the domains of inductive/deductive thinking are carefully obscured under mathematical formulas devoid of the spirit and personality of these exceptional individuals (1).

The Political Consequences of False Macro-Narratives

Some political expressions of today’s secular narratives were seen as neocons trotted out in front of cameras broadcasting the message that the two hijacked planes which destroyed three towers on 9/11 was orchestrated by angry Muslims in caves who hated our freedom.

We were told that covid-19 arose from a badly cooked mammal that kissed a bat requiring a total abolition of our constitutional freedoms.

We were told that the protests of January 6, 2021 in Washington D.C. was an insurrection worse than anything the U.S.A had seen since the Civil War when 500,000 Americans slaughtered each other for four years.

We are continuously told that Russia has ambitions to undermine democratic elections across the entire free world while China is aiming to subvert western values and impose a global communist government through its imperial New Silk Road.

I could obviously go on for quite some time here, but needless to say, political myth making is an ugly part of life. But while each lie certainly does grave damage, our susceptibility to falling for these falsities is in no way disconnected from our acceptance of those higher meta narratives embedded in those scientific myths that shape HOW our minds move. Every high priest knows that controlling HOW people think is always infinitely more powerful than controlling WHAT they think about any particular thing. This is how the neocon rot grew in the U.S.A over a few generations leading us to today’s multifaceted systemic breakdown crisis.

One of the fathers of the mutant that became neoconservatism was a narrative-building master named Leo Strauss.

Leo Strauss’ Neocon Monstrosity

Working closely with Fabian Society and Frankfurt School agents throughout his career as a teacher in Columbia, New School and the University of Chicago, Strauss preached a perverse interpretation of Plato’s Republic to tens of thousands of devoted students spread across several decades.

Among the highest lessons contained in Strauss’s teachings (at least for a select few among his students) was the idea of the Noble Lie developed by Plato in Book 3 of the Republic. Strauss taught his students that this Noble Lie was the greatest weapon and rightful tool of anyone who found themselves in a position of power to rule over the weak at any time in history.

In true Nietzschean fashion, the narrow definition of “power” as the subordination of the weak to the strong was the only definition permitted by Strauss who taught his students that while Plato preached love of wisdom to the masses, he secretly held a different teaching for those elite among his Academy who would control political power. To these elite few, he gave the name ‘gentlemen’ and ‘Guardians’.

Strauss taught that Plato’s Guardians would control the shadows cast on the cave wall which the plebs shackled to their senses, would believe were the only reality possible. The mandate of these perverse neo-Platonists was to live the ideal not of Socrates, but rather of Thrasymachus whose immoral doctrine Socrates annihilated in the first book of the Republic. Those young neocons learning from their master were taught that the true ‘secret Socrates’ believed, like Thrasymachus, or Callicles (student of Gorgias), was that the highest purpose in life is to attain power, satisfy our lusts and control the shadows in the cave.

As many of Strauss’ own students (like Shadia Drury) came to realize over the years, the old master was himself guilty of projecting his own perverse penchant for fascism onto Plato as he himself maintained secret teachings for his chosen elite students as all good oligarchical head-hunters must.

Cleansing Plato of Strauss

While I adore Plato, I would never deny that he was a myth maker.

The stories showcased in his dialogues from the Timaeus, Critias, Theaetetus, Sophist, Statesman, Meno, Laws, Phaedo, Apology, Gorgias, Republic etc… have shaped the minds of some of the greatest historic figures across 2400 years of world history. Renaissance figures like St. Augustine, Ibn Sina, Erasmus, Shakespeare, Benjamin Franklin, Lincoln, Moses Mendelsohn, Pushkin, Martin Luther King Jr., and countless other brilliant souls had their wits sharpened on the stories and lessons contained in Plato’s writings.

But was Plato truly the tyrannical double-speaker portrayed by Strauss and his followers who preached morality for the weak and vice for those who would control the shadows?

To be a true Guardian in Plato’s world meant more than simply getting out of the cave to see with the light of the sun (symbolic for creative reason) and then lord over the masses.

While Nietzscheans like Strauss stop reading at this moment and choose to dominate the slaves using a higher power of thinking reserved only for a select few of the golden collar elite… Plato made it very clear in his Republic and other writings, that the TRUE philosopher (and implicitly true guardian) was obliged to return back into the cave at risk of his or her life in order to help liberate their fellow captives.

Narratives for Freedom or Slavery?

“Every artist, every scientist, every writer must decide now where he stands. The artist must take sides. He must elect to fight for freedom or for slavery. I have made my choice”

-Paul Robeson, 1937

The question can now be posed: how do we know which narratives are designed to enslave us, which empower us, and which are benign (like a child’s belief in the tooth fairy or the toy-bearing fat guy who trades gifts for good behavior)?

Since each person’s internal universe interfaces with the external reality through the filter of both logic, senses, imagination, and free will, is it possible that some narratives can uplift and inspire us to be more than we are in the face of impossible odds? Can certain stories sharpen our wisdom and free us from the shackles of sense perception as we are taught to see ever more through the eye of reason and a developed imagination?

When George Washington led a small force of farmers against the world’s largest mercenary force in 1776, was it purely logic that guided them in this statistically impossible fight, or were stories of Christ’s passion animating this seeming irrational drive for freedom? When Syria was beset with foreign sponsored Jihadists and teetered on the brink of the abyss, did stories of the Prophet Mohammed animate their hearts to do the impossible when an easier albeit more slavish road awaited their surrender?

Certainly, history has proven time and again, that a certain type of poetic story can empower us to leap beyond our limitations and gain insights into the deeper truths of the human condition and universal reality itself. Even Shakespeare’s “fictional” stories offer the sensitive soul great universal lessons into humanity and real politic which has served great statesmen for centuries.

A Last Look at Today’s Oligarchical Narrative Builders

Although we can affirm with certainty that narratives can be good and others evil, is it possible that the oligarchs managing today’s Great Narrative project wish humanity no harm?

Perhaps Lynn Forrester de Rothschild is completely genuine when she launched the Council for Inclusive Capitalism alongside Prince Charles, Mark Carney and a handful of Davos Billionaires representing tens of trillions of dollars of capital in 2014. Helping to transform capitalism into a green, eco friendly, more inclusive system that treats everyone equally is a good thing isn’t it?

When this Council merged with the Vatican in December 2020, Lynn de Rothschild described the event as “a historic new partnership between some of the world’s largest investment and business leaders and the Vatican… joining moral and market imperatives to reform capitalism into a powerful force for the good of humanity.”

This council is even led by “a core group of world leaders” who even call themselves “Guardians” following the title used by Plato 2400 years ago.

These guardians include the CEOs of powerful organizations as State Street, Bank of America, Johnson and Johnson, Rockefeller Foundation, Ford Foundation, Merck, British Petroleum, and the Rothschild banking houses. Not exactly the most morally advanced coterie of political heavy weights one could imagine, but still maybe the evil that they have been a part for decades has all been arranged for the sake of a higher good that only the elite may be permitted to know

Unfortunately for the Davos Guardians, the reality of the New Great Narrative is a world devoid of those very principles that humanity requires to survive and thrive within our creative, reasonable universe. Wielding the power to control a shadow land of dumbed down slaves within a cave might seem impressive for some, but when juxtaposed with the active, creative multipolar paradigm now rising to become a global force for scientific and technological progress, controlling cave dwellers becomes little more than a bleak and pitiful ambition.

And like any parasite which can do naught but kill the very host it needs to suckle on for its very survival, those Davos guardians are likely to meet the same fate as that encountered by Edgar Poe’s impotent, nihilistic oligarch Roderick Usher as his castle crumbled into an abyss.

The author can be reached at 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 12-19-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas, Islamic Jihad announce pact to increase terror attacks against Israel

Parents of Jenin terrorists suspected of killing Yehuda Dimentman: ‘We are proud of our sons.’

By KHALED ABU TOAMEH  Published: DECEMBER 19, 2021 16:42 Updated: DECEMBER 19, 2021 19:17

Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ) have reached an agreement to step up terror attacks against Israel, especially in Jerusalem and the West Bank.

The Iranian-backed groups also agreed to increase coordination between their military wings, Izaddin al-Qassam Brigades, and al-Quds Brigades. The agreement was reached during meetings of leaders of Hamas and PIJ in Lebanon and the Gaza Strip.

The agreement is seen by Palestinian political analysts as yet another challenge to the Palestinian Authority, whose security forces are continuing to wage a massive crackdown on Hamas and PIJ members in the West Bank.

The analysts believe that the upsurge in Hamas and PIJ attacks on Israelis also aims to undermine the PA.

Hamas and Islamic Jihad are hoping to kill two birds with one stone,” said a Ramallah-based analyst. “They know that the attacks make [PA President Mahmoud] Abbas appear as if he’s losing control of the situation."

A Ramallah official said that the PA security forces have received “solid instructions” from the Palestinian leadership to prevent anarchy and lawlessness in the West Bank. “We will not allow any individual or group to instigate unrest and instability,” the official cautioned. "Hamas and Islamic Jihad are acting against the interests of our people."

A joint statement published by the Hamas-affiliated Palestine Information Center said that the two groups praised the increase in “resistance operations” in the West Bank and Jerusalem, adding that they came in response to “settler terrorism and crimes of the Zionist occupation soldiers.”

The statement was published shortly before Israeli authorities announced the capture of the terrorists who carried out the shooting attack in the Jenin area last Thursday, killing Yehuda Dimentman.

PIJ’s military wing on Sunday claimed responsibility for the attack, which took place near the Homesh outpost. The group said that the attack came in response to the IDF’s actions in Nablus, including the killing of activist Jamil al-Kayyal.

Kayyal, a resident of Nablus, was shot when he tried to throw an explosive device towards soldiers who entered Nablus last week to arrest a man suspected of involvement in terror activities.

Hamas and PIJ said that they fully support “all forms of resistance” against Israel. They warned Israel against “the consequences of persisting in its aggressive policies against our people in the occupied West Bank and Jerusalem.”

Hamas and PIJ praised the Palestinians in the West Bank for forming “Popular Resistance Committees to confront attacks by settlers and occupation soldiers.”

The groups condemned the PA for launching a security crackdown on Hamas and PIJ members in the West Bank.

According to Palestinian sources, dozens of Hamas and PIJ members and supporters have been arrested or summoned for interrogation by PA security forces in the past few weeks.

The parents of Omar and Ghaith Jaradat, who were arrested overnight by the IDF for their involvement in the murder of Dimentman, said on Sunday that they were proud of their sons.

The father, Ahmed Jaradat, told the Palestinian Al-Quds News Network: “If my sons did this out of conviction, I’m proud of them. They have sacrificed their life and youth for the sake of Palestine and the al-Aqsa Mosque.’

The mother, Etaf, told Palestinian reporters that she too was proud of her sons.

She said that soldiers raided the family home in the village of Silat al-Harithiyeh, near Jenin, around 2.00 am.

“An [Israeli] intelligence officer told us, ‘Your son Ghaith is a murderer. He was the one who killed the settler in the Homesh operation,’” the mother recounted.

She added: “If my sons carried out the operation, I will raise my head high and be proud of them.”

Responding to the arrest of the terrorists, Hamas said that their capture “will not halt the resistance or undermine the will and determination” of the Palestinians.

Hamas spokesperson Abdel Latif al-Qanou called on the PA to immediately end security coordination with the “enemy.” He also urged the PA to stop its clampdown on Hamas and PIJ members in the West Bank.

Tareq Ezaddin, a PIJ spokesperson in the West Bank, also said that the arrest of the suspected terrorists “will not stop the resistance and the march of jihad.”

The Palestinians, he said, “are determined to continue the revolution and resistance to liberate their land and gain their freedom. Settlements are a legitimate target.” 

:: 12-16-21 Proclaim and Defend :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Who were the Magi?

By Joel Arnold | December 16, 2021 |

One day, out of nowhere, well-dressed men wearing expensive suits and dark sunglasses get out of Mercedes limos in a massive motorcade. They walk up to you asking, “where is he? Show us where he is.”

This, recast in 2017 garb is the story of the Magi. We think we know what it’s all about. But sometimes familiarity is the enemy of understanding. Do we know what the story means? Or shall we keep putting it in Christmas programs without actually getting it?

Who were they?

The word, of course, is magi—magician or astrologer. Most of us recognize that we don’t how many of them came—three is only a guess based on the gifts and a lot of late tradition. More important than the number is to recognize this as a diplomatic entourage. It’s probably better to imagine an entire retinue, complete with servants, cooks, porters, supplies and more, rather than three individuals walking up by themselves.

That’s because the word refers to scholars / government rulers coming from the region of Persia or old Babylon. Think of the “Chaldeans, magicians, astrologers” etc. that keep on appearing in the book of Daniel (Dan 2:2; 3:8; 4:7; 5:11). That’s the kind of person you should imagine—someone on the upper crust of society; the proverbial talking-head expert on the evening news; a government advisor that sits on the President’s cabinet.

Are they star-gazers? Of course. But not just that. New sky-watching events happen from time to time, but it doesn’t usually make people leave their homelands and travel hundreds of miles searching for a child born as king. Something else is going on. They must have had some other kind of help — some kind of guidance to point them to Bethlehem and the grand prophecy. How would that have happened?

What is the point of the gifts?

There’s a long history of interpreting the gifts as symbolic—gold acknowledging Him as king, frankincense recognizing Him as divine, and myrrh anticipating His death.

But the truth is that we simply don’t know that and can’t prove it. Here’s what we can say. These gifts were expensive. They are extreme luxury items that tell us something about the wealth of status of the Magi. But more importantly it shows us how they view this child. They are on a diplomatic mission. He may be only a toddler, but they are convinced that He is a ruler more notable than Herod or Pontius Pilate.

And that points to something important. The Old Testament repeatedly tells us that Gentile kings will come from afar bringing gifts to the Messiah. “Nations shall come to your light and kings to the brightness of your rising. The wealth of nations shall come to you… they shall bring gold and frankincense” (Isa. 60:1-6; see also Psa. 72:10–12; 110:3). Even in the future, we read that “they will bring into it the glory and the honor of the nations” (Rev. 21:24-26). In other words, the point of this is that it’s already starting! The promises about the Messiah have arrived because Gentile kings are bringing their treasures and laying them at His feet!

How did they know where to come?

But the most remarkable piece of the puzzle is asking why the Magi came to Palestine in the first place. The simplest answer is that they received a special revelation. But three passages stand out.

The earliest is Numbers 24:17 from the mouth of another Gentile—Balaam. Looking down on Israel, he predicts that in the distant future “a star shall come out of Jacob,” a king who will rule over the world.

Much later, Isaiah tells us that “the light has come” for Israel when the Lord will arise there “and nations shall come to your light, and kings to the brightness of your rising” (Isa. 60:1-3).

And if a scholar-king was paying attention, it was possible to know the timing of Jesus’ coming. Daniel 9:24-27 gave a time frame, predicting the number of years until the Messiah would arrive.

But these were Gentiles. Is it plausible that they have access to these documents and are paying attention? Remember that a huge number of Jews were held as refugees in this very region of the world. Read the record of Daniel, Esther or most clearly Ezra 1:1-4, and you discover Gentiles quite aware of God’s words. You also discover faint hints that people came to know Israel’s God.

Which takes us to the last thing we should observe about this story—the irony of Gentiles accepting the Messiah while Herod and those around Him miss it. The Magi have come “to worship Him.”1 They believe that this baby was “born as king of the Jews,” not forcing His way into it like Herod did. They even believe that this baby has his own star (Matt. 2:2).

Herod, meanwhile recognizes that this is all about the Messiah (his own words in v. 4) and the scribes can give the right answers from Scripture (born in Bethlehem). But only the wise men went to worship Him. Herod was more concerned about how to murder Him first.

And so the grand irony of the story is that the unexpected ones came to worship Him—Gentile aristocracy, coming against all odds, very possibly based on their careful attention to revelation given to the Jews. And the Jewish nation itself missed the obvious. “He came to what was rightfully belonged to Him, but His own people rejected Him” (John 1:11).

This Christmas season, lots of people will see nativities and hear the familiar stories, until once again the words carve a deep rut in our memories and traditions. But only the truly wise will get the point. The story of the magi calls all of us to be not only recipients, but faithful students and lovers of the truth. This year, read His words, come, bring rich gifts, and worship Him.

Dr. Joel Arnold serves at the Bob Jones Memorial College, Manila, Philippines. He blogs at

This article first appeared at Rooted Thinking. We republish it by permission

Photo by Joshua Earle on Unsplash

I recognize that “worship Him” could simply refer to they’re acknowledging Him as king, such as in Matt 18:26. But there seems to be something much more significant going on. Did they do this for Herod? For Pilate? Was this really protocol for every king? The gifts, the “exceeding joy” in v. 10, the fact that they were looking for another king besides Herod, and the redundant verbs in v. 11 (first they “fell down;” then they “worshipped Him”) all point to something far more than just a strictly diplomatic mission.